Vector HP DGPS Man PDF

Vector D
DGPS
Transmitter
Technical Instruction Manual
Issue 0.1 ............................01 April 2007
Nautel Limited
10089 Peggy's Cove Road,
Hackett's Cove, NS, Canada B3Z 3J4
T.877 6 nautel (628835) or +1.902.823.2233
F.+1.902.823.3183 info@nautel.com
U.S. customers please contact:

Nautel Inc.
201 Target Industrial Circle, Bangor ME 04401
T.877 6 nautel (628835) or +1.207.947.8200
e-mail: support@nautel.com
www.nautel.com
© Copyright 2007 NAUTEL. All rights reserved.

Warranty
by Nautel Limited/Nautel Inc. (herein after referred to as Nautel)
Nautel Limited/Nautel Incorporated, hereinafter referred to as Nautel, guarantees all mechanical and electrical parts of
the equipment for a period of thirteen months from date of shipment.
1. A "Part Failure" shall be deemed to have occurred when the part has become defective, or does not have the
characteristics required for the specified equipment performance:
(a) When the equipment is operated within the design parameters, and
(b) When the equipment is installed and adjusted according to Nautel's prescribed procedures as stated in
the instruction manual.
2. Nautel shall provide replacements for all "Parts" at no cost to the Customer when they become defective during
the warranty period, and upon the return of the defective part.
3. In the event that a "Part" fails during the warranty period and causes damage to a sub-assembly that cannot be
readily repaired in the field, the entire sub-assembly so damaged may be returned to Nautel for repair. The
repairs will be made without charge to the Customer.
4. Where warranty replacements or repair are provided under items 2 or 3, Nautel will pay that part of the shipping
costs incurred in returning the part/assembly to the Customer.
5. Warranty replacement parts and repair, which are provided under items 2 or 3, shall be guaranteed for a period
of ninety days from date of shipment or until the end of the original warranty period, whichever occurs later.
6. Nautel will not assume responsibility for any charges incurred by other than Nautel employees.
7. Nautel shall have the privilege of investigating whether failures have been caused by factors beyond its control.
8. Nautel shall in no event be liable for any consequential damages arising from the use of this equipment.
9. When requesting a warranty repair/replacement, please provide complete and accurate information. Observe
the instructions regarding 'Equipment Being Returned to Nautel' on page two of this warranty and provide the
information requested.
10. When ordering spare/replacement parts, please provide complete and accurate information. Refer to the parts
list of the Repair manual for ordering information. Provide as much of the information requested for 'Equipment
Being Returned to Nautel' on page two of this warranty as is practical. The information identified by an asterisk
is the minimum required.
Nautel Limited Nautel Inc.

10089 Peggy's Cove Road 201 Target Industrial Circle
Hackett's Cove NS Canada B3Z 3J4 Bangor ME USA 04401
T. 877 6 nautel (628835) or 1.902.823.2233 T. 877 6 nautel (628835) or 1.207.947.8200
F. 1.902.823.3183 F. 1.207.947.3693
24hr. Answering Service 1.902.823.3900
Customer Service Notice

A ‘Technical Assistance’ and ‘Plug-in Module Exchange’ service is available to Nautel users.
Vector DGPS Transmitter Technical Instruction Manual Apr.01.07

Factory Support
TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE
Nautel's field service department provides telephone technical assistance on a 24 hour, seven days a week basis.
Requests by other media (facsimile or e-mail) will be responded to the next working day if received after Nautel's normal
working hours. Contact the appropriate field service centre from the following:
U.S.A. customers use: Nautel Incorporated T. +1.207.947.8200 (24 hours) or 877 6 nautel (628835)
201 Target Industrial Circle F. +1.207.947.3693
Bangor, Maine 04401
All other customers use: Nautel Limited T. +1.902.823.3900 (24 hours) or 877 6 nautel (628835)
10089 Peggy’s Cove Road, F. +1.902.823.3183
Hackett’s Cove, NS, Canada E-Mail support@nautel.com
B3Z 3J4 Web www.nautel.com
MODULE EXCHANGE SERVICE

In order to provide Nautel customers with a fast and efficient service in the event of a problem, Nautel operates a
factory rebuilt, module exchange service which takes full advantage of the high degree of module redundancy in
Nautel equipment. This module exchange service is operated from Nautel’s factory in Bangor, Maine and Hackett’s
Cove, Nova Scotia. These two locations allow us to provide a quick turn around service to keep our customers on
the air. During the transmitter’s warranty period, up to thirteen months from shipment, repair and exchange of
modules is at no charge to the customer. When the warranty has expired, a charge of 80% of the list price for all
exchanged modules is made. If the faulty module is returned to Nautel within 30 days, a credit is issued reducing
this charge by one half to 40% of the list price. U.S.A. customers are required to contact our Bangor, Maine facility.
Canadian and overseas customers should contact our Nova Scotia, Canada facility.
EQUIPMENT BEING RETURNED TO NAUTEL

For all equipment being returned to Nautel and all requests for repairs or replacements:
Obtain an RMA number from Nautel (you must have an RMA number to return equipment)
Mark the item as 'field return'
Mark the item with the RMA number assigned by Nautel
Address the item to the appropriate Nautel facility
Complete and accurate information regarding the equipment being returned will ensure prompt attention and will
expedite the dispatch of replacements. Refer to the nameplate on the transmitter and/or the appropriate
module/assembly to obtain name, type, part and serial number information. Refer to the parts list of this manual or the
appropriate service instruction manual for additional ordering information.
The following information should accompany each request:
* Model of Equipment
* Serial number of Equipment
* Name of Part/Assembly
Serial number of Part/Assembly
* Complete reference designation of Part/Assembly
* Nautel's part number of Part/Assembly
* OEM's part number of Part/Assembly
Number of hours in Use
Nature of defect
* Return shipping address
* Denotes minimum information required to order spare/replacement parts

Safety
Symbols
General definitions of safety symbols used on equipment or in manuals.
DANGER – HIGH VOLTAGE
Indicates dangerous voltages (in excess of 72 V), capable of causing a fatal

electrical shock, are present on or near parts bearing this label.
GROUND (EARTH)
Used with wiring terminals to indicate the terminal must be connected to

earth ground before operating equipment. If power is supplied without
grounding the equipment, there is a risk of receiving a severe or fatal
electrical shock. Also used on electrical schematics to indicate a part that is
connected to earth ground.
GROUND (PROTECTIVE or SAFETY)
Used with protective (safety) conductor terminals to indicate the terminal

must be connected to ground before operating the equipment. If power is
supplied without grounding the equipment, there is a risk of receiving a
severe or fatal electrical shock.
ELECTROSTATIC SENSITIVE
Indicates a part or assembly is or contains devices that are electrostatic

sensitive. To prevent damage to these devices, ensure the handling
procedures outlined in this manual are observed.
WARNING A WARNING denotes a hazard. It identifies an operating procedure,

condition, etc. which, if not strictly observed or adhered to, could result in
injury or death to personnel. Throughout the technical manual, a
WARNING shall immediately precede the text to which it applies.
CAUTION A CAUTION denotes a hazard. It identifies an operating procedure,

condition, etc., which, if not strictly observed or adhered to, could result in
damage to, or destruction of the equipment. Throughout the technical
manual, a CAUTION shall immediately precede the text to which it
applies.
NOTE A NOTE denotes important information pertaining to an operating

procedure, condition, statement, etc., which is essential to highlight. A
NOTE may precede or follow the text to which it applies.

Safety
Toxic Hazard Warning
There are devices used in this equipment containing beryllium oxide ceramic,
which is non-hazardous during normal device operation and under normal device
failure conditions. These devices are specifically identified in the equipment parts
list(s) by including ‘BeO’ in the part’s description.
DO NOT cut, crush or grind devices because the resulting dust may be
HAZARDOUS IF INHALED. Unserviceable devices should be disposed of as
harmful waste.

Contents Page
1 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 INTRODUCTION 1-1

1.2 FACTORY SUPPORT 1-1
1.3 PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF MANUAL 1-1
1.4 PURPOSE OF EQUIPMENT 1-1
1.5 MECHANICAL DESCRIPTION 1-2
1.6 TEST EQUIPMENT AND SPECIAL TOOLS 1-2
1.7 GLOSSARY OF TERMS 1-2
2 PREPARATION FOR USE AND INSTALLATION

2.2 PREPARATION FOR USE 2-1
2.2.1 Transmitter Room Requirements 2-1
2.2.1.1 Transmitter Dimensions 2-1
2.2.1.2 Transmitter Weights 2-1
2.2.1.3 Transmitter Clearances 2-1
2.2.1.4 Air Flushing 2-1
2.2.1.5 Cooling and Heating 2-2
2.2.1.6 Work Area 2-2
2.2.1.7 Power Source Switch 2-2
2.2.2 Lightning Protection 2-2
2.2.3 Station Reference Ground 2-2
2.2.4 Ac Power Source 2-2
2.2.4.1 Ac Wiring 2-2
2.2.5 Antenna Feed Cable 2-5
2.2.6 Antenna Tower 2-5
2.2.7 External Control/Monitor Wiring 2-5
2.2.8 Electrical Power 2-5
2.2.8.1 Ac Voltage Source 2-5
2.2.8.2 External Ac Switching 2-5
2.2.8.3 Dc Voltage Source 2-5
2.2.9 Antenna System 2-6
2.2.9.1 RF Feed Cable 2-6
2.2.9.2 Interface Protection Option 2-6
2.2.10 External Interlocks 2-7
2.2.11 Remote Control Circuits 2-7
2.2.11.1 On/Off Control 2-8
2.2.11.2 Charger Alarm 2-8
2.2.12 Serial Port Features 2-8
2.2.12.1 RSIM Interface 2-8
2.2.12.2 ATU Interface 2-8
2.2.13 RF Monitoring Sample 2-8

Contents Page
2.2.14 Parts Supplied By Nautel 2-9
2.2.15 Parts Not Supplied By Nautel 2-9
2.2.16 Test Equipment and Special Tools 2-9
2.2.17 Available Options 2-9
2.2.17.1 Standby Side Option 2-9
2.2.17.2 Spares Kit Option 2-9
2.2.17.3 Interface Protection Unit Option 2-9
2.2.17.4 Battery Backup Option 2-9
2.2.17.5 Site Interface Option 2-10
2.3 INSTALLATION 2-10
2.3.1 Acceptance of Shipment 2-10
2.3.2 Unpacking Instructions 2-10
2.3.3 Visual Inspection 2-10
2.3.4 Determining Control/Monitor Requirements 2-13
2.3.5 Installation of External Control/Monitor Wiring 2-13
2.3.6 Installation of Ac Power Source Wiring 2-14
2.3.7 Installation of Dc Power Source Wiring (Optional) 2-15
2.4 COMMISSIONING 2-15
2.4.1 Precautions 2-15
2.4.2 Turn-On Prerequisites 2-15
2.4.3 Initial Turn-On 2-15
3 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

3.1.1 Precautions 3-1
3.2 EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN 3-1
3.2.1 Turn Off RF Output 3-1
3.2.2 Complete Shutdown 3-1
3.3 EXTERNAL SAFETY INTERLOCK 3-1
3.4 ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE PROTECTION 3-2
3.4.1 Discharging of Personnel 3-2
3.4.2 Handling/Storage 3-2
3.4.3 Tools/Test Equipment 3-2
3.4.4 Stress Current Protection 3-2
3.5 CONTROLS AND INDICATORS 3-2
3.5.1 Front Panel 3-3
3.5.2 Exciter Interface PWB 3-4
3.5.3 Remote Interface PWB 3-4
3.5.4 Miscellaneous Exciter Control/Assembly 3-4
3.5.5 Miscellaneous RF Power Block 3-4
3.5.6 Ac Power Distribution Assembly 3-4
3.5.7 Dc Power Distribution Assembly 3-4

Contents Page
3.6 DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY 3-18
3.6.1 Pushbutton Switches 3-18
3.6.2 Main Screens 3-18
3.6.2.1 Transmitter Status Bar 3-18
3.6.3 Viewing Faults 3-20
3.6.4 Exciter Control 3-20
3.6.5 Viewing Events Log 3-21
3.6.6 Setting Real Time Clock 3-22
3.6.7 Setting RF Monitor Limits 3-22
3.6.8 Meter Settings 3-24
3.6.8.1 Changing Meter Groups 3-24
3.6.8.2 Selecting Analog Meter 3-25
3.6.8.3 Calibrating Analog Meter 3-25
3.6.9 Selecting Power Source 3-25
3.6.10 Configuring the Sonalert 3-26
3.6.11 Setting a Timed Shutdown 3-26
3.6.12 Changing Factory Calibrated Settings 3-27
3.6.12.1 Calibrating Diagnostic Display Meters 3-28
3.6.12.2 Setting Protection Threshold Levels 3-28
3.6.12.3 Setting Maximum Output Limitations 3-29
3.6.12.4 Using Factory Settings 3-29
3.6.13 Viewing and Setting Peripherals 3-29
3.6.13.1 Conditioning the MSK Input 3-30
3.6.13.2 Viewing Power Module Status 3-30
3.6.13.3 ATU Controls 3-31
3.6.13.4 Testing the Standby Side 3-32
3.6.13.5 Selecting Peripherals 3-32
3.6.13.6 Checking Modules 3-32
3.6.14 Remote Control Monitor System Settings 3-33
3.6.14.1 Setting Control Points 3-33
3.6.14.2 Setting Monitor Points 3-33
3.6.14.3 Changing Baud Rate 3-34
3.6.15 Viewing Power Related Parameters and
Setting ATU Current Feedback 3-34

Contents Page
4 TESTING AND ADJUSTMENT

4.2 OPERATING PRECAUTIONS 4-1
4.3 FUNCTIONAL TESTS 4-1
4.3.1 General 4-1
4.3.2 Test Equipment Required 4-3
4.3.3 Test Prerequisites 4-3
4.3.4 Initial Turn On 4-3
4.3.5 Standard Adjustments 4-4
4.3.5.1 Setting Sonalert Remote Control States 4-4
4.3.5.2 Setting Low Battery Threshold 4-4
4.3.5.3 Setting Default Monitor States 4-4
4.3.5.4 Setting Changeover Mode and
RF Monitor Thresholds 4-4
4.3.5.5 Setting the Antenna Current Level 4-5
4.3.6 Non-Standard Adjustments 4-5
4.3.6.1 Setting the Number of Power Blocks Installed 4-6
4.3.6.2 Changing RF Filter Tap Settings 4-6
4.3.6.3 Calibrating Transmitter Output Power 4-6
4.3.6.4 Calibrating Exciter DC Voltages and Ambient
Temperature 4-7
4.3.6.5 Calibrating PDM 4-8
4.3.6.6 Calibrating Reflected Power Threshold and
Output Network Alarm 4-8
4.3.6.7 Setting the RF Monitor Level 4-9
4.3.6.8 Calibrating the AC Failure Alarm 4-9
4.3.6.9 Adjusting for Low MSK Threshold 4-10
4.3.6.10 Equalizing Exciter Gain (Dual Exciter
Transmitters Only) 4-10
4.3.6.11 Calibrating Battery Voltage and Current
(Optional) 4-11
4.3.6.12 Calibrating Battery Charger Current (Optional) 4-12
4.3.6.13 Setting Display Contrast 4-12

Contents Page
5 MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
5.1 GENERAL 5-1

5.2 SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE 5-1
5.2.1 Cleaning the Transmitter 5-1
5.2.2 Checking Hardware 5-1
5.2.3 Battery Replacement 5-1
5.3 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-2
5.3.1 On-Air Troubleshooting 5-2
5.3.1.1 Remote Troubleshooting 5-2
5.3.1.2 Local Troubleshooting 5-2
5.3.2 Off-Air and Standby Troubleshooting 5-2
5.4 ELECTROSTATIC PROTECTION 5-2
5.4.1 Discharging of Personnel 5-3
5.4.2 Handling/Storage 5-3
5.4.3 Tools/Test Equipment 5-3
5.4.4 Stress Current Protection 5-3
5.5 TROUBLESHOOTING FRONT PANEL ALARMS 5-3
5.6 REPLACING AN RF POWER MODULE 5-9
5.6.1 RF Power Module Removal 5-9
5.6.2 RF Power Module Installation 5-9
5.7 FET CHECKING/REPLACEMENT 5-9
5.8 EXCITER/CONTROL ASSEMBLY PWB REPLACEMENT 5-11
5.8.1 Exciter Interface PWB and Interconnecting PWB
Replacement 5-11
5.8.1.1 Interphase PDM Driver PWB Removal/Replacement 5-11
5.8.1.2 Exciter Interface PWB Removal/Replacement 5-11
5.8.2 Exciter Monitor/Generator PWB Replacement 5-12

Contents Page
6 THEORY OF OPERATION

6.2 TRANSMITTER OVERVIEW 6-1
6.3 AC DISTRIBUTION 6-5
6.4 DC DISTRIBUTION (Optional) 6-5
6.5 EXCITER CONTROL/MONITOR 6-5
6.5.1 Exciter Interface PWB 6-5
6.5.1.1 RF Drive Circuitry and Failure Detection 6-5
6.5.1.2 Changeover/Shutdown 6-6
6.5.2 Interphase PDM Driver PWBs 6-6
6.5.2.1 Carrier Level Control 6-6
6.5.2.2 PDM Divider 6-7
6.5.2.3 Linear Integrator 6-7
6.5.2.4 Integrator Peak Detector 6-7
6.5.2.5 Interphase PDM Generator 6-11
6.5.2.5.1 PDM1 Generator 6-11
6.5.2.6 PDM Fault Detector 6-12
6.5.2.7 Shutback Latch 6-12
6.5.2.8 PDM Inhibit 6-12
6.5.3 Ac/Dc Universal Input Power Supplies 6-13
6.5.4 LVPS Buck Converter PWBs 6-13
6.5.4.1 DC-DC Converter 6-13
6.5.4.2 AC Sample 6-13
6.5.4.3 LVPS Failure Detector 6-13
6.5.5 Exciter Monitor/Generator PWBs 6-14
6.5.5.1 Microcontroller 6-14
6.5.5.2 MSK and RF Drive Control 6-14
6.5.5.2.1 MSK 50/50 Generator and Monitor 6-14
6.5.5.2.1 MSK Level Monitor 6-14
6.5.5.3 2ƒPDM Generator 6-14
6.5.5.4 Forward Power Monitor 6-14
6.5.5.5 RF Monitor Parameter Selection 6-14
6.5.6 Remote Interface PWB 6-15
6.5.6.1 Remote Inputs/Outputs 6-15
6.5.6.2 Isolated ATU Serial Interface 6-15
6.5.6.3 RS232 and RS422 Interface 6-15
6.5.6.4 RF Monitor Conditioning 6-15

Contents Page
6 THEORY OF OPERATION
6.5.7 Front Panel Metering 6-15

6.5.7.1 System Diagram 6-15
6.5.7.2 Diagnostic Display 6-15
6.5.7.3 Control Switches 6-16
6.5.7.3.1 Local/Remote Selection 6-16
6.5.7.3.2 RF On/RF Off Selection 6-16
6.5.7.3.3 Power Increase/Decrease 6-16
6.5.8 DGPS Site Interface PWB (Optional) 6-16
6.5.8.1 Site Monitor Points 6-16
6.5.8.2 Site Control Points 6-16
6.5.9 Dc-Dc Power Supply PWB 6-16
6.6 RF POWER BLOCK 6-16
6.6.1 RF Power Modules 6-17
6.6.1.1 Switch Mode Power Supply PWB 6-17
6.6.1.1.1 Rectifier 6-17
6.6.1.1.2 Switching Signal 6-17
6.6.1.1.3 B+ Voltage 6-17
6.6.1.1.4 Inhibit PWM 6-17
6.6.1.2 Power Module Control/Interface PWB 6-17
6.6.1.2.1 Module Status 6-17
6.6.1.2.2 Gate Bias Drive Signal 6-17
6.6.1.2.3 Switch Mode Supply Control 6-17
6.6.1.3 Modulator 6-18
6.6.1.3.1 13 V Power Supply 6-18
6.6.1.3.2 FET Driver 6-18
6.6.1.3.3 B+ Switching MOSFET 6-18
6.6.1.4 Modulator Filter PWB 6-18
6.6.1.5 Power Amplifier 6-18
6.6.2 Power Block Distribution PWB 6-18
6.6.3 RF Filter PWB 6-23
6.7 RF COMBINER/PROBE 6-23
6.7.1 RF Combiner Transformer 6-23
6.7.2 Forward/Reflected Power Probe 6-23
6.7.3 RF Current Probe 6-23

Contents Page
7 PARTS INFORMATION

7.2 FAMILY TREE 7-1
7.3 HOW TO LOCATE INFORMATION FOR A
SPECIFIC PART 7-1
7.3.1 When Nautel Configuration Control Number
Is Known 7-1
7.3.2 When Ref Des Is Known 7-1
7.4 REFERENCE DESIGNATION LISTS 7-1
7.5 COLUMN CONTENT EXPLANATION 7-1
7.5.1 Ref Des Column 7-1
7.5.2 Description Column 7-2
7.5.3 Nautel # Column 7-2
7.5.4 Vendor # Column 7-2
7.5.5 OEM Code Column 7-2
7.6 OEM CODE TO MANUFACTURER CROSS-REFERENCE 7-2
7.6.1 Manufacturer’s Index 7-2
7.7 COMMON ABBREVIATIONS/ACRONYMS 7-3
8 WIRING INFORMATION

8.2 WIRING LISTS NOT PROVIDED 8-1
8.3 PRINTED WIRING PATTERNS 8-1
8.4 WIRE COLOURS 8-1
8.5 WIRING LISTS PROVIDED 8-1
8.5.1 Connector Mating Information 8-1
9 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS

9.2 COMPONENT VALUES 9-1
9.3 GRAPHIC SYMBOLS 9-1
9.4 LOGIC SYMBOLS 9-1
9.5 REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS 9-1
9.6 UNIQUE SYMBOLOGY 9-1
9.6.1 Type of Inputs/Outputs 9-1
9.6.2 Logic Level/Convention 9-1
9.7 TROUBLESHOOTING AIDS 9-1
9.8 IDENTIFICATION OF SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 9-2
9.9 STRUCTURE OF SCHEMATICS 9-2

Contents Page
9.10 LOCATING THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM(S) FOR A
FUNCTIONAL BLOCK 9-2
9.11 LOCATING A PART/ASSEMBLY IDENTIFIED
ON A SCHEMATIC 9-2
10 MECHANICAL DRAWINGS

10.2 LOCATING ASSEMBLY DETAIL DRAWINGS 10-1
10.3 CONTENT OF MECHANICAL DRAWINGS 10-1
Appendix A: Addendum to RTCM Standard (Messages 26 and 27)

Contents Page
List of Tables
1-1 Recommended Site Test Equipment 1-3
1-2 Glossary of Terms 1-4
2-1 Forced Air Exchange Rate 2-1
2-2 Ac Power Consumption 2-5
2-3 Dc Power Consumption 2-6
2-4 ATU Serial Interface 2-13
2-5 RS-422 Remote Interface 2-13
2-6 RS-232 Remote Interface 2-13
2-7 Ac Power Connection 2-14
2-8 Dc Power Connection 2-15
2-9 RF Filter PWB Tap Settings vs Frequency 2-16
3-1 Front Panel – System Diagram Controls and Indicators 3-5
3-2 Front Panel – Control Section Controls and Indicators 3-7
3-3 Exciter Interface PWB Controls and Indicators 3-9
3-4 Remote Interface PWB Controls and Indicators 3-11
3-5 Miscellaneous Exciter/Control Assembly Controls and Indicators 3-12
3-6 Miscellaneous RF Power Block Controls and Indicators 3-13
3-7 Ac Power Distribution Assembly Controls 3-15
3-8 Dc Power Distribution Assembly Controls 3-17
3-9 Events Log Displays – Non Alarm Events 3-21
5-1 Troubleshooting and Replacement Tips 5-5
7-1 Manufacturer’s Index 7-4
8-1 Wiring Lists Provided 8-1
9-1 Electrical Schematics 9-3
10-1 Mechanical Drawings 10-2

Contents Page
List of Figures/Drawings
2-1 Vector Transmitter Environment Considerations 2-3
2-2 Customer Interface to Vector Transmitter 2-4
2-3 Single Ended Input Selected 2-7
2-4 Differential Input Selected 2-8
2-5 Removing Packing Support Bars 2-12
2-6 Block Diagram – Recommended Low Power Transmitter
System Installation 2-18
2-7 Block Diagram – Recommended High Power Transmitter
System Installation 2-19
3-1 Vector Transmitter Front Panel (Primary User Interface) 3-3
3-2 Vector Transmitter Front Panel – System Diagram Section 3-4
3-3 Vector Transmitter Front Panel – Control Section 3-6
3-4 Part of NAPI76 Exciter Interface PWB A2A2 3-8
3-5 Part of NAPI78A Remote Interface PWB A2A3 3-10
3-6 NAX233/01, /02 & /04 Ac Power Distribution Assembly A8 (Rear View) 3-14
3-7 NAX235/01 & /02 Dc Power Distribution Assembly A7 3-16
3-8 Diagnostic Display – Meters Screen 3-18
3-9 Diagnostic Display – Main Menu 3-18
3-10 Flow Diagram – Diagnostic Display Functions 3-19
4-1 Exciter/Control Assembly A2 4-2
6-1 Vector Series DGPS Transmitter 6-3
6-2 Block Diagram – Exciter Control/Monitor Stage 6-9
6-3 Timing Diagram for PDM Differential Amplifier 6-11
6-4 Block Diagram – RF Power Block 6-19
6-5 Block Diagram – RF Power Module 6-21
6-6 Simplified Principles of Class ‘D’ Operation 6-24
7-1 Family Tree – Vector DGPS Transmitter 7-5
7-2 Family Tree – RF Power Block 7-6

Release Control Record
Issue Date Reason
0.1 01 April 2007 Draft release for initial review

Vector DGPS Transmitter
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Section 1 GENERAL INFORMATION

1.1 INTRODUCTION 1.2 FACTORY SUPPORT
The Vector D (750, 1500, 2250 or 3000) Nautel provides after sales factory
DGPS Transmitter: support. Technical assistance is available
on a 24 hour, seven days a week basis. A
• Transmits DGPS information, in the factory service facility for repair of
G1D (MSK) emission mode, supplied modules/assemblies is also available.
from a DGPS reference station. Refer to the Factory Support portion of the
Warranty pages at the front of this manual
• Provides continuous carrier power for for additional information.
four different power configurations:
1.3 PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF
Vector D750 75 W - 750 W MANUAL
Vector D1500 150 W - 1500 W This Technical Instruction manual
Vector D2250 225 W - 2,250 W provides the information required to
Vector D3000 300 W - 3,000 W install, operate and maintain the
equipment. Where applicable, changes
• Operates in the LF/MF band (between have been incorporated to reflect non-
282 and 326 kHz and between 435 standard customer requests.
and 495 kHz).
1.4 PURPOSE OF EQUIPMENT
• Has provision for a standby exciter When combined with an appropriate
section, which duplicates the PDM antenna system, the Vector transmitter
generation circuitry and low voltage provides reliable facilities for an NDB
power supplies. reference station. It is ideally suited for
remote or unmanned sites. Remote control
• Has provision for single side or dual facilities are incorporated to allow
side (A and B) RF power sections, unattended operation from a remote
which can be manually or location.
automatically selected.
• Can be serially connected to Nautel’s

ATU-HP Antenna Tuning Unit, allowing
a variety of control/monitoring features,
including stabilization of the antenna
current by adjusting transmitter power
level.
Vector DGPS Transmitter Technical Instruction Manual Page 1-1

Section 1 General Information Issue 0.1
1.5 MECHANICAL DESCRIPTION 1.6 TEST EQUIPMENT AND
The Vector transmitter’s cabinet SPECIAL TOOLS
dimensions, including side panels, rear Table 1-1 lists the test equipment and
door, and RF output connector are as special tools that are required to operate
follows: and maintain the Vector transmitter.
Height Width Depth 1.7 GLOSSARY OF TERMS

Table 1-2 provides a list of unique terms,
73.5 in. 23 in. 25.2 in. abbreviations, and acronyms used in this
(186.7 cm) (48.3 cm) (64.1 cm) publication.
The RF output coaxial cable connects to an

N-type connector on the top of the
transmitter cabinet. External ac power and,
if applicable, dc power cabling may enter
the cabinet through cable entry holes in the
top or bottom of the cabinet. External input
(RF drive and control) and output (status
and alarm monitoring) cables enter the
cabinet through entry holes in the top of the
transmitter cabinet.
Page 1-2 Vector DGPS Transmitter Technical Instruction Manual

Issue 0.1 Section 1 General information
Table 1-1: Recommended Site Test Equipment
EQUIPMENT PART/MODEL NUMBER APPLICATION
OR TYPE (EQUIVALENT
MAY BE USED)
Dummy load 50 Ω, rated for at least the Provides precise load for ‘off-
maximum continuous carrier air’ testing (calibration and
power level (750 W, troubleshooting).
1,500 W, 2,250 W and
3,000 W), VSWR 1.1
Digital multimeter 3-1/2 digit, ac and dc volts Testing and maintenance

(10 MΩ input), ohms and
amps, ± 0.5% accuracy,
Beckman 3010
Ac Voltmeter HP400E Precise measurement of RF

voltage across dummy load
during calibration procedures
Frequency counter 5 ppm up to 10 MHz Measure carrier frequency

Fluke model 1900A
Oscilloscope Tektronix model T922 Testing and maintenance
RF Signal Generator Capable of operating in Simulate external RF drive

frequency range of 282 – 326 source during testing and
kHz and 435 – 495 kHz with troubleshooting.
an adjustable output capable
of supplying 0.5 V pp – 4 V
pp into 50 Ω
Dc power supply (variable) 0 – 50 V, 1A Testing and maintenance
Torque wrench Capable of providing five Installing power MOSFETs

inch-pounds (0.665 Newton-
Meters) of torque.
Serial null modem adapter 9-pin null modem Programming firmware
Current probe Calibrate reflected power
Clip-on dc current meter Calibrate battery current

Section 1 General Information Issue 0.1
Table 1-2: Glossary of Terms
TERM DESCRIPTION
ac Alternating current
AM Amplitude modulation
Bit Basic timing increment derived from master clock in keying unit.
Length is dependent on frame length and number of characters
used. An 8-bit frame is nominally 125 ms long.
Character Letter or number in the beacon identification signal
dBm Decibel reference 1 mW
dc Direct current
EIA Electronic Industries Alliance
Element Smallest divisible part of a character. May be either a dot or a

dash
Frame Selected, fixed interval of time that is sufficiently long to

accommodate the beacon identification signal and an interval of
continuous tone. Normally set to 80 bits (10 seconds)
GUI Graphic user interface. Referred to as diagnostic display

throughout the manual
Hz Hertz
IPM Incidental phase modulation
Modular Redundancy Identical modules operating in an overall system design such that
failure of one module does not affect the output of the system
MSK Minimum Shift Keying
PDM Pulse duration modulation
PWB Printed wiring board (also known as printed circuit board)
RF Radio frequency
SPI Serial Peripheral Interface
V ac Volts ac
VSWR Voltage standing wave ratio

Issue 0.1 Section 1 General information
Section 2 PREPARATION FOR USE AND INSTALLATION

2.1 INTRODUCTION 2.2.1.1 Transmitter Dimensions
This section contains pre-installation and Refer to paragraph 1.5 or Figure MD-1 for
installation information for the transmitter. transmitter dimensions. Dimensions
Nautel recommends that all requirements identify room entry and floor space
be incorporated to ensure optimum requirements and will assist in determining
reliability and performance. cable lengths and routing.
NOTE 2.2.1.2 Transmitter Weights

Failure to comply with these Refer to Figure 2-1 for transmitter weights.
recommendations and instructions could Sufficient manpower or lifting apparatus is
void the manufacturer’s warranty. Please required to move the transmitter.
review Nautel’s warranty terms for more
information. 2.2.1.3 Transmitter Clearances
Refer to Figure 2-1 for recommended
2.2 PREPARATION FOR USE transmitter clearances.
Transmitter sites should be prepared to
receive the transmitter prior to its delivery 2.2.1.4 Air Flushing
and installation. The following must be Fans in each RF power module draw
taken into consideration when preparing cooling air through filters in the front of the
new sites and should be used as the transmitter and exhaust it through
evaluating criteria at existing sites. Nautel ventilation in the rear door. The air
recommends that all requirements be exchange rate required to achieve an
incorporated to ensure optimum reliability acceptable intake/exhaust temperature
and performance. rise (see Table 2-1) is dependent on the
power level of the transmitter and the
NOTE operating power source.
Frequent reference is made to connectors
and terminal blocks on the remote Table 2-1: Forced Air Exchange Rate
interface PWB. This PWB is located at the Air Exchange Rate
rear of the exciter/control assembly. Product (Normal Operation)
(ft3/min or CFM)
2.2.1 Transmitter Room
VRD750 110
Requirements
VRD1500 220
The following criteria must be addressed
VRD2250 330
when finalizing the transmitter site.
VRD3000 440

Section 2 Preparation for Use and Installation Issue 0.1
2.2.1.5 Cooling and Heating 2.2.3 Station Reference Ground
Refer to Figure 2-1 for transmitter room The site must contain a station reference
ambient air temperature limitations. If ground, as defined in Nautel’s
necessary, ensure adequate cooling and/ Recommendations for Transmitter Site
or heating systems are in place to Preparation booklet. This ground must
maintain appropriate ambient air provide a continuous, low impedance path
temperature. to the earth. The transmitter cabinet's
designated reference ground point, the
2.2.1.6 Work Area shield of the coaxial feed cable, and the
Nautel recommends that a suitable work ground connection of the power source's
area with an adequate table surface be surge protection devices must be
provided adjacent to the transmitter to connected directly to the station reference
permit bench adjustment and repair of ground using, as a minimum, 100 mm (4
modules. Static precautions must be inch) copper strap.
observed.
2.2.4 Ac Power Source
2.2.1.7 Power Source Switch If an ac power source is used, all
A switching assembly for the ac and/or dc conductors should be protected by bi-
power source should be wall mounted in directional surge protection devices that
close proximity to the transmitter. are connected between each conductor
and the station reference ground. In
2.2.2 Lightning Protection addition, the conductors, as a group,
Extremely high voltage and current should pass through a ferrite toroid. The
transients are produced when a lightning inductance formed by this toroid is
strike occurs. These transients, which are transparent to ac voltages, but presents
usually the most significant hazard to any impedance to transients originating in the
solid state transmitter, may be passed to power source. A surge protector panel,
the transmitter through the wiring containing suitably rated varistors, is
connecting the transmitter to the power available from Nautel for this purpose. If
source and the antenna system. All used, the surge protector panel should be
practical precautions should be taken to installed in close proximity to the station
protect the transmitter from this reference ground.
phenomenon. Refer to the Lightning
Protection section of Nautel’s 2.2.4.1 Ac Wiring
Recommendations for Transmitter Site The ac wiring for the transmitter should
Preparation booklet for specific protection not be smaller than 14 AWG, based on an
techniques. Installing Nautel’s interface average ac input voltage of 200 V ac.
protection unit is highly recommended.
The following requirements are NOTE
considered to be essential and failure to Local electrical codes must be observed
follow the site layout requirements may when sizing cables. The ac power source
void the transmitter warranty. usually presents the lowest impedance
path to ground potential for a lightning
NOTE strike and will normally carry most of the
The following paragraphs discuss lightning induced current away from the
customer required connections to the transmitter. When lightning hits the power
transmitter. Figure 2-2 is provided as an source, a significant amount of induced
aid for various customer interface current may flow towards the transmitter.
connections and should be referenced In this instance, the objective is to route
while planning and installing these the current around the transmitter, instead
connections. of through it, to the best ground available.

Issue 0.1 Section 2 Preparation for Use and Installation
WEIGHT (crated)
VRD750 - 166 kg (365 lbs)
VRD1500 - 184 kg (405 lbs)
VRD2250 - 202 kg (445 lbs)
VRD3000 - 220 kg (485 lbs)
Figure 2-1 Vector Transmitter Environment Considerations

SITE CONTROL PWB
(OPTIONAL)
REMOTE
CONTROL/
MONITOR
WIRING
AC DISTRIBUTION CONNECTORS
(FACTORY INSTALLED TO EXCITER
AND RF POWER BLOCKS)
AC INPUT
170-270 V ac
1-PHASE
(L-L or L-N)
DC INPUT
128-168 V dc
Dimensions = mm (inches)
Customer Interface to Vector Transmitter

Issue 0.1 Not to Scale Figure 2-2 Page 2-4
2.2.5 Antenna Feed Cable 2.2.8.1 Ac Voltage Source
The shield of the antenna feed coaxial cable The transmitter will operate from a 170 to
should be connected directly to the station 270 V ac, 50 Hz, (line-to-neutral) or 60 Hz
reference ground where it enters the (line-to-line) ac power source. The voltage
building. In addition, the centre conductor must be maintained within the specified
and the shield of the feed cable should pass voltage range under all loading conditions.
through a ferrite toroid positioned between The transmitter contains circuitry that
the shield ground at the building entrance maintains the RF output at the pre-set
and the shield termination at the transmitter carrier level for voltage variations within this
reference ground. This toroid is transparent range. Power consumption and line current
to the RF signal, but presents impedance to depends on the transmitter’s maximum rated
transients originating in the antenna. When power level (see Table 2-2). Nautel
Nautel’s interface protection unit is installed, recommends the ac power source have a
the RF feed cable is connected directly to it. 20% over-capacity to ensure adequate
It contains the necessary ferrite for the ac regulation.
wiring and RF feeder cable.
Table 2-2: Ac Power Consumption
2.2.6 Antenna Tower
The antenna tower is the most likely target Vector Max. Power Max. Line
for lightning strikes. It is imperative that it Product Consumption Current
contain lightning protection devices as the VRD750 1550 VA 9.1 A RMS
first line of defense against lightning strikes. VRD1500 3100 VA 18.2 A RMS
VRD2250 4650 VA 27.4 A RMS
2.2.7 External Control/Monitor
Wiring VRD3000 6200 VA 36.5 A RMS
All external control/monitor wiring that may based on worst-case parameters (maximum
be subject to lightning induced transients RF output power, minimum ac voltage and
should be interfaced to the station reference efficiency)
ground by surge protection devices at the
building entry. All conductors and shields 2.2.8.2 External Ac Switching
should pass through a ferrite toroid that is It is required that all current carrying
positioned between its surge protection conductors from the ac power source be
device and the transmitter. This toroid is controlled by an external switching box
transparent to control/monitor signals, but located in close proximity to the transmitter.
presents impedance to lightning induced This switch box should be clearly marked
transients. TRANSMITTER EMERGENCY ON/OFF
SWITCH. Refer to Table 2-2 for current
2.2.8 Electrical Power ratings that should be observed when
The transmitter is configured during selecting a circuit breaker and associated
manufacture to operate from an ac or dc input wiring.
power source. The power source and
associated switching components and wiring 2.2.8.3 Dc Voltage Source
must meet the following requirements: As an option, the transmitter may operate
from a dc power source (battery bank). Pre-
installation considerations include:
NOTE
This paragraph includes changes that
accommodate the user supplied dc power
source.

• The battery must provide between 128 2.2.9.1 RF Feed Cable
and 168 V dc (limits are adjustable The RF feed cable must be a 50 Ω coaxial
within this range; see 3.6.9) under all cable that is terminated by a type N coaxial
loads. The no-load voltage must be in connector. The RF output connector of the
excess of 132 V dc (limit is adjustable) for transmitter is located at the top of the
the transmitter to turn on initially. transmitter cabinet.
• Line current depends on the 2.2.9.2 Interface Protection Unit

transmitter’s maximum rated power level An interface protection unit (SPU1 or SPU2)
(see Table 2-3). is available from Nautel. It prevents lightning
induced transients from flowing through the
Table 2-3: Dc Power Consumption transmitter. Isolation of the transmitter and
the desired lightning protection is
Vector Max. Line accomplished by:
Product Current
VRD750 9.9 A • Low power (SPU1) applications only:
VRD1500 19.7 A Inserting a 1:1 isolation transformer in the
RF feed cable to ensure there is no dc
based on worst-case parameters
connection between the transmitter's RF
(maximum RF output power,
output and the antenna system.
minimum dc voltage and efficiency)
• Low power (SPU1) applications only:

• The capacity of the dc battery bank and
Passing all wires through ferrite toroids. A
the Low Battery Voltage Threshold
toroid is an inductance transparent to
setting, dictates the length of time the
normal signals but presents impedance to
transmitter will operate. When the battery
lightning induced transients.
bank voltage falls below the low battery
voltage threshold (factory set for 132
• Connecting suitably rated varistors
V dc), the transmitter turns off and
between the ac line and the station
prevents the battery from fully
reference ground.
discharging.
• Low power (SPU1) applications only:
• The dc power source should be
Connecting the shield of the coaxial
separately fused.
cable from the antenna/phaser directly to
the reference ground.
2.2.9 Antenna System
The antenna system must present 50 ± j0 Ω
When used, the antenna feed cable is
impedance at the carrier frequency. The
connected directly to the interface protection
transmitter will function while operating into
unit. Fifty feet of coaxial cable is provided for
a maximum VSWR of 1.5:1, but overall
the connection between the interface unit
system performance will be degraded.
and the transmitter.
Circuitry within the transmitter will prevent
damage to the transmitter from high VSWR
loads. Refer to the associated antenna
tuning unit’s manual for further information.

2.2.10 External Interlocks The switching circuit for each remotely
The external electrical interlock circuit controlled function must be the equivalent of
connects between INTERLOCK terminals a normally open/held closed spring-loaded
TB1-19 and TB1-20 of the remote interface (momentary) switch. Each must be
PWB. When it is safe to produce an RF configured to operate as a single ended
output, the circuit must be closed and the input using the transmitter's unregulated
transmitter must be applying +24 V to +24 V as the dc volts source (see Figure
TB1-20. When it is not safe to produce RF 2-3) or as a differential input using an
output (one or more of the external interlock external dc power supply (24 V to 30 V) as
switches activated), the circuit must provide the dc volts source (see Figure 2-4). Each
an open circuit to TB1-20. You can install control function has positive and negative
any number of serial interlock switches, input terminals on the remote interface PWB
provided +24 V is removed from TB1-20 if to accommodate the selected configuration.
any interlock switch is activated.
+24V
REMOTE
NOTE INTERFACE
3 PWB
Transients may be induced on the 24 V E#
1 2
source if the external wiring is lengthy. To
prevent this, install a relay controlled by
external interlock switches near the remote
interface PWB. Connect it as a fail-safe relay
REMOTE SELECTION CIRCUITRY
(energized when the interlock circuit is 1 CONFIGURED FOR INTERNAL
DC VOLTS
closed, de-energized when it is opened) with S1970005 V1
its normally open contacts interconnecting
TB1-19 and TB1- 20. Figure 2-3 Single Ended Input Selected
2.2.11 Remote Control Circuits Single Ended Input (Internal V dc)

You can access transmitter control functions When using the transmitter’s +24 V as the
using an RSIM interface (see 2.2.12 for a current source for a control function’s opto-
description of serial port features). You can coupler, configure the remote interface PWB
control the on/off status, standby code 1, circuit for a single ended input. Configure the
and standby code 2 using switching circuits 2-socket shunt post on the 3-pin header
that are either a single ended input or a associated with the control function as
differential input. The charger alarm can also shown in Figure 2-3. Apply a negative logic
be monitored remotely. command (current-sink-to-ground is active)
to the control’s negative (-) input terminal.
NOTE The ground must come from TB1-24.
External control circuits connect to the
transmitter circuits through opto- couplers on
the remote interface PWB. The opto-
couplers buffer/isolate the external circuits
and prevent any transients from affecting
transmitter operation. These opto-couplers
only have influence when Remote control is
selected at the transmitter. The remote
interface PWB contains selection circuits
that allow the user to select an internal
(single ended input) or external (differential
input) dc power supply as the current source
for the opto-coupler associated with each
controlled function.

+24V 2.2.12.1 RSIM Interface
REMOTE
3
INTERFACE An RSIM (Reference Stations and Integrity
PWB
1
E#
2
Monitors) interface allows remote control
EXTERNAL DC
and interrogation of the transmitter’s
PWR SUPPLY
(+12V TO +30V) operational status. Connection can be made
to the serial RS-422 and/or RS-232 9-pin D-
1
REMOTE SELECTION CIRCUITRY sub connectors on the rear of the exciter/
CONFIGURED FOR EXTERNAL
DC VOLTS control assembly (A2) (see Figure 2-2).
S1970004 V1
Remote control uses the RSIM protocol

Figure 2-4 Differential Input Selected
RTCM Standard 10401.2 for Differential
Navstar GPS Reference Stations and
Differential Input (External V dc)
Integrity Monitors (RSIM) (December 18,
When using an external dc voltage (24 V to
2006). This standard contains descriptions
30 V) as the current source for a control
of the various RSIM messages that can
function’s opto-coupler, configure the control
occur. Appendix A, at the back of this
function’s external switching circuit and the
manual, provides extended descriptions for
remote interface PWBs selection circuitry for
RSIM # 26: General Text Message and
a differential input. Configure the 2-socket
RSIM # 27: Equipment Logistical
shunt post on the 3-pin header associated
Parameters.
with the control function as shown in Figure
2-4. The normally open/ held closed switch
To make full use of the RSIM feature, you
may be located between the dc voltage's
should purchase the NAPI79 DGPS Site
negative output and the negative (-) input
Interface PWB from Nautel. This PWB
terminal (negative logic), or between its
provides 40 monitor points and 24 control
positive output and the positive (+) input
points. Each monitor point can be user
terminal (positive logic).
configured, using the front panel GUI, to
indicate alarms in a high or low logic state.
2.2.11.1 On/Off Control
The remote on/off circuitry (TB1-5/6) 2.2.12.2 ATU Interface
controls the on/off status of the RF power For transmitter systems that use a Nautel
stage. Activation of this circuit toggles the ATU-HP or ATU-LP antenna tuning unit, a
status between on and off. serial interface can be established by
connecting to the ATU RS-485 25-pin D-sub
2.2.11.2 Charger Alarm connector on the rear of the exciter/ control
If an external battery charger is used, its assembly (A2) (see Figure 2-2).
charger alarm output may be connected to
the transmitter (TB1-3/4) for fault monitoring. 2.2.13 RF Monitoring Sample
A true sample of the RF output voltage
2.2.12 Serial Port Features waveform is provided on the RF MONITOR
The Vector transmitter has several serial BNC connector at the back of the exciter/
port features which allow interfacing to the control assembly. The RF MONITOR output
remote control/monitor center and the ATU. should be applied to a station modulation
monitor with a minimum 50 Ω input
impedance. It may also be monitored by an
oscilloscope during maintenance
procedures. The RF MONITOR output will
be a nominal 1 V RMS, into a 50 Ω load,
when the RF output power level is at rated
power.

2.2.14 Parts Supplied by Nautel 2.2.17.1 Standby Side Option
An ancillary parts kit is provided with the The Vector transmitter can be upgraded to
transmitter. These parts ensure installation accept a set of standby exciter assemblies
is not delayed due to lost or damaged parts, and RF power modules, including:
and allow you to maintain the equipment
until a full maintenance spares kit is • Interphase PDM driver PWB (A2A10)
obtained. These parts are not intended to be • LVPS buck converter PWB (A2A11)
long-term maintenance spares. The contents • 24 V Power Supply (A2U3)
of the ancillary parts kit are itemized in the • RF power module (A2 of RF power
packing list. Connectors for remote control/ blocks)
monitor wiring are included in the ancillary
kit. Detailed information about these parts is When the standby side components are
not included in this manual. installed, the transmitter must be placed in
NORMAL changeover mode to enable the
2.2.15 Parts Not Supplied by Nautel standby switching feature.
Some parts required to complete installation
are not supplied with the transmitter, or are 2.2.17.2 Spares Kit Option
not provided by Nautel. Each installation A comprehensive maintenance spares kit is
dictates the parts required, but users will available. The kit includes a quantity of each
normally need to supply the following: through-hole semiconductor, LED, and fuse
used in the equipment as well as important
• A suitable 50 Ω RF output coaxial cable, repair items such as semiconductor
terminated by the appropriate RF insulators, fan filters, etc.
connector, complete with inner male
connector at the transmitter end. 2.2.17.3 Interface Protection Unit Option
A surge protector panel rated for the ac
• All external control/monitor wiring, power source being applied to the
including the associated terminating transmitter is available from Nautel. The
devices and conduit clamps. surge protector panel will help protect the
transmitter against lightning-induced voltage
• All electrical power cables, including transients on the ac power source and/or the
conduit, clamps and terminating devices. antenna system.
• Appropriate batteries when the dc option NOTE

is purchased. Figures 2-6 and 2-7 show the recommended
system installation for high and low power
• Appropriate ac breaker and dc fusing transmitter systems. These drawings
emphasize the interconnections to the
2.2.16 Test Equipment and Special interface protection unit.
Tools
The test equipment and special tools 2.2.17.4 Battery Backup Option
required to install and maintain the If purchased, the battery box (A7) will
transmitter are listed in Table 1-1. distribute appropriate voltages to the exciter
and power blocks. When purchased, the dc
2.2.17 Available Options box is used in conjunction with a bank of
There are several options available for the user supplied batteries attached in such a
Vector transmitter. Each option is described manner as to provide 144 V dc and suitable
below to assist the user in selecting the final current to allow the system to operate in
configuration. battery backup mode.

2.2.17.5 Site Interface Option 2.3.1 Acceptance of Shipment
The optional DGPS site interface PWB Inspect all shipments for transmitter damage
(A2A4) mounts to the rear of the exciter/ prior to acceptance.
control assembly (A2) (See Figure 2-2). It
can be used in conjunction with RSIM 2.3.2 Unpacking Instructions
message # 25 to provide 24 control points Instructions for unpacking are dictated by
and 40 monitor points from a remote location the method of packaging for shipment.
via terminal block connectors. The active Transmitters not shipped by electronic
status of these control and monitor points equipment moving specialists may be
can be configured using the front panel GUI packed in wooden crates. Instructions
accompany any crate that requires special
2.3 INSTALLATION unpacking information. Remove all items
All assemblies (listed below) are installed in from packing and place on a suitable work
the transmitter cabinet for shipping. area. Verify shipped contents with packing
lists, which provide detailed listings of
• NAH54 RF Combiner/Probe (A1) shipment contents.
• NAE89/01 Exciter/Control Assembly
(A2) (a) Remove the transmitter’s side panels.
• NAX234 RF Power Block 1 through 4
(A3 through A6), as applicable (b) Remove the packing support bar above
• NAX235 Dc Power Distribution each RF power block (see Figure 2-5),
Assembly (optional) noting each bar is secured using two M5
• NAX233 Ac Power Distribution screws. There may be up to four RF
Assembly power blocks, depending on the
transmitter’s maximum power capability.
NOTE
Figures 2-6 and 2-7 show the recommended (c) Remove the securing bolts from the side
system installation for high and low power of the ac power distribution assembly
transmitter systems. These drawings and the dc power distribution assembly
emphasize the interconnections to the (if the dc option was purchased).
interface protection unit.
(d) Reinstall the transmitter’s side panels.
Refer to Figure MD-1 for the transmitter’s
assembly detail and dimensions. 2.3.3 Visual Inspection
A visual inspection should be performed on
NOTE the cabinet, its removable modules/
Metric, stainless steel attaching hardware is assemblies, and printed wiring boards. The
used in this transmitter. Unless otherwise inspection should cover the following:
specified, metric wrenches/sockets must be
used, except where an imperial measure is (a) Verify the LCD screen on the exciter/
specifically identified. When required, control assembly’s front panel is not
replacement hardware should be identical to damaged.
the items being replaced.
(b) Remove any packing materials (tape,
tyraps) used to secure wiring that was
disconnected for shipment.

(c) Check for obvious damage and missing
parts.
(d) Check electrical wiring/cabling for

broken or frayed insulation, loose or
improper connections, and broken,
shorted or pinched conductors.
(e) Verify all hardware is firmly tightened.
(f) Remove any unwanted foreign objects

from the interior of the cabinet/
assemblies, paying particular attention
for floating conductive materials such as
wire strands, metal slivers/filing, and
loose hardware.
(g) Verify that the exciter/control assembly’s

ac plugs (W13P1 -EXCTR AC A and
W14P1 -EXCTR AC B) are connected to
A8J1 and A8J2.

Figure 2-5 Removing Packing Support Bars

2.3.4 Determining Control/ Table 2-4: ATU Serial Interface
Monitoring Requirements (for INTERNAL RS-485 connector J3)
There are several remote control and
external monitoring options to consider Description Pin
before installing external wiring. The pre-
+5V (ISOL) 1
installation information in paragraph 2.2 GND (ISOL) 2, 6, 25
identifies the remote controls and alarm/ INT BUS (+) 3
status outputs available. It is assumed the INT BUS (-) 4
user has already reviewed this information DE/RE 5
and has determined which will be used. It
is also assumed the options available for Table 2-5: RS-422 Remote Interface
the control inputs and the monitoring (for RS-422 connector J4)
outputs have been reviewed and the user
has determined which options are Description Pin
required to interface with the external TX 1
equipment. TX 2
GND 5
2.3.5 Installation of External RX 7
Control/Monitor Wiring RX 8
The wiring from the remote control/
monitoring devices is to be connected to Table 2-6: RS-232 Remote Interface
the remote interface PWB (A2A3) as (for RS-232 connector J5)
follows:
Description Pin
NOTE RXD 2
Remote control and monitor wiring TXD 3
terminate on the remote interface PWBs DTR 4
(A2A3) connectors, which protrude GND 5
through the rear of the exciter/control DSR 6
assembly (A2) (see Figure 2-2). The RTS 7
connectors (included in the ancillary kit) CTS 8
are solder-cup type and the terminal
blocks accept wires sizes (AWG) #14 (b) Pass all control/monitor wires,
through #24. including their shields, through a
ferrite toroid supplied in the ancillary
A cabinet entry hole for the remote kit. If practical, the wires should pass
control/monitor wiring is provided in the through each toroid a minimum of two
top left-hand side of the cabinet. Refer to times (two turns).
Figure 2-2 or MD-1 to determine the cable
entry location. (c) Determine which remote control
inputs are being applied and then
(a) Route wires through the hole to the determine, if applicable, whether they
rear of the exciter/control assembly are differential or single-ended input.
(A2). Using Tables 2-3 through 2-5 See section 2.2.12 (Remote Control
(note the applicable serial interface Circuits), for more information on the
options), determine the specific type of input.
destination of each wire.

(d) Cut each wire to the required length NOTE
and, if the wire is being terminated at It is recommended the wiring be installed
a terminal block, remove 3/8” (9.5 in a metal conduit and the conduit be
mm) of insulation from the end of rigidly attached to the cabinet at the entry
each conductor; if the wire is being hole. If bottom-entry is desired (when
terminated in one of the connectors, wiring is in a floor mounted trench or the
remove 1/8” (3.2 mm) of insulation transmitter is sitting on a pedestal), a hole
from the end of each conductor. at the bottom, rear of the cabinet is
available for cable entry (see Figure
(e) Insert the control/monitor wiring into MD-1).
the applicable terminals of the remote
interface PWB (A2A3). Ensure the (c) Obtain two 85.7 mm ferrite toroids
terminal block securing screws are (Nautel Part # LP23) from the ancillary
firmly tightened and the adjacent parts kit.
wires do not touch (short).
(d) Route the ac power source wires
2.3.6 Installation of Ac Power through the selected cable entry hole
Source Wiring to the vicinity of the ac terminal block
Connect the wiring from the ac power (A8TB3). Refer to Figure 2-2 to
source to the appropriate terminals of determine its location.
terminal block TB3 of the ac power
distribution assembly (A8), noting it is (e) Pass all ac power source wires,
located near the bottom of the transmitter including the ground wire, through the
cabinet (see Figure 2-2). Open the rear ferrite toroids obtained in step (c). If
door to gain access to the terminal block. practical, wires should pass through a
minimum of two times (two turns).
CAUTION
Verify that the exciter’s ac plugs (W13P1 - Table 2-7: Ac Power Connection
EXCTR AC A and W14P1 -EXCTR AC B)
are connected to A8J1 and A8J2 before Terminal Connection
applying ac to the transmitter. If they are A8TB3-1 LINE1
plugged into the wrong outlet at the rear of A8TB3-2 LINE2
A8, permanent damage to the exciter A8TB3-4 GROUND
power supplies may result.
(f) Using Table 2-7 as a guide, determine
(a) Ensure the ac power is switched off at the destination of each wire.
the service entrance.
(g) Cut each wire to the required length
(b) Locate the cable entry hole for the ac and remove 1.9 cm (3/4 in.) of
power source wiring in the top or insulation from the end of each
bottom of the cabinet (see Figure 2-2 conductor.
or MD-1).
(h) Connect the wiring to the terminals of
A8TB1 as tabulated in Table 2-7.
Ensure wiring is securely tightened
inside the terminal block.

2.3.7 Installation of Dc Power 2.4.2 Turn-On Prerequisites
Source Wiring (optional) Complete the following steps to verify the
Connect the wiring from the dc power transmitter is ready to turn on:
source to the appropriate terminals of
A7TB1 (see Table 2-8). (a) Remove the filter covers (back of A3
through A6, as applicable). Ensure
(a) Ensure the DC power is disconnected. that there are no flying lead cables (all
links should be securely fastened).
(b) Interconnect the dc power source with
the transmitter as outlined in the table (b) Ensure that the RF filter PWB (A5) of
below. Ensure wiring is securely each RF power block is tuned for the
tightened. desired frequency (see Table 2-9).
Table 2-8: Dc Power Connection (c) Replace filter covers.
Terminal Connection WARNING

A7TB1-1 (+) Dc If there is a jumper between TB1-19
A7TB1-2 (-) Dc and TB1-20 on remote interface PWB
A7TB1-3 Charger In A2A3, safety features controlled by the
A7TB1-4 Charger Out external interlocks will be disabled.
Implement a fail-safe method to alert
(c) Apply DC and verify the voltage personnel to this fact. Dangerous
between A7TB1-1 and A7TB1-2 is voltages are present on RF output
144Vdc. stages and the antenna system if the
transmitter is on.
2.4 COMMISSIONING
The following procedures are in a step-by- (d) Close all external interlocks or
step format. They permit a person who is connect a temporary jumper wire
not familiar with the transmitter to perform between TB1-19 and TB1-20 of the
required checks. Complete the remote interface PWB (A2A3).
procedures in sequence.
2.4.3 Initial Turn-On
The transmitter is calibrated and burned-in Ensure that all connectors on the back of
during manufacture. Unless otherwise the transmitter are securely fastened. If
specified you should not need to make there are any loose connectors, ensure
any adjustment. If the tests associated they are mated according to the
with a procedure indicate the pre-set connector’s labeled tag.
adjustments are not optimum, perform the
appropriate adjustment procedure detailed (a) Close the ac breaker.
in Section 4, Testing and Adjustment prior
to proceeding with additional tests. (b) Verify that the GUI on the front of the
exciter is on and displays legible text.
2.4.1 Precautions
The transmitter contains many solid state (c) Confirm that the System Diagram’s
devices that can be damaged by Control - RF Off and Local lamps are
excessive heat or high voltage transients. on. Confirm that the amber LEDs in the
Read and observe the precautionary RF power modules are all flashing.
information included in the operating
instructions (see Section 3) prior to (d) Measure and record the ac voltage
applying power. between A8TB3-1 and A8TB3-2. It
should be between 170 and 270 V ac.

Table 2-9: RF Filter PWB Tap Settings vs Frequency
Frequency E20 E21 E33 E36 E15 E17

(kHz) To to To To to to
190.0 -209.0 E1 E22 E31 E34 E16 E18
209.1 - 229.9 E2 E23 E31 E34 E16 E18
230.0 - 252.9 E4 E25 E31 E34 E16 E18
253.0 - 278.2 E3 E24 E31 E35 E14 E18
278.3 - 306.0 E5 E26 E31 E35 E14 E18
306.1 - 336.6 E6 E27 E31 E35 E14 E18
336.7 -370.3 E7 E28 E31 E35 E14 E18
370.4 - 407.3 E6 E27 E32 E35 E14 E16
407.4 -447.9 E7 E28 E32 E35 E14 E16
448.0 - 492.9 E8 E29 E32 E35 E14 E16
493.0 - 535.0 E9 E30 E32 E35 E14 E16
With 1 RF power block installed, connect E12 to E11
With 2 or more RF power blocks installed, connect E12 to E10
(e) Set the Requested Power Source to (m) In the Test Standby Side menu (see
AC (see 3.6.9, p. 3-27). 3.6.12.4, p. 3-34), select Run All
Tests. Each test should take about
(f) Clear the Events Log (see 3.6.5, p. 20 s. OK should be displayed.
3-23).
(n) Set the transmitter’s operating side to
(g) Select local control by pressing the A (see 3.6.4).
Control – Local button.
(o) For single transmitters, skip to step
(h) Ensure the transmitter’s main side is (p). For dual side transmitters, in the
set to B and the monitor mode is set Test Standby Side menu, select Run
to BYPASS (see 3.6.4, p. 3-22). All Tests. Each test should take
about 20 s. OK should be displayed.
(i) Apply an MSK signal (at the carrier
frequency) between 0.5 and 4 V peak (p) Set the power level to 0 W
to peak to the EXT RF IN - MSK A (simultaneously press the Power -
(and B if appropriate) BNC connector Increase and Decrease buttons).
on the back of the exciter/ control
assembly. (q) Set the analog meter to display
reflected power on the 0 to 400 W
(j) Reset the alarm status (see 3.6.3, p. scale (see 3.6.8.2, p. 3-26).
3-22). The pre-existing alarms should
clear. (r) In the Meters menu, use the f or g
buttons to display the average PA volts
(k) There should be no alarms indicated for side A.
on the System Diagram or GUI.
(l) Connect the transmitter’s RF output to

a 50 Ω dummy load rated for twice the
transmitter’s maximum output power.

(s) Slowly increase the RF output until the (aa) If the dc power source option was not
PA voltage is 65 V dc while ensuring purchased, proceed to step (ee).
the reflected power does not exceed
the reflected power limit of 80 W per (bb) Apply DC. In the GUI set the
RF power block (i.e., 80, 160, 240 or Requested Power Source to BOTH
320 W). The output power from each (see 3.6.9, p. 3-27).
RF power block should be 100 ± 20 W
(e.g., 400 ± 80 W with four RF power (cc) Open the ac circuit breaker. The
blocks [A3 through A6] installed). transmitter should continue to run at
full power on the dc source (battery).
(t) Increase the RF output to rated power.
If a dual side system was not (dd) Close the ac circuit breaker. The
purchased, proceed to step (z). transmitter should return to operating
in ac mode.
(u) Set power to 0 W. Press RF Off. Set
the active side to B. (ee) Complete the Standard Adjustments in
Section 4 of this manual.
(v) There should be no alarms indicated
on the System Diagram or the GUI. (ff) Set the RF output power to 0 W. Press
Control - RF Off.
(w) In the Meters menu, press the f or g
button to to display the average PA
volts for side B.
(x) Increase the RF output until the PA

voltage is 65 V dc while ensuring the
reflected power does not exceed the
reflected power limit of 80 W per cube
(i.e., 80, 160, 240 or 320 W). The
output from each RF power block
should be 100 ± 20 W (e.g., 400 ±
80 W with four RF power blocks [A3
through A6] installed).
(y) Increase the RF output to rated power.
(z) Set the active side to A. The

transmitter should resume operating at
full power.

SPU1
NDB/DGPS
INTERFACE/
PROTECTION EXTERNAL CONTROL/MONITOR
UNIT
AUX CABLE
FERRITE EXTERNAL AUDIO OR MSK INPUT
*
VECTOR
TRANSMITTER *
REMOTE CONTROL/
(LESS THAN 1500W) MONITOR CENTER
*
REMOTE CONTROL/MONITOR
SERIAL LINK (PTSN, RS-232, RS-422, USB)
*
ATU VDC (OPTIONAL)
ATU-LP
* OR
RS-485 ISOLATED ATU-HP
INT SERIAL LINK
RF CABLE ANTENNA
FERRITE FEEDER
*
RF FEED FROM TRANSMITTER RF FEED TO ANTENNA
(NAUTEL P/N 151-1283-01) ANTENNA SYSTEM SYSTEM
J1 GROUND
PWR CABLE
FERRITE
*
STATION
REFERENCE
GROUND
* DENOTES CABLE LENGTH TO BE
20 FEET (6 METRES)
AC
POWER AC INPUT
SOURCE (OPTIONAL)
STATION SPU1 PARTS SHOWN

REFERENCE FOR REFERENCE ONLY
GROUND B1510096 VA
Block Diagram – Recommended Low Power Transmitter System Installation

EXTERNAL CONTROL/MONITOR
AUX CABLE
FERRITE EXTERNAL AUDIO OR MSK INPUT
*
VECTOR
TRANSMITTER *
REMOTE CONTROL/
(GREATER THAN 1500W) MONITOR CENTER
*
REMOTE CONTROL/MONITOR
SERIAL LINK (PTSN, RS-232, RS-422, USB)
*
ATU VDC (OPTIONAL)
* ATU-HP
RS-485 ISOLATED
INT SERIAL LINK
RF CABLE ANTENNA
FERRITE FEEDER
*
RF FEED FROM TRANSMITTER RF FEED TO ANTENNA
ANTENNA SYSTEM SYSTEM
GROUND
SPU2
NDB/DGPS
PWR CABLE INTERFACE/
FERRITE PROTECTION
* UNIT
STATION
REFERENCE
GROUND
* DENOTES CABLE LENGTH TO BE
20 FEET (6 METRES)
AC
POWER AC INPUT
SOURCE (OPTIONAL)
STATION SPU2 PARTS SHOWN

REFERENCE FOR REFERENCE ONLY
GROUND B1510097 VA
Block Diagram – Recommended High Power Transmitter System Installation

Section 3 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

3.1 INTRODUCTION • If in local or remote control, press the RF
The following instructions are intended Off switch on the transmitter’s front panel.
primarily for persons involved in testing or
maintenance of the equipment. • If in remote control, select RF Off at the
remote control site.
3.1.1 Precautions
The Vector transmitter contains many solid • Open any external interlock switch.
state devices that can be damaged if they are
subjected to excessive heat or high voltage 3.2.2 Complete Shutdown
transients. Ensure the circuits are not When the cause of the emergency shutdown
overdriven and are not disconnected from dictates the need for a complete shutdown of
their loads while turned on. the transmitter, do the following:
3.2 EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN • Switch off the ac power source at the ac

If an emergency shutdown is necessary, no power entrance.
special precautions are required. However,
the type of shutdown is dictated by the • If applicable, disconnect the battery.
reason for the shutdown. There are two
types of shutdown. The first turns off the RF 3.3 EXTERNAL SAFETY INTERLOCK
output by inhibiting the power output stages. The external electrical interlock circuit is a
The second turns off the RF output and protection circuit controlled by user
disables all of the internal power supplies by determined, serially connected, normally
disconnecting the ac and dc power sources. open/held closed interlock switches. It inhibits
the RF output when it is not safe to produce
3.2.1 Turn Off RF Output RF output.
When the cause of the emergency shutdown
is external to the transmitter or is in the RF When all of the external interlock switches are
output portion of the transmitter, the following closed and it is safe to produce an RF output,
will turn off the RF power produced by the the exciter panel's system diagram External
power modules: Alarm lamp will be off. The operator will have
full control of transmitter functions.
WARNING
The following will not remove the ac or dc When any external interlock switch is open,
power source voltage from the the RF output stages will automatically turn
transmitter or inhibit any of the internal off. The exciter panel's system diagram
low voltage dc supplies or the B+ power External Alarm lamp will turn on (alarm
supply. If the reason for the shutdown state). It is not possible to enable the RF
requires all voltages be turned off, power stages until all of the external interlock
proceed directly to paragraph 3.2.2 switches are closed.

Section 3 Operating Instructions Issue 0.1
3.4 ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE 3.4.4 Stress Current Protection
PROTECTION Always ensure the static sensitive
The transmitter's assemblies contain semiconductor devices are protected from
semiconductor devices that are susceptible unnecessary stress current. This is
to damage from electrostatic discharge achieved by ensuring:
(ESD). Observe the following precautions
when handling an assembly that contains • Current is not flowing when an electrical
these devices: connection is broken.
NOTE • Voltages are not present on external

Electrostatic energy is produced when two control/monitoring circuits when they
insulating materials are rubbed together. A are connected.
person wearing rubber-soled shoes,
walking across a nylon carpet or a waxed 3.5 CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
floor can generate an extremely large Nautel recommends the operator/
electrostatic charge. This effect is maintainer be familiar with the transmitter's
magnified during periods of low humidity. controls and indicators before operating the
transmitter and/or attempting to perform
This high voltage may damage fault diagnostics. In most cases, controls
semiconductor devices such as integrated and indicators are presented in an
circuits, field-effect transistors, thyristors assembly-by assembly format. A
and Schottky diodes unless adequate mechanical drawing and an associated
precautions are taken. table are provided as aids to locating and
understanding the assembly’s controls and
3.4.1 Discharging of Personnel indicators.
Maintainers must be electrically discharged
by a suitable ground system (anti-static NOTE
mats, grounding straps) when removing an On some mechanical drawings, numbered
assembly from the transmitter and while callouts are provided to cross-reference the
handling the assembly for maintenance control/indicator to the description table.
procedures.
The names used in the PANEL MARKING
3.4.2 Handling/Storage column of the controls and indicators tables
Place the assembly in an anti-static bag are intended to be the closest possible
when it is not installed in a host transmitter representation to the item’s
or when it is not being subjected to label/silkscreen.
maintenance procedures. Electronic
components should be stored in anti-static
materials.
3.4.3 Tools/Test Equipment

Testing and maintenance equipment,
including soldering and unsoldering tools,
should be suitable for contact with static
sensitive semiconductor devices.

Issue 0.1 Section 3 Operating Instructions
3.5.1 Front Panel • Diagnostic Display – a menu-driven
The front panel is the primary local user user interface screen - with five
interface for the transmitter. Control and associated push-buttons - which allows
indicators are grouped into four sections of control and monitoring of the transmitter’s
the panel (see Figure 3-1) as follows: critical parameters and modes of
operation. Refer to paragraph 3.6 for a
• System Diagram - a simple block full description of the diagnostic display.
diagram of the transmitter complete with
alarm lamps. Refer to Figure 3-2 and • Analog Meter – the front panel meter
Table 3-1 for a description of the controls displays a user selected analog sample
and indicators. on a user selected scale. Scale selection
and meter enabling is done using the
• Control – push-button switches that diagnostic display (refer to paragraph
allow convenient control of the 3.6.8).
transmitter’s RF status (on or off and
increase or decrease) and its operator
control source (local or remote). The RF
Off switch is functional regardless of
local or remote selection. Refer to
Figure 3-3 and Table 3-2 for a
description of the controls and
indicators.
Figure 3-1 Vector Transmitter Front Panel (Primary User Interface)

3.5.2 Exciter Interface PWB 3.5.5 Miscellaneous RF Power
Controls and Indicators Block Controls and Indicators
Figure 3-4 and Table 3-3 identify and Table 3-7 describes the miscellaneous
describe the controls and indicators on the controls and indicators of the RF power
exciter interface PWB (A2A2). block (A3 through A6 as applicable). Refer
to the mechanical drawings section to
3.5.3 Remote Interface PWB locate a referenced item.
Controls and Indicators
Figure 3-5 and Table 3-4 identify and 3.5.6 Ac Power Distribution
describe the controls and indicators on the Assembly Controls
remote interface PWB (A2A3). Figure 3-7 and Table 3-8 identify and
describe the controls on the ac power
3.5.4 Miscellaneous Exciter distribution assembly (A8).
Control/Assembly Controls and
Indicators 3.5.7 Dc Power Distribution
Table 3-6 describes the miscellaneous Assembly Controls
controls and indicators of the exciter Figure 3-8 and Table 3-9 identify and
control/assembly (A2) that were not describe the controls on the dc power
covered in previous paragraphs. Refer to distribution assembly (A7).
the mechanical drawings section to locate
a referenced item.
System Diagram
Exciter Output
IPA/ Network
PA
Changeover
Low Voltage
Power Supply
External
Alarm
AC Mains Power Supply
Figure 3-2 Vector Transmitter Front Panel – System Diagram Section

Table 3-1: Front Panel - System Diagram Controls and Indicators
PANEL MARKING DESCRIPTION
Exciter When turned on (red), typically indicates a failure has occurred in
the active exciter (side A or B). This alarm will initiate a changeover
in dual transmitters. After a changeover, the side of the transmitter
designated as standby will be operating as the active side.
Low Voltage Power When turned on (red), indicates the active LVPS module (A2A7 or
Supply A2A11) has failed.
AC Mains When turned on (red), indicates the ac voltage applied to the

transmitter has fallen below an acceptable level. If the battery
backup option is installed, the power source switches to battery
mode. If no battery is available, the transmitter’s RF output is
inhibited.
Power Supply When turned on (red), indicates a fault has occurred in one or more
of the switching power supplies that supply the RF power modules
This alarm will initiate a changeover in dual transmitters; the side of
the transmitter designated as standby will be operating as the active
side.
External Alarm When turned on (red), indicates the a low MSK input alarm OR
external interlock circuit is not presenting a closed circuit (inhibiting
RF power) OR the ATU (optional) or site interface PWB (optional)
are not responding OR the battery (optional) is below the user
established threshold.
Changeover When turned on (red), indicates a changeover to the standby side

has been enabled due to a fault in the main side.
IPA/PA When turned on (red), indicates a fault has occurred in one of the
RF power modules. This alarm will initiate a changeover in dual
transmitters. After a changeover, the side of the transmitter
designated as standby will be operating as the active side.
Output Network When turned on (red), indicates the transmitter’s RF power is being
cut back or shut back due to an impedance mismatch (high VSWR)
at the transmitter’s output.
NOTE
In each case, root-cause details of the fault are displayed in the
diagnostic display’s Events Logs (see paragraph 3.6.5)

Figure 3-3 Vector Transmitter Front Panel – Control Section

Table 3-2: Front Panel - Control Section Controls and Indicators
PANEL
DESCRIPTION
MARKING
Power Increase Pushbutton switch that increases the RF output power level of the
transmitter. RF power is increased from minimum power to maximum
power in approximately 200 steps. Each step will increase the output
voltage of the switch mode power supplies to the RF power modules
linearly – the RF output power increase will follow a square law.
Pressing and holding the switch increases the rate of change.
Power Decrease Pushbutton switch that decreases the RF output power level of the
transmitter. RF power is decreased from maximum power to minimum
power in approximately 200 steps. Each step will decrease the output
voltage of the switch mode power supplies to the RF power modules
linearly – the RF output power decrease will follow a square law.
Pressing and holding the switch increases the rate of change.
Local Pushbutton switch that sets control of transmitter functions to switches

on the front panel. When its integral lamp is on (amber) (by pressing the
switch), Local control has been selected.
When Local control is selected, all of the remote control circuits (except
the external interlock and RF off function) are disabled.
Remote Pushbutton switch that sets control of transmitter functions to remote

control circuits. When its integral lamp is on (amber) (by pressing the
switch), Remote control has been selected.
When Remote control is selected, all pushbutton switches on the

exciter’s front panel that execute control functions, except the RF Off
switch, are disabled and have no influence. The RF Off switch is still
enabled to ensure the RF power stage can be turned off locally in the
event of an emergency.
RF On Push button switch that turns on the transmitter's RF power stage and
cooling fans when it is pressed. Its integral lamp will be on when the RF
power stage is turned on. Transmitter will operate at the level stored in
the selected power pre-set.
RF Off Push button switch that turns off the transmitter's RF power stage when
it is pressed. Its integral lamp will be on when the RF power stage is
turned off.

E1
E2
E11
E3
E10
E4
E5
E6
E7
E8
E9
Figure 3-4 Part of NAPI76 Exciter Interface PWB A2A2

Table 3-3: Exciter Interface PWB Controls and Indicators
PANEL
REF DES DESCRIPTION
MARKING
E1, E2, Key CW Shorting jumpers that are installed in positions determined by
E3, E8, Jumpers the type of transmitter. In DGPS transmitters, the jumpers are
E9 factory installed in position 2. No user adjustment is required.
E4, E5, DGPS/BEACON Bi-position selection jumpers that are installed in positions
E6, E7, Jumpers determined by the type of transmitter. In DGPS transmitters,
E10, E11 the jumpers are factory installed to short pins 1 and 2. No
user adjustment is required.

R37
PROBES POWER SUPPLY

INTERNAL RS-485
R37 AUDIO
LEVEL
J11 J12
J3 1 1
INTERLOCK
CHARGER
MONITOR
RF OFF
INHIBIT
ALARM
AUDIO
AUDIO
RF ON
INPUT
TO-TALK
PDM
PRESS-
GND
GND
GND
GND
+ - + - + - + - + SHLD - + SHLD -
RS-422 RS-232 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
TB1
J4 J5 J21 1
1 1
NAUTEL ASSY 195-2060

REMOTE INTERFACE E10
NAPI SER.
R152
R153
R124 CR21
TP8
C118 E11
C119
C120
TP9
GND L11 C116
R118
C96
Q12 C101
U22
Q9 R119
C97 C99 AGC BYPASS R115 C117
1 E10 R80 R151
R111 R148
Q13 MONITOR NORM BYPASS C114
R112 LEVEL C103 C104
R120 R124 E11
R146
C90 1
R121 R128 C105 C110 C48
R125 R129
R113 R122 Q14
Q15
U20
J13 C93
U16
1
Q10
C100 R161
R126 C111
C4
R96
R13 C45
R4 L2
J18
R14 L4 L6
R5 C6 C36 L3
R6 C29
C7 R27 C46 C52
C1 C30 R81 J16 J17
U1
C12 C39 C41

R8 C42 C47 C55 C58
R1 R17 C31 C35 C51 1 1
CR20
C2 C8 R63 R72 C59 R87 C80
C60 R92
R44 Q7
U21
C20 C69 C81
R82 C82
R9
U8
C70
TP2
R30
C61
C78 R91
U11
TP3 R83 C71

R12
U3
R34 R93 + C122

R77 R19 R84 R85 C72 R94
C9 CR2 C15 C16 C22 THRESHOLD R78 R98 TP5
CR11 CR22 C64 R88 R106 C98 R33 R132 R136
C3 R97 R99 C107
CR3 R22 CR12 R73 C54 C56 R86 C73 C88
U13
R100 C102 R137

R31 R74 R48 R156 C65 R89 TP6 C108 NORM NDB
1 R101 C89 R144 1 E13
C13 C21 C49 R79 C57
U10
U15
C74 R133
R102
U14
R158 R109
U17
R55 NORM NDB

T1 C66 TP7 R134
R23 R26 CR9 R90 TP12 1 E14
TP4 R103 R110
R28 C23 R139 R159 R135 GND
NORM NDB
A B E17 GND
C106
U9
R114 C75 R145 R160 C109 1 E15

TP1 R29 E4 NORM NDB
R32 R142
U18
GND R18 1 1
U6
U7
C17 CR10 R143

R38
TP10
1
C34 C40 C44
C50
E5
E6
E7
E8
R15 L1 TP11
CR15 CR16 CR17 L8 L9 C83 C94 C112
C10 SINGLE CR18 L7
U19
C26 C79
U12
R16
R162 E18
R50 R53 R70 R75 C67 C76 C84 C95 R130 R138 C113
1 DIFF R76 C63 C68 C77 R131
CR1 R51 R54 R71 R105 C85
NORM BATTERY C62 R123
1
M1950124 V1
E18 E4 E5 – E8 E17 E13 - E15
Figure 3-5 Part of NAPI78A Remote Interface PWB A2A3

Table 3-4: Remote Interface PWB Controls and Indicators
PANEL
REF DES DESCRIPTION
MARKING
E4 Press-To- Factory default is shorting pins 1 and 2. No user adjustment
Talk/Phantom is required.
Feed
E5 – E8 Single/ Bi-position selection jumpers that configure the remote

Differential interface PWB to accept either single-ended or differential
remote control inputs.
• A differential input is selected when the jumper shorts

pins 1 and 2 of its associated 3-pin header.
• A single-ended input is selected when the jumper shorts

pins 2 and 3 of its associated 3-pin header.
E10 AGC/BYPASS Factory default is shorting pins 2 and 3. No user adjustment

is required
E11 NORMAL/ Factory default is shorting pins 1 and 2. No user adjustment

BYPASS is required.
E13 – E15 NORM/NDB Bi-position selection jumpers that are installed in positions
E17 determined by the type of transmitter. In DGPS transmitters,
the jumpers are factory installed in the DGPS position
(shorting pins 2 and 3). No user adjustment is required.
E18 NORM/ Factor default is shorting pins 1 and 2 (NORM). No user

BATTERY adjustment is required.
R37 AUDIO LEVEL Not used.

(accessed from
rear of exciter,
see Figure 2-2)
R96 MAGNITUDE Not used.

LEVEL
R124 MONITOR Adjusted to set the level of the RF MONITOR output, which is
LEVEL a sample of the RF output. This output is located on BNC
connector J8 on the rear of the exciter/control assembly).

Table 3-5: Miscellaneous Exciter/Control Assembly Controls and Indicators
PANEL
REF DES DESCRIPTION
MARKING
A1E1 A/B No user adjustment should be required. Always installed in
A1E2 position B.
A1E3 A/B No user adjustment should be required. Always installed

between pins 1 and 3.
A1LS1 SPEAKER Not applicable to DGPS transmitters.

or position A.
A10E1
A6R31 GAIN TRIM Adjusted, when interphase PDM driver PWB is enabled (the
or associated exciter is the active exciter). Compensates for
A10R31 tolerance differences between exciter 'A' and exciter 'B' in
dual exciter transmitters. One or both must be adjusted to set
the PDM pulse train to produce identical RF output levels
when either exciter is selected (see 4.3.6.10).
A6R59 DUMP Not applicable to DGPS transmitters.

or
A10R59

A8E3 position B.
or
A12E1
A12E3
A8E2 KEYED CW/ Bi-position selection jumpers that are installed in positions
or NORMAL determined by the type of transmitter. In Vector transmitters,
A12E2 the jumpers are factory installed in the NORMAL position
(shorting pins 2 and 3). No user adjustment is required.
NOTE: Prefix all items with A2 to obtain complete reference designation.

Table 3-6: Miscellaneous RF Power Block Controls and Indicators
PANEL
REF DES DESCRIPTION
MARKING
A1A1DS1 MODULE When turned on (amber), indicates that RF power module A

or INSTALLED or B is installed in the transmitter.
A2A1DS1
A1A1DS2 MODULE ON When turned on (green), indicates that RF power module A

or or B is on and is contributing to the transmitter’s RF output.
A2A1DS2
A1A1DS3 MODULE FAULT When turned on (red), indicates that a fault has occurred in
or RF power module A or B and it is not contributing to the
A2A1DS3 transmitter’s RF output.
A1A2DS1 AC IND When turned on (amber), indicates the ac input voltage is

or being applied to RF power module A or B.
A2A2DS1
A1A2DS2 +18V When turned on (green), indicates the +24 V power supply
or voltage is being applied to RF power module A or B and that
A2A2DS2 the +18 V regulator is functioning.
A1A3F1 +15V Fuses the +15 V applied from the power module control/
or interface PWB to the power amplifier at 1 A.
A2A3F1
A1A5DS1 B+ ON When turned on (green), indicates that the B+ voltage is

or being applied from the switch mode power supply PWB (or
A2A5DS1 optional battery) to the modulator.
A5E1 RF Filter Frequency dependent jumpers that are factory installed for
through Jumpers the customer operating frequency. If a frequency change is
A5E36 required, change the position of these jumpers (see Figure
MD-22).
NOTE: Prefix all items with A3 through A6, as applicable, to obtain complete reference
designation.

Figure 3-6 NAX233/01 through /04 Ac Power Distribution Assembly A8 (Rear View)

Table 3-7: Ac Power Distribution Assembly Controls and Indicators
PANEL
REF DES DESCRIPTION
MARKING
F1/F2 Exciter A Fuse line 1 (F1) and line 2 (F2) of the ac voltage applied to
exciter A at 10 A.
F3/F4 Exciter B Fuse line 1 (F3) and line2 (F4) of the ac voltage applied to
exciter B at 10 A.
F5/F6 Side A – Fuse line 1 (F5) and line 2 (F6) of the ac voltage applied to
Power Block 1 RF power block 1, side A at 10 A.
F7/F8 Side B – Fuse line 1 (F7) and line 2 (F8) of the ac voltage applied to
Power Block 1 RF power block 1, side B at 10 A.

Figure 3-7 NAX235/01 & /02 Dc Power Distribution Assembly A7
(used with VRD750 and VRD1500 transmitters only)

Table 3-8: Dc Power Distribution Assembly Controls and Indicators
PANEL
REF DES DESCRIPTION
MARKING
F1 Dc Supply - Fuses the battery voltage supply (from rectifier U1) applied to
Exciter the exciter stage at 12 A.
F2 Dc Supply – Fuses the battery boost voltage supply (from battery boost
RF Power PWB A2) applied to RF power block 1 at 12 A.
F3 Dc Supply – Used with VRD1500 transmitters only. Fuses the battery

RF Power boost voltage supply (from battery boost PWB A3) applied to
RF power block 2 at 12 A.
F4 Dc Supply – Fuses the positive (+) end of the battery input voltage
Battery Input (typically 48 V) applied to the LINE input (terminal 1) of line
filter U2 at 20 A.

STATUS BAR
12:43:16 Power: 0W Side A Bypass
Forward Power: 0W METER
0 600 1200
SELECTION
METER Reflec. Power: 0.0W
SCROLL
SELECTIONS 0 100 200
VSWR: 1.00
0 1 2 SOFT KEY
LABELS
Main Menu Status Power
Figure 3-8 Diagnostic Display – Meters Screen
SOFTWARE
12:43:16 Power: 0W Side A Bypass VERSION
Main Menu Vector DGPS HP
Changeover Control
SUB-MENU Events Log rev 1. 0. 2. 2
SELECTIONS Settings May 03 2007
Peripherals 09:48:39
RCMS Settings Nautel
Select Meters
Figure 3-9 Diagnostic Display – Main Menu
3.6 DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY 3.6.2 Main Screens

The diagnostic display (see Figure 3-9), in The high level screens of the diagnostic
the centre of the transmitter’s front panel, is display (Figures 3-8 and 3-9) display:
a 240 x 64 graphic LCD display and is the
primary local user interface for the • Transmitter status bar
transmitter. With the exception of RF on/ • Three user-definable meter selections
off and local/remote control, all transmitter • Meter selection scroll (controlled by f
functions can be controlled and indicated and g pushbuttons)
by this display. All critical parameters and • Sub-menu selections
events are monitored from this display. The • Software version
following paragraphs describe how to use
the diagnostic display. 3.6.2.1 Transmitter Status Bar
The transmitter status bar is the
3.6.1 Pushbutton Switches information displayed along the top of the
Navigating the diagnostic display is done diagnostic display. This information is
using the five pushbutton switches present at all times and indicates the
adjacent the display. The up (f) and down following (from left to right):
(g) pushbuttons, to the right of the display,
are used to move up and down through • Current time (24-hour clock)
displayed selections and to increase or • Current output power
decrease the value of a selected • Active side (A or B)
parameter. Pressing and holding the f or • Monitor mode (blank for normal or
g pushbutton will increase the rate of Bypass) – bypass indicates that
change, where applicable. There are also automatic changeover is inhibited.
three soft-key pushbuttons whose
functions are defined by the text displayed For quick reference, locate the desired
directly above them for a given menu. function in the flow diagram depicted in
Figure 3-10, then refer to the referenced
paragraph for further information.

Diagnostic Display (GUI) Functions Reference
(organized by menu hierarchy) Paragraph
MAIN MENU
Meters
Status 3.6.3
Power 3.6.15
Changeover Control 3.6.4
Events Log 3.6.5
Settings
Set Real Time Clock 3.6.6
Monitor Settings 3.6.7
Monitor Timeout 3.6.7 (b)
Power Thresholds 3.6.7 (d)
Automatic Reset 3.6.7 (f)
Meter Settings 3.6.8
Change Meter Groups 3.6.8.1
Select Analog Meter 3.6.8.2
Calibrate Analog Meter 3.6.8.3
Power Source Select 3.6.9
Configure Sonalert 3.6.10
Timed Shutdown 3.6.11
Factory Settings 3.6.12
Calibrate Digital Meters 3.6.12.1
Set Thresholds 3.6.12.2
Maximum Output Gain 3.6.12.3
Use Factory Settings 3.6.12.4
Peripherals 3.6.13
MSK Conditioner 3.6.13.1
Power Modules 3.6.13.2
ATU Controls 3.6.13.3
Test Standby Side 3.6.13.4
Select Peripherals 3.6.13.5
Module Check 3.6.13.6
RCMS Settings 3.6.14
Control Points 3.6.14.1
Monitor Points 3.6.14.2
Baud Rate 3.6.14.3
Figure 3-10 – Flow Diagram - Diagnostic Display Functions

3.6.3 Viewing Faults 3.6.4 Exciter Control
In addition to the system diagram’s fault The transmitter has two fully redundant
indicators, a list of current faults can be exciter and RF power paths (sides A and B).
viewed on the diagnostic display. View the list The active side and the monitor mode can be
of faults as follows: controlled using the diagnostic display. View
and, if necessary, edit the exciter control
12:43:16 Power: 0W Side A Bypass settings as follows:
Forward Power: 0W
0 600 1200
Reflec. Power: 0.0W
0 100 200
Forward Power: 0W
VSWR: 1.00
0 600 1200
0 1 2
Reflec. Power: 0.0W
Main Menu Status Power 0 100 200
VSWR: 1.00
0 1 2

Currently Active Faults:
Command RF OFF
Changeover Control
Events Log rev 1. 0. 2. 2
Reset Meters Settings May 03 2007
Select Meters
(a) From the meter screen, press Status, if
displayed. A list of current faults is
displayed. If Status is not displayed, no
faults are being recognized. 12:43:16 Power: 0W Side A Bypass
Exciter Control
Main side: [ A ]
NOTE Monitor mode: [BYPASS]
Use the Events Log (see paragraph 3.6.5) to

view alarm history.
Main Menu Modify Back
(b) If necessary, press f or g to scroll
through the faults.
(a) Set the main side to either A or B.
(c) Press Reset to attempt to clear the
alarm. (b) Set the monitor mode to either BYPASS
or NORMAL. Bypass mode inhibits
(d) Press Meters to return to the meters automatic changeover from the main side
screen. to the standby side.

3.6.5 Viewing Events Log NOTE
The most recent 256 transmitter events Refer to Table 3-10 for a list of non-alarm
(alarms, operational changes, etc.) are stored events that can be displayed on the Events
in memory. View the events log as follows: Log and a brief description of each. A list of
alarm events is available in Table 5-1.
Main Menu Vector DGPS HP (b) Press f or g to scroll through the
Changeover Control
events.
Settings May 03 2007
Peripherals 09:48:39 (c) Press Select ### on a highlighted event
RCMS Settings Nautel to display the transmitter status when the
Select Meters
highlighted event occurred. Use the Next
event button to check the status of
subsequent numbered events.
08Apr80 12:33:15 PS Module A1 Missing NOTE
08Apr80 12:33:13 Return to normal
08Apr80 12:33:13 Command Exciter B
The 3-digit number shown in the Select ###
08Apr80 12:33:13 Low AC Voltage display is the number allocated to the
08Apr80 12:33:02 Power Up highlighted event. Event 000 is the most
08Apr80 12:32:56 Mod. Protection recent occurrence.
Select 000 Alarms Only Back
(d) To clear the history stored in the events
(a) From the main menu, highlight Events log, press the f and g buttons
Log (using f and g) and press Select. simultaneously.
The center soft-key permits viewing the
Events Log in two different modes – All (e) Press Back to return to the main menu.
Events or Alarms Only. For either
mode, a list of events is displayed, sorted
chronologically, with a root-cause
description of the event.
Table 3-9: Events Log Displays – Non-Alarm Events
NON-ALARM EVENTS (as displayed) DESCRIPTION
Return to normal Transmitter alarms have cleared.

Power up Transmitter has completed power up.

3.6.6 Setting Real Time Clock 12:43:16 Power: 0W Side A Bypass
Set the real-time clock as follows:
Changeover Control
12:43:16 Power: 0W Side A Bypass Settings May 03 2007
Main Menu Vector DGPS HP Peripherals 09:48:39
Changeover Control RCMS Settings Nautel
Select Meters
Select Meters
Settings
Set Real Time Clock
Monitor Settings
12:43:16 Power: 0W Side A Bypass Meter Settings
Settings Power Source Select
Set Real Time Clock Configure Sonalert
Monitor Settings Main Menu Select Back
Meter Settings
Power Source Select
Configure Sonalert
Main Menu Select Back
(a) From the main menu, highlight Settings
and press Select. Highlight Monitor
Settings and press Select.
Set Real Time Clock
Use up / down keys to select a value to 12:43:16 Power: 0W Side A Bypass
change. Press MODIFY to make changes. Monitor Settings
SET: Save changes to clock BACK: done Monitor Timeout
Time Day Date Power Thresholds
14:30:29 Wed 08/Apr/80 Automatic Reset Lvl0 Norm 0043:47
Set Modify Back Program: Ok Ok
EEPROM: Ok Ok
NOTE
The real-time clock does not automatically
update for Daylight Savings Time (DST). (b) Highlight Monitor Timeout and press
Select. See step (d) for Power
3.6.7 Setting RF Monitor Limits Thresholds.
High and low power thresholds can be set to
ensure the transmitter is operating within 12:43:16 Power: 0W Side A Bypass
Monitor Timeout
acceptable limits. If the RF carrier is outside Monitor Timeout Period:
these limits for a pre-defined delay period, the 20 seconds
transmitter initiates a changeover to the Monitor Shutdown:
DISABLED
standby side (in normal operation) or a
shutdown (in bypass mode). Set the Main Menu Modify Back
transmitter’s RF monitor limits as follows:
(c) Use f and g to highlight the desired
monitor timeout field and press Modify:
• The monitor timeout period can be set

(using f and g) between 4 and 82 s
(factory set for 20 s).
• The monitor shutdown can be set (using

f and g) for ENABLED or DISABLED.

(d) Press Back, highlight Power NOTE
Thresholds and press Select. The The Automatic Reset allows the user to
following message is displayed. Press define a reset schedule for the transmitter
Continue to proceed. after a shutdown condition. The schedule can
have up to five sequential levels, each with
12:43:16 Power: 0W Side A Bypass their own user definable delay period (up to
24 hours) and subsequent instruction.
Before proceeding, make sure that you
have set the power level to your • ENABLED (continue): attempts a reset
Desired operating conditions.
the denoted delay time after a shutdown
Continue Back
and then, if no reset occurs, continues to
the next item in the Fault schedule.
Power Thresholds A B • ENABLED (repeat): attempt a reset the
Monitor Power Reading: 0 0 denoted delay time after a shutdown and
Low Power Limit: -3.00 dB 0 0 continues attempting (as necessary) after
High Power Limit: 2.00 dB 0 0
each delay time. All subsequent items in
Compute New the Fault schedule default to DISABLED.
Thresholds Modify Back
• ENABLED (halt): attempts a reset the
NOTE denoted delay time after a shutdown and
As the warning message indicates, ensure then, if no reset occurs, stops attempting.
that the transmitter is operating at the desired All subsequent items in the Fault
power level before computing the new schedule default to DISABLED.
thresholds. If the power level of the
transmitter changes after computing the • DISABLED: no attempt to reset.
thresholds, re-establish the thresholds.
• Waits the Fault 1 delay period (40 min)
(e) Use f and g to highlight the desired
monitor timeout field and press Modify: • Attempts to reset transmitter. If
successful, Automatic Reset schedule
• The low limit is factory set for 3.00 dB. will begin on Fault 1 next shutdown. If
Adjust using f and g. unsuccessful, reset sequence continues
to Fault 2 item.
• The high limit is factory set for 2.00 dB.
Adjust using f and g. • Waits the Fault 2 delay period (20 min)
(f) Press Back, highlight Automatic Reset • Attempts to reset transmitter. If

and press Select. successful, Automatic Reset schedule
will begin on Fault 1 next shutdown. If
unsuccessful, repeats Fault 2 item.
Automatic Reset
Fault 1 ENABLED (continue) Delay 00:40 (h) If a modification is made, a screen
Fault 2 ENABLED (repeat) Delay 00:20
Fault 3 DISABLED
appears which prompts you to save
Fault 4 DISABLED changes to EEPROM. Select Yes or No.
Fault 5 DISABLED
(g) Use f and g to highlight the desired

Fault 1 -5 field and press Modify. Set the
Automatic Reset schedule as follows:

3.6.8 Meter Settings Forward Power +5 V P/S
Determine the parameter to be displayed on Reflected Power -15 V P/S
the front panel analog meter or the diagnostic **Modulation % PDM A or B
display’s meters screen as follows: **Modulation % A B+ Volts P/S A or B
**Modulation % B PA Volts P/S A or B
12:43:16 Power: 0W Side A Bypass VSWR Dc Current P/S A or B
Ac Voltage Temperature P/S A or B
Changeover Control
Events Log rev 1. 0. 2. 2 RF Current Fan 1 Speed P/S A or B
Settings May 03 2007 Antenna Current Fan 2 Speed P/S A or B
Temperature Battery Voltage
Select Meters ATU Temperature Battery Current
+24 V P/S Charger Current
+15 V P/S
12:43:16 Power: 0W Side A Bypass ** Modulation parameters are displayed but not
Settings
Set Real Time Clock applicable for DGPS transmitters.
Monitor Settings
Meter Settings Set up the displayed parameters as follows:
Power Source Select
Configure Sonalert
Meter Settings
Change Meter Groups
Select Analog Meter
Calib. Analog Meter
(a) From the main menu, highlight Settings
(using f and g) and press Select.
Highlight Meter Settings and press Main Menu Select Back
Select. Use f and g to highlight
Change Meter Groups, Select Analog
Meter or Calib. Analog Meter and press
Select. Refer to paragraph 3.6.8.1 Forward Power: 0W
through 3.6.8.3 for further details. 0 600 1200
Reflec. Power: 0.0W
0 100 200
3.6.8.1 Changing Meter Groups VSWR: 1.00
For monitoring and troubleshooting 0 1 2
convenience, the currently displayed meters Save Backup Modify Back
on the diagnostic display’s meters screen can
be changed to display any three of the (a) Use f and g to select the parameter to
available meters: be replaced and press Modify. Use f
and g to select the desired parameter to
be monitored in its place. Press Done to
activate the change. Press Back.
(b) A message appears to confirm saving

changes to the EEPROM. Press Yes or
No.

3.6.8.2 Selecting Analog Meter 12:43:16 Power: 0W Side A Bypass
Select the parameter to be displayed on the
front panel analog meter as follows: Press the up/down keys to adjust the
analog meter. The reading on the upper
12:43:16 Power: 0W Side A Bypass scale should read 1k.
Meter Settings (Midscale calibration constant:224)
Change Meter Groups Reset Done Cancel
Select Analog Meter
Calib. Analog Meter
(a) When the analog meter is calibrated,
press Done.
3.6.9 Selecting Power Source
Select the transmitter’s power source and
view power source related parameters as
Selected Parameter follows:
Select Analog Meter
Scale 0-4000 12:43:16 Power: 0W Side A Bypass
PDM B: 0.00% (•) Changeover Control
PDM A: 0.00% ( ) Events Log rev 1. 0. 2. 2
DC Curr B: 0.00A ( ) Settings May 03 2007
DC Curr B: 0.00A ( ) Peripherals 09:48:39
Choose Scale Select Back RCMS Settings Nautel
Select Meters
(a) Use f or g to select the desired meter

parameter and press Select. Press Settings
Choose Scale to select from various Set Real Time Clock
scale options to view the parameter on Monitor Settings
Meter Settings
the front panel analog meter.
Power Source Select
Configure Sonalert
(b) Press Back to return to the Meter Main Menu Select Back
Settings screen. A message appears to
confirm saving changes to the EEPROM.
Press Yes or No.
Power Source Select
3.6.8.3 Calibrating Analog Meter Low AC Volts : No DC I/F Instld:No
Calibrate the analog meter as follows: Active Power Source: AC
DC Disconnect Level: 126
DC Reconnect Level : 132
12:43:16 Power: 0W Side A Bypass Requested Power Source:BOTH
Meter Settings Main Menu Modify Back
Change Meter Groups
Select Analog Meter
Calib. Analog Meter (a) From the main menu, highlight Settings
(using f and g) and press Select.
Highlight Power Source Select and
press Select.
(b) The parameters than can be modified

(press Modify and use f or g) are:

• DC Disconnect Level (DC power source 12:43:16 Power: 0W Side A Bypass
operation): if the dc power source is Alarm Signal SonAlert SiteCtrl
PDM Latch B OFF OFF
below this voltage, the transmitter will PDM Latch A OFF OFF
discontinue operation High RF Curr OFF OFF
Ref Pwr Shutb OFF OFF
Low AC Volts OFF OFF
• DC Reconnect Level (DC power source Toggle Modify Back
operation): when the dc power source
recovers to this voltage, the transmitter (a) From the main menu, highlight Settings
will attempt to restore operation. (using f and g) and press Select.
Highlight Configure Sonalert and press
• Requested Power Source: AC, DC, Select.
BOTH (if both ac and dc power sources
are installed) or NONE. NOTE
The Sonalert peripheral must be activated
(c) Press Done to activate. A message (see 3.6.13.5) before settings in this section
appears to confirm saving changes to the can take effect.
EEPROM. Press Yes or No.
(b) A list of transmitter alarms and their
(d) The remaining parameters are for current Sonalert (audible) and Site Ctrl
monitoring only. (remote outputs) status is displayed.
• Low AC Volts: Yes or No (indicates if the • To configure an alarm for the Sonalert,
ac voltage dropped below the low ac use f and g to select the desired alarm;
threshold). press Toggle to change the status to ON.
• DC I/F Instld: Yes or No (indicates if dc • Press Modify to configure an alarm for

distribution assembly A7 is installed). use with site interface PWB A2A4 (if
installed). Use f and g to select the
• Active Power Source: indicates the power desired alarm and press Toggle to
source configuration for the transmitter change the status from OFF to the
(AC, DC, BOTH or NONE) appropriate remote control output (1
through 24).
3.6.10 Configuring the Sonalert
Configure the status of the audible alarm 3.6.11 Setting a Timed Shutdown
(Sonalert) for all transmitter alarms as follows: Modify timed shutdown parameters as
follows:
Main Menu Vector DGPS HP 12:43:16 Power: 0W Side A Bypass
Changeover Control Main Menu Vector DGPS HP
Events Log rev 1. 0. 2. 2 Changeover Control
Settings May 03 2007 Events Log rev 1. 0. 2. 2
Peripherals 09:48:39 Settings May 03 2007
RCMS Settings Nautel Peripherals 09:48:39
Select Meters RCMS Settings Nautel
Select Meters

Settings 12:43:16 Power: 0W Side A Bypass
Set Real Time Clock Settings
Monitor Settings Meter Settings
Meter Settings Power Source Select
Power Source Select Configure Sonalert
Configure Sonalert Timed Shutdown
Main Menu Select Back Factory Settings

(a) From the main menu, highlight Settings 12:43:16 Power: 0W Side A Bypass
(using f and g) and press Select. Main Menu Vector DGPS HP
Changeover Control
Highlight Timed Shutdown and press Events Log rev 1. 0. 2. 2
Select. Settings May 03 2007
Timed Shutdown Select Meters
Timed Shutdown [DISABLED ]
Interval [00:05 ]
Auto Assert [Monitor Point 1 ]
Timer State:
Stopped 00:05:00 12:43:16 Power: 0W Side A Bypass
Settings
Main Menu Toggle Back Meter Settings
Power Source Select
(b) Use f and g to highlight Timed Configure Sonalert
Timed Shutdown
Shutdown, Interval or Auto Assert, Factory Settings
noting: Main Menu Select Back
• For Timed Shutdown, press Toggle to (a) From the main menu, highlight Settings
change between ENABLED and (using f and g) and press Select.
DISABLED. When Timed Shutdown is Highlight Factory Settings and press the
ENABLED, the transmitter will shut down f and Main Menu soft-keys
the Interval period (in hours:minutes) simultaneously.
after RF On is asserted.
• For Interval, press Modify to enable 12:43:16 Power: 0W Side A Bypass

editing of the interval time. Use f and g
Warning: Modifying these
to change the interval between 5 minutes settings can affect your
and 24 hours (in 5 minute increments). transmitter operation.
Press Done to store the change. Do you wish to continue?
Yes No
• For Auto Assert, press Modify to enable
editing of the asserting monitor point. Use
Press Yes to display the following options:
f and g to change the monitor point
between 1 and 40 (or Disabled). Press
Done to store the change. Monitor points 12:43:16 Power: 0W Side A Bypass
Factory Settings
can only enable the timed shutdown Calibrate Meters
timer. Set Timed Shutdown to Set Thresholds
DISABLED when using Auto Assert. Maximum Output Gain
Use Factory Settings
3.6.12 Changing Factory Calibrated Main Menu Select Back

Settings
Certain parameters, calibrated during factory
testing, can be changed, in local control only,
(b) Press f or g to scroll through the
if an out-of-tolerance condition occurs.
options and press Select to enter the
appropriate sub-menu (see appropriate
paragraph 3.6.12.1 through 3.6.12.4):

3.6.12.1 Calibrating Diagnostic Display 12:43:16 Power: 0W Side A Bypass
Meters Set Thresholds
Re-align an out-of-tolerance meter reading for Refl. Power Shutback: 38
a displayed parameter as follows:
12:43:16 Power: 0W Side A Bypass Main Menu Modify Back

Calibrate Meters
PDM B: 0.00 CAUTION

0 50 100
Protection threshold levels are factory set
and do not normally require adjustment.
Main Menu Modify Back Contact Nautel prior to attempting to alter
these settings. Failure to comply could result
NOTE in equipment damage.
All meter readings displayed on the meters
screen can be adjusted. It is imperative that (a) Press f or g until the desired threshold
reliable, calibrated test equipment be used and its current value is displayed. The
to verify the actual value of the out-of- following thresholds may be displayed
tolerance parameter. and edited:
(a) Press f or g until the desired out-of- • Refl. Power Shutback

tolerance parameter and its current • Low AC Voltage
metered level is displayed. • RF Current Shutback
• Audio
(b) To calibrate a meter, press Modify and • LCD Contrast
then f or g to adjust the level of the out- • Slowback Pwr (Per Block)
of-tolerance parameter. When complete, • Max. PS Temperature (°C)
press Done. • Max. ATU Temperature (°C)
• Minimum Logged Cutback
(c) Continue calibration of other metered
parameters or return to previous menu by (b) To edit a threshold value, press Modify
pressing Back. A message prompt and then f or g to adjust the value.
appears to confirm saving all When complete, press Done. Press
modifications to the EEPROM. Press Yes Reset to restore the value to its pre-
or No. modified setting.
3.6.12.2 Setting Protection Threshold NOTE

Levels The Minimum Logged Cutback threshold
Adjustments can be made to the critical can be set between 1 (least severe) and 18
transmitter shutback thresholds, such as RF (most severe). Only cutback occurrences of
current, low ac voltage, and high reflected the set value and higher (more severe) will
power cutback levels. Less critical settings, be logged.
such as diagnostic display contrast can also
be adjusted. Set these thresholds as follows: (c) When complete, return to previous menu
by pressing Back. A prompt appears to
confirm saving modifications to the
EEPROM. Press Yes or No.

3.6.12.3 Setting Maximum Output 3.6.12.4 Using Factory Settings
Limitations The functions described in paragraphs
The maximum allowable output gain can be 3.6.12.1 through 3.6.12.3 can be restored to
adjusted in terms of carrier reference. factory settings as follows:
12:43:16 Power: 0W Side A Bypass 12:43:16 Power: 0W Side A Bypass

Maximum Output Gain
Set Duty Cycle: 0.00
Do you want to restore Factory Defaults?
Set Forward Power: 0 All current settings will be lost.
Maximum Carrier Reference: 154
PDM A: 7.97% Carr. Ref: 8
B+ Volt A: 75.0V PA Volt A: 6.4V
Main Menu Modify Back Yes No
NOTE (a) Pressing Yes will restore all setup and

The Set Duty Cycle and Set Forward calibration values and thresholds to
Power values represent actual transmitter factory settings. All other saved
levels. The Maximum Carrier Reference information, including changes to presets,
represents the maximum carrier reference is also restored to factory settings.
value and can be used to limit output power.
3.6.13 Viewing and Setting
The bottom two rows display current levels Peripherals
for the active side (A or B). View and set parameters related to auxiliary
items, such as the MSK input, the ATU or the
CAUTION transmitter’s inactive (standby) side, as
Do not adjust the Maximum Carrier follows:
Reference to a value that causes the
transmitter to exceed its rated power level.
Failure to observe this may void the Main Menu Vector DGPS HP
equipment warranty. Changeover Control
(a) Press f or g until the desired parameter Peripherals 09:48:39
(Set Duty Cycle and Set Forward RCMS Settings Nautel
Power are grouped together) is Select Meters
displayed.
(b) To edit a parameter, press Modify and

then f or g to adjust the value. If the (a) From the main menu, highlight
Set Duty Cycle and Set Forward Power Peripherals (using f and g) and press
group is selected to Modify, use the Next Select.
button to toggle between the two items.
(b) Press f or g to scroll through the
(c) When complete, press Done. Press options and press Select to enter the
Reset to restore the value to its pre- appropriate sub-menu (see 3.6.13.1
modified setting. through 3.6.13.6).
(d) When complete, return to previous menu • MSK Conditioner (para. 3.6.13.1)
by pressing Back. A prompt appears to • Power Modules (para. 3.6.13.2)
confirm saving modifications to the • ATU Controls (para. 3.6.13.3)
EEPROM. Press Yes or No. • Test Standby Side (para. 3.6.13.4)
• Select Peripherals (para. 3.6.13.5)
• Module Check (para. 3.6.13.6)

3.6.13.1 Conditioning the MSK Input 3.6.13.2 Viewing Power Module Status
Set up the MSK input as follows: Configure the transmitter’s software for the
number of power blocks and view the status
of individual power modules as follows:
MSK Conditioner X = installed
Side B Scale: 1.000

MSK Reference: 255 255 12:43:16 Power: 0W Site A Bypass
Power Module
Number of Power block expected: [3]
Block # 1 2 3 4
Main Menu Modify Back Side: A OK [X] [X] [X] [ ]
B OK [X] [X] [X] [ ]
SIDE A SIDE B
Main Menu View Details Back
(a) Select the desired parameter, using f or (a) Press f or g until the desired parameter
g. To edit, press Modify and then use f is highlighted.
or g to adjust the Side B Scale factor or
MSK Reference. • If the Number of Power block expected
value is highlighted, the Modify option is
NOTE displayed. Press Modify and use f or g
The Side B Scale factor is factory set and to select between 1 and 4. Press Done
should not require user adjustment. If the when complete.
MSK alarm for one side (A or B) occurs at a
different level than the other side, adjust the • If one of the eight power module fields
Side B Scale factor up or down until the MSK (Block # 1 through 4, Side A and B) is
alarm for both sides occurs at the same level highlighted, the View Details option is
(minimum of 400 mV p-p). displayed. Press View Details to view
the following RF power module details:
After adjusting the Side B Scaling factor,
adjust a Pot value (press f and g) to
PA = Side A
enable the new scaling factor.
Bloc 1 = Block 1
• The Side B Scale factor is used to scale

the side B value to allow for a precise Detailed Status PA Bloc 1
match between side A and B MSK alarm B+ Setting : 150 Inhibited : Yes
Temperature: -50 B+ Voltage : 0.0
levels. Dc Current : 0.10 PA Voltage : 0.0
Fan 1 Tach : 1 Fan 2 Tach : 0
• There are two values displayed for each PDM Inhib : No PA Alarm : No
MSK Reference. The left-hand value is Main Menu Back
for side A. The right-hand value is for side
B. The side B value should be the side A (b) Return to the previous menu by pressing
value multiplied by the Side B Scale Back.
factor.
• If a MSK Reference value (side A or B)

is adjusted, the other side’s value will
automatically change according to the
Side B Scale factor.

3.6.13.3 ATU Controls (c) In the coil control screen shown below,
If a Nautel antenna tuning unit (ATU) is being use f and g to select the desired coil to
used, view and edit its control parameters as control - Resistive Coil or Inductive
follows: Coil. Press Continue.
NOTE 12:43:16 Power: 0W Site A Bypass

A serial interface allows communication ATU Control Antenna Curr.: 0.0A
between the transmitter and the ATU. This Dec L N H Inc Auto-Tuning
interface connects to the transmitter via the R [ ] [•] [ ] Active
L [ ] [•] [ ] Active
INTERNAL RS-485 connector (25-pin D-sub) Coil Control: Resistive Coil
on the rear of the exciter/control assembly. UP/Down Keys: Select a coil to configure
Main Menu Continue Back
(a) The screen below appears if the ATU is
in local mode of operation and auto-
tuning is active and is tuned. This screen
allows viewing of ATU status only. No 12:43:16 Power: 0W Site A Bypass
adjustments are possible while the ATU ATU Control Antenna Curr.: 0.0A
is in local mode. Dec L N H Inc Auto-Tuning
R [ ] [•] [ ] Active
L [ ] [•] [ ] Active
Increase/Decrease Arrows Coil Control: Resistive Coil
What would you like to do:
(Affected arrow is highlighted during Auto Tuning Slew Servo Back
auto or manual tuning)
OR
12:43:16 Power: 0W Site A Bypass
ATU Control Antenna Curr.: 0.0A
Dec L N H Inc Auto-Tuning (d) If Auto Tuning is selected, the following
R [ ] [•] [ ] Active screen appears which allows the selected
L [ ] [•] [ ] Active coil to be auto tuned (active) or inhibited.
ATU is in LOCAL Mode
Use f and g to highlight Active or
Back Inhibited, then press Done to select.
Resistive (R) and Auto-Tuning Status
Inductive (L) (Active or Inhibited) 12:43:16 Power: 0W Site A Bypass
ATU Control Antenna Curr.: 0.0A
Tuning Status Line
Dec L N H Inc Auto-Tuning
R [ ] [•] [ ] Active
(b) If the ATU is set to the remote mode of L [ ] [•] [ ] Active
Coil Control: Resistive Coil
operation, the screen is as shown below. Up/Down Keys: (De)Activate Auto Tuning
This screen allows ATU tuning to be Done
controlled from the transmitter GUI.
Press Coil Control. (e) If Slew Servo is selected, the following
screen appears which allows the selected
coil to be manually tuned. Use f and g
ATU Control Antenna Curr.: 0.0A to slew the coil high or low. Press Done
Dec L N H Inc Auto-Tuning when complete.
R [ ] [•] [ ] Active
L [ ] [•] [ ] Active ATU Control Antenna Curr.: 0.0A
ATU is in REMOTE Mode Dec L N H Inc Auto-Tuning
Press Coil Control to modify ATU settings
R [ ] [•] [ ] Active
Main Menu Coil Control Back
L [ ] [•] [ ] Active
Coil Control: Resistive Coil:Slew Servo
Up/Down Keys: Slew coil High/Low
Done

3.6.13.4 Testing the Standby Side • If a Nautel ATU is used and a serial
Test the operation of the transmitter’s interface is connected to the
inactive (standby) side as follows: transmitter’s INTERNAL RS-485
connector (25-pin D-sub) on the rear of
12:43:16 Power: 0W Side A Bypass the exciter/control assembly, select the
Test Standby Side
Turn Standby Side Off ATU peripheral.
Test Power Supply
Test Modulators • To hear the Sonalert buzzer for a fault
Test RF Drive
Run All Tests defined in the Sonalert setup menu,
Main Menu Select Back select the Sonalert peripheral.
(b) Return to previous menu by pressing

Back or press Main Menu.
(a) Use f and g to highlight the desired
test. Press Select to activate. 3.6.13.6 Checking Modules:
Check the software revision of various
(b) If you select a test, the display will modules that contain microcontrollers as
initially indicate Running. When the follows:
test is complete, a pass (OK) or fail
indication is displayed. If the item 12:43:16 Power: 0W Site A Bypass
Module Check
under test fails, a root cause message 7
(e.g., PS Ovr Cur) is displayed. 8
9 NAPE76u rev 0. 2. 0
10 NAPE76u rev 0. 2. 0
NOTE 11
The root cause text is identical to that Main Menu Select Back
displayed in the Status menu (see 3.6.3).
(a) Use f and g to scroll through rows 1
3.6.13.5 Selecting Peripherals to 12, noting:
Configure the transmitter’s software for
peripheral equipment, such as an ATU or • Rows 1 through 8 are assigned to RF
site interface PWB as follows: power modules (maximum of four RF
power blocks, maximum of two sides
per block).
Select Peripherals
Site Control Board [• ] • Rows 9 and 10 are assigned to the
ATU [ ] Indicates
exciter/monitor generator PWBs (side
SonAlert Buzzer [ ] Selected
Peripherals A and, if applicable, side B).
Main Menu Select Back • Row 11 is assigned to the associated

ATUs control/monitor PWB.
• Row 12 is assigned to the site control

(a) Use f and g to highlight the desired PWB, if installed.
peripheral – Site Control Board, ATU,
or Sonalert Buzzer. Press Select to NOTE
activate. If text is not displayed for a particular row,
the associated module or PWB is not
• If the site interface PWB (A2A4) is installed.
installed, select the Site Control
Board peripheral.

3.6.14 Remote Control Monitor (a) Use f and g to highlight the desired
System Settings control point (1 through 24). Press
If the DGPS site interface PWB (A2A4) is Toggle to change the logic level (0 or
installed, configure the active logic states of 1) of the Set Value. The logic level
the control and monitor points as follows: determines the active state for the
control point’s remote input.
Main Menu Vector DGPS HP NOTE
Changeover Control Control points 1 through 24 correspond to
inputs connected to CONTROL POINT 1
Peripherals 09:48:39 through 24 on TB3 of the remote control/
RCMS Settings Nautel monitor interface PWB.
Select Meters
(b) Return to previous menu by pressing

Back.
RCMS Settings
Control Points 3.6.14.2 Setting Monitor Points
Monitor Points Set the site interface PWBs monitor points
Change BAUD Rate as follows:
Main Menu Select Back 12:43:16 Power: 0W Side A Bypass

Monitor Points Default Current
Monitor Point 1 0 0
(a) From the main menu, highlight RCMS Monitor Point 2 0 0
Settings and press Select. Monitor Point 3 0 0
Monitor Point 4 0 0
Monitor Point 5 0 0
(b) Set the transmitter to Local mode. Set Current Toggle Back
(c) Press f or g to scroll through the (a) Use f and g to highlight the desired
options and press Select to enter the monitor point (1 through 40) Press
appropriate sub-menu (see 3.6.14.1 Toggle to change the logic level (0 or
through 3.6.14.3). 1) of the Default value. The logic level
determines the active (for status
• Control Points (see 3.6.14.1) outputs) or normal (for alarm outputs)
• Monitor Points (see 3.6.14.2) state for the monitor point’s remote
• Change Baud Rate (see 3.6.14.3) output.
3.6.14.1 Setting Control Points NOTE
Set the site interface PWB’s control points: Monitor points 1 through 40 correspond to
outputs connected to MONITOR POINT 1
12:43:16 Power: 0W Side A Bypass through 40 on TB1 and TB2 of the site
Control Points Set Value
Control Point 1 0
interface PWB.
Control Point 2 0
Control Point 3 0 (b) The values in the Current column
Control Point 4 0
Control Point 5 0 represent the existing state of the
Toggle Back monitor point. Press Set Current to
set the Current values to match the
Default values.
(c) Return to previous menu by pressing

Back.

3.6.14.3 Changing Baud Rate 12:43:16 Power: 0W Side A Bypass
Change the baud rate of the external serial Fwd. Power : 108W Rfld.Power: 0.0W
Carr. Ref: 59 VSWR: 1.00
communication as follows: Ant. Curr. : 1.8A B+ Volt A: 75.2V
DC Curr A: 0.70A
ATU Current Feedback: OFF
ATU Current Setpoint: 1.8
External Serial Communication
Baud Rate = 1200
Currently: 1200 (a) From the meter screen, press Power.
The current forward power, reflected
power, carrier reference, VSWR,
antenna current, B+ voltage (for the
active side’s power supply) and dc
(a) Press Modify to enable editing of the current (for the active side’s power
Baud Rate setting. Use f and g to supply).
change to rate to 1200, 2400, 4800,
9600 or 19200. Press Done when (b) To edit the Fwd. Power or ATU
complete. Current Feedback field, press Modify
and then use f and g to edit:
3.6.15 Viewing Power Related
Parameters and Setting ATU • Fwd. Power changes in 1 W steps
Current Feedback
View the transmitter’s power menu and, if • ATU Current Feedback toggles
necessary, set the status of the ATU between ON and OFF.
current feedback circuit as follows:
(c) Press Done when complete.
NOTE
The ATU current feedback circuit attempts NOTE
to regulate the antenna current over a The transmitter regulates the antenna
range of RF output power. The two ATU current to the ATU Current Setpoint value
options in the power menu are only displayed on the GUI. Ensure the
available when the transmitter is attached transmitter’s RF output is set to the desired
(using a RS485 serial link) to the ATU-HP level before setting the ATU Current
or ATU-LP. Feedback field to ON.

Forward Power: 0W
0 600 1200
Reflec. Power: 0.0W
0 100 200
VSWR: 1.00
0 1 2

Section 4 TESTING AND ADJUSTMENT

4.1 INTRODUCTION 4.3 FUNCTIONAL TESTS
This section contains step-by-step To verify the transmitter circuits are within
functional test procedures using integral factory specifications, complete the tests in
meters and precision test/monitoring this section. In cases where a routine
equipment. The test procedures contain adjustment will correct an out-of-tolerance
routine adjustment instructions to bring the condition, the adjustment procedure is
parameter being tested within defined included.
limits, where appropriate.
NOTE
NOTE If an in-tolerance condition cannot be
Nautel recommends all instructions be attained with the specified routine
followed in the order presented, particularly adjustment, discontinue testing until the
by personnel who are not familiar with cause of the out-of-tolerance condition is
detailed circuit theory and may not realize corrected.
the impact a specific adjustment can have
on other steps. These adjustments should 4.3.1 General
be performed during initial turn-on and after Functional tests should be performed as a
major repairs or a frequency change. routine part of scheduled maintenance
checks, and as the first step in
4.2 OPERATING PRECAUTIONS troubleshooting procedures. The results
The transmitter contains protection circuits should be recorded for comparison with
that monitor critical parameters. When the past and future test results.
defined limits of any of these parameters
are exceeded, one of the operational lamps 4.3.1.1 The functional test procedures are
on the exciter panel’s system diagram will provided in a step-by-step format. This
turn red. If the alarm condition could result method of presentation will permit a person
in excessive power amplifier stress current, who is unfamiliar with the transmitter to
the control voltage applied to the power perform the functional tests in a logical
amplifiers will effectively be reduced or sequence. The procedures should be
turned off until the out-of-tolerance completed in sequence, as each procedure
condition no longer exists. Maintainers establishes switch settings and contains
should read and fully understand the prerequisites for subsequent procedures.
Section 3 - Operating Instructions, and in
particular the section on controls and 4.3.1.2 The following assumes the initial
indicators. turn-on procedure detailed in Section 2 has
been completed during initial installation,
NOTE and after major repairs that warrant the
The diagnostic display’s meters screen initial start-up procedure be repeated.
displays three pre-determined parameters
(e.g., forward power, total dc current, +15 V
power supply, etc.). All transmitter
parameters may be displayed on this
screen. See paragraph 3.6.8.1.

Section 4 Testing and Adjustment Issue 0.1
$ - item not used in DGPS
transmitters
* - optional item, installed on dual

side transmitters only
Figure 4-1 Exciter/Control Assembly A2

Issue 0.1 Section 4 Testing and Adjustment
4.3.1.3 The exciter’s PWBs may be WARNING
duplicated and connected as active (main) If there is a jumper between TB1-19 and
and reserve (standby). The exciter/control TB1-20 on the remote interface PWB,
assembly’s diagnostic display provides safety features provided by the external
selection of the active exciter (A or B). The interlocks are disabled. Implement a
following list identifies the duplicated PWBs fail-safe method to alert personnel to
and which are active for a specific this fact. Dangerous voltages will be
selection. Refer to Figure 4-1 to locate present near the RF output and the
exciter assemblies. To locate an antenna system if the transmitter is
assembly’s adjustment or test point, refer turned on under these conditions.
to the controls and indicators portion of
Section 3. (d) Close all external interlocks or connect
a jumper between TB1-19 and TB1-20
Exciter A Assemblies of the remote interface PWB.
Interphase PDM Driver PWB...................... A2A6
LVPS Buck Converter PWB ....................... A2A7 NOTE
Exciter Monitor/Generator PWB ................. A2A8 Remote interface PWB A2A3 is located on
the rear of exciter/control assembly A2. All
Exciter B Assemblies (optional) terminal blocks, including TB1, are
Interphase PDM Driver PWB.................... A2A10
LVPS Buck Converter PWB ..................... A2A11 accessible at the rear of the transmitter.
Exciter Monitor/Generator PWB ............... A2A12
NOTE
4.3.2 Test Equipment Required This section makes frequent reference to
A dummy load rated for twice the Section 3 - Operating Instructions. You
maximum power capability of the should be familiar with the transmitter’s
transmitter, an oscilloscope and a digital operating instructions, specifically the front
multimeter are required to perform the panel GUI, before testing or adjusting the
functional test procedures. Refer to Table transmitter’s circuits.
1-1 for recommended test equipment.
4.3.4 Initial Turn-On
4.3.3 Test Prerequisites Enable the ac or dc power source, turn on
The following steps must be completed the transmitter, and observe its alarm and
prior to performing any of the functional status indicators as follows:
test procedures:
(a) Verify the requirements of paragraph
(a) Verify that nothing affecting the RF 4.3.3 have been completed.
power stage has been changed or
altered since the initial start-up (b) Turn on (enable) the ac or dc power for
procedure (described in Section 2 of the transmitter. The AC IND lamp on
this manual) was completed. each RF power module (viewed from
transmitter rear) will be on. The
(b) Ensure the ac or dc power source is presence and value of ac voltage can
turned off or disconnected. also be viewed on the exciter/control
assembly’s diagnostic display. Ensure
(c) Terminate the transmitter's RF output the transmitter’s RF power stage is
into a suitably rated, precision 50 Ω, disabled by pressing the Control - RF
load that is able to accurately display OFF switch.
the RF power being applied to it.
(c) Select local control by pressing the
Control - Local switch.

NOTE 4.3.5.4 Setting Changeover Mode and
During initial turn-on and adjustment of RF Monitor Thresholds
transmitter power, the diagnostic display’s If a standby side is being used, adjust the
meters screen should be monitored. transmitter’s high and low RF power limits,
and the monitor delay period, as follows:
Various input parameters, such as
Forward Power, Average B+ Voltage, (a) Disable changeover by setting exciter
and Total Dc Current should be displayed control to bypass mode (see 3.6.4).
while the transmitter RF output power is
being increased. (b) Set the transmitter to the desired RF
output level.
If the diagnostic display indicates an alarm,
discontinue adjustment of the transmitter (c) In the Monitor Timeout screen (see
and press the Status button to determine 3.6.7), set the monitor timeout period
the nature of the fault. (in seconds) and decide whether
shutdown will be enabled or disabled.
4.3.5 Standard Adjustments
The following standard adjustments are (d) In the Power Thresholds screen (see
described in this section. Verify them after 3.6.7), set the high and low power
transmitter commissioning. limits and press Compute New
Thresholds.
4.3.5.1 Setting Sonalert Remote Control States
4.3.5.2 Setting Low Battery Threshold (e) Enable changeover by setting exciter
4.3.5.3 Setting Default Monitor States control to normal mode (see 3.6.4).
4.3.5.4 Setting Changeover Mode and RF
Monitor Thresholds NOTE
4.3.5.5 Setting the Antenna Current Level Changeover is inhibited when a VSWR of
1.4:1 or greater is present.
4.3.5.1 Setting Sonalert Remote Control
States (f) Check each threshold to ensure that it
Use the Sonalert menu to allow a functions properly by adjusting the
transmitter alarm to generate a change in a transmitter beyond the desired limit
control points state. See Configuring the and observing that the transmitter
Sonalert (3.6.10). reacts as expected. For detailed
testing information see 4.3.5.6.
4.3.5.2 Setting Low Battery Threshold
If a dc power source (battery) is used, see (g) When complete, restore the transmitter
Selecting Power Source (3.6.9) to set the to the desired power level and press
DC disconnect and reconnect levels. reset to clear all alarms (see 3.6.3).
Normal operation should resume.
4.3.5.3 Setting Default Monitor States
If the optional DGPS site interface PWB
(A2A4) is installed, see 3.6.14.1 and
3.6.14.2 to set default monitor states.

4.3.5.5 Setting the Antenna Current 4.3.6 Non-Standard Adjustments
Level The following non-standard adjustments
Adjust the antenna current to the desired are described in this section. They have
level and set the antenna current feedback been factory set prior to shipping and do
feature as follows: not require verification or re-calibration
unless an unintentional adjustment has
(a) Ensure the serial interface cable is been made or a fault has occurred.
installed between the transmitter (at
the INTERNAL RS-485 connector on 4.3.6.1 Setting the Number of RF Power Blocks
the back of exciter/control assembly Installed
A2) and the ATU. 4.3.6.2 Changing RF Filter Tap Settings
4.3.6.3 Calibrating Transmitter Output Power
(b) Apply power to the ATU. 4.3.6.4 Calibrating Exciter Dc Voltages and
Ambient Temperature
(c) In the Power menu (see 3.6.15), set 4.3.6.5 Calibrating PDM
the antenna current feedback to OFF. 4.3.6.6 Calibrating Reflected Power Threshold
and Output Network Alarm
(d) Adjust the transmitter for the desired 4.3.6.7 Setting the RF Monitor Level
antenna current by adjusting the output 4.3.6.8 Calibrating the Ac Failure Alarm
power level. 4.3.6.9 Adjusting for Low MSK Threshold
4.3.6.10 Equalizing Exciter Gain (Dual Exciter
(e) Ensure that the changeover mode and Transmitters Only)
monitor thresholds have been set (see 4.3.6.11 Calibrating Battery Voltage and Current
4.3.5.5) (Optional)
4.3.6.12 Calibrating Battery Charger Current
(f) In the Power menu, set the antenna (Optional)
current feedback to ON. 4.3.6.13 Setting Display Contrast
NOTE (a) Verify the initial turn-on requirements

When antenna current feedback is of paragraph 4.3.4 have been
enabled, the transmitter will adjust the completed and are being met.
output power to ensure that antenna
current remains constant. With each
power adjustment, a new high and low
forward power threshold is calculated. In
this case the low and high power
thresholds have essentially become low
and high antenna current thresholds.

4.3.6.1 Setting The Number of RF Power (d) Set the RF output to 0 W by pressing
Blocks Installed the Power Increase and Power
The number of required RF power blocks Decrease buttons at the same time.
depends on the transmitter’s rated output
power. (e) Press RF On. Ensure all side A RF
power module fans turn on.
• 750 W - 1 RF power block
• 1,500 W - 2 RF power blocks (f) While monitoring the PA voltage for all
• 2,250 W - 3 RF power blocks side A RF power modules (see
• 3,000 W - 4 RF power blocks 3.6.13.2), slowly increase the RF
output power until the PA voltage is
(a) In the Power Modules menu (see 65 V. Stop increasing power if at any
3.6.13.2) ensure that the ‘Number of time:
Power blocks expected’ value is the
correct number. If not, modify the field • the PA voltage between RF power
to display the correct number.
modules varies by more than 5%, or
4.3.6.2 Changing RF Filter Tap Settings
• the reflected power on the analog
For a frequency change, change the tap
meter increases above 10 W
settings on the RF filter PWB of each RF
power block as follows:
(g) Use an external current probe to verify
that the output power per module is
(a) Turn off the RF power and the ac and
100 ± 20 W (e.g., 400 ± 80 W with four
dc circuit breakers.
RF power modules installed).
(b) Remove the rear cover from all RF
(h) Increase power until you reach the full
power blocks (A3 through A6).
rated or maximum level, whichever is
lower. Use an external current probe
(c) Enter the frequency into Table 2-9 to
and the following formula to determine
determine the tap settings for the six
the output power:
jumpers. Connect the jumpers to the
appropriate taps.
Power = Current x Rload
(d) Install the rear cover on all RF power
(i) In the Maximum Output Gain menu
blocks and perform the calibration in
(see 3.6.12.3), calibrate the duty cycle
4.3.6.3.
and forward power as follows:
4.3.6.3 Calibrating Transmitter Output
• Highlight the value for Set Duty Cycle.
Power
Press Modify.
Calibrate the transmitter’s forward power
and related parameters as follows:
• Change the value to match the positive
duty cycle measured at TP17 in step
(a) Select reflected power to be monitored
(c). Press Next.
on the exciter/control assembly’s front
panel analog meter (see 3.6.8.2).
• Change the value for Set Forward
Power to match the power calculated
(b) Select side A in the Exciter Control
in step (h).
menu. Go to the Power Module menu.
(c) Monitor TP17 of interphase PDM driver

PWB A (A2A6) with an oscilloscope.

(j) If the transmitter is operating at full 4.3.6.4 Calibrating Exciter DC Voltages
power, go to step (l). If not: and Ambient Temperature
• Highlight the value for Maximum (a) Measure and record the following dc
Carrier Reference. Press Modify. voltages on the control/display PWB
(A2A1):
• Increase the value by 5. Press Done.
• TP18 (approx. 24 V)
(k) Return to step (h). • TP12 (approx. 15 V)
• TP20 (approx. -15 V)
(l) Set the maximum carrier reference: • TP9 (approx. 5 V)
• Record the current duty cycle and (b) In the Calibrate Meters menu (see
forward power values. 3.6.12 and 3.6.12.1) scroll through the
parameters until +24 Volt P/S is
• Record the power according to the highlighted. Press Modify.
external current probe.
(c) Adjust the value to match the TP18
• Highlight the value for Maximum voltage measured in step (a). Press
Carrier Reference. Press Modify. Done.
• Adjust the value to 1 higher than the (d) Repeat step (c) to calibrate the other
current Carr. Ref value. Press Done. parameters:
(m) The initial Forward Power • +15 Volt P/S (measured on TP12)
measurement should be within 20 % of • -15 Volt P/S (measured on TP20)
the actual value. In the Calibrate • +5 Volt P/S (measured on TP9)
Meters menu (see 3.6.12 and 3.6.12.1) • AC Voltage
calibrate the Forward Power. • Temperature (use a thermometer to
measure the ambient room
• Scroll through the parameters until temperature
Forward Power is highlighted. Press
Modify. NOTE
When you exit the Calibrate Meters menu a
• Adjust the reading to the same value message is displayed indicating that you
calculated in step (h). Record this have made changes. You will be prompted
level. Press Done. to save the changes to EEPROM so that
they can be restored in the event of a
(n) Increase the power until maximum power failure. Press Yes each time this
power is reached. Record the power prompt is displayed during the setup
level on the top line (status bar) of the procedure.
GUI display.
During initial turn-on and adjustment of
(o) Press Power Increase and Power transmitter power, the diagnostic display’s
Decrease at the same time to set the meters screen should be monitored.
RF power to 0 W. Press RF Off.

4.3.6.5 Calibrating PDM • Four RF power modules (160 W):
increase until current is 3.6 A
(a) Use an oscilloscope to monitor TP17 of
the active interphase PDM driver PWB (d) Calculate the actual reflected power
(A2A6 for side A or A2A10 for side B). using the following equation:
Refld Pwr = (Ishort circuit / 2) x 50 Ω

2
(b) Press RF On.
(c) In the Calibrate Meters menu (see (e) In the Calibrate Meters menu (see
3.6.12 and 3.6.12.1) scroll through the 3.6.12 and 3.6.12.1) scroll through the
parameters until PDM A (or PDM B, parameters until Reflec. Power is
depending on the transmitter’s active highlighted. The Reflec. Power value
side) is highlighted. Press Modify. should be within 20% of the value
determined in step (d).
(d) Adjust the value to match the positive
duty cycle measured on TP17 in step • Press Modify.
(a). Press Done.
• Adjust the value to match the level
4.3.6.6 Calibrating Reflected Power calculated in step (d). Press Done.
Threshold and Output Network Alarm
(f) Press Back and select Set
(a) Turn off the transmitter and disconnect Thresholds.
the dummy load from the transmitter’s
RF output. Short the transmitter’s RF (g) Press Next until Refl. Power
output to ground near the RF output. Shutback is displayed.
Install the external current probe on the
shorting jumper. (h) Monitor the external current while
slowly increasing the power to the
(b) In the Set Thresholds menu (see reflected power limit. Try to achieve a
3.6.12 and 3.6.12.2) set the Slowback current similar to the currents listed
Pwr (Per Block) value to 100 W. below, noting the number of modules
that are installed.
(c) Set RF output power to 0 W. Press RF
On. Monitor the external current while • One RF power module (80 W):
slowly increasing the power to half of increase until current is 2.5 A
the reflected power limit. Try to achieve
a current similar to the currents listed • Two RF power modules (160 W):
below, noting the number of modules increase until current is 3.6 A
that are installed.
• Three RF power modules (240 W):
• One RF power module (40 W): increase until current is 4.4 A
• Four RF power modules (320 W):
• Two RF power modules (80 W): increase until current is 5.1 A
• Three RF power modules (120 W):


(i) If an Output Network alarm occurs 4.3.6.8 Calibrating the Ac Failure Alarm
before reaching the reflected power
limit, increase the Refl. Power (a) With the transmitter connected to a
Shutback threshold level and press suitably rated dummy load, press RF
Done and return to step (h). Otherwise On and increase to rated power.
continue to step (j).
(b) Measure the dc voltage at TP13 on the
(j) Decrease the Refl. Power Shutback exciter/control assembly’s control/
threshold level until the Output display PWB (A2A1). Calculate and
Network alarm occurs. Press Done. record the low ac voltage reference:
(k) In the Set Thresholds menu, set the Low AC ref = 170 x TP13/Ac Voltage
Slowback Pwr (Per Block) to 30 W.
(c) Monitor the dc voltage at TP19 on the
(l) Press RF On. Verify the reflected control/display PWB.
power cutback to below 30 x N watts,
where N is the number of RF power (d) In the Set Thresholds menu (see
blocks (1-4) installed. Press RF Off. 3.6.12 and 3.6.12.2), scroll to the Low
AC Voltage threshold. Press Modify.
(m) Remove the shorting jumper from the
transmitter’s RF output. Reconnect the (e) Adjust the Low AC Voltage value until
dummy load to the transmitter’s RF the voltage at TP19 matches the low
output. ac voltage reference calculated in step
(b). Press Done.
4.3.6.7 Setting The RF Monitor Level
(f) Turn off the transmitter’s ac power. If
(a) Increase the transmitter’s RF output to testing is required, connect a variac
full power. between the ac power source and the
transmitter. Turn on the ac power.
(b) Connect a 50 Ω load to the RF
MONITOR BNC connector (J8 of (g) Use the variac to decrease the ac
remote interface PWB A2A3, voltage until the System Diagram’s AC
accessible at the back of exciter/ Mains LED. The Diagnostic Display
control assembly A2. Monitor the should display both Shutback A and
voltage with a digital multimeter. Low AC. Record the ac voltage.
(c) Adjust the remote interface PWB’s (h) Press RF Off.

MONITOR LEVEL potentiometer
(R124) until the voltage is 1.0 V RMS. (i) Turn off the ac power and disconnect
the variac. Reconnect ac to the
transmitter.

4.3.6.9 Adjusting for Low MSK 4.3.6.10 Equalizing Exciter Gain (Dual
Threshold Exciter Transmitters Only)
If the RF output of the transmitter varies
(a) Use a T connector to split the MSK between side A and B, you may need to
input A signal and view it on an equalize the exciter gain. Equalize the
oscilloscope. PDM pulse train between sides A and B so
that no change in RF output level occurs
(b) Decrease MSK input A until the during exciter changeover, as follows:
System Diagram displays an External
Alarm. If the MSK input is 400 mV p-p (a) Go to the Power Module Status menu
± 50 mV, proceed to step (f). (see 3.6.13.2).
(c) Set the MSK input level to 400 mV p-p. (b) Use an oscilloscope to monitor TP17 of
If no alarms are indicated, proceed to interphase PDM driver PWB A (A2A6).
step (d). In the MSK Conditioner menu
(see 3.6.13.1), increase the MSK (c) On interphase PDM driver PWB A
Threshold level to 255. Press Reset in (A2A6), adjust the GAIN TRIM
the Status menu. The System potentiometer (R31) four turns counter
Diagram and Diagnostic Display clockwise and one and a half turns
should not indicate an alarm. clockwise. On interphase PDM driver
PWB B (A2A10), adjust the GAIN
(d) In the MSK Conditioner menu (see TRIM potentiometer (R31) four turns
3.6.13.1), decrease the MSK counter clockwise.
Threshold level until an alarm appears
on the System Diagram and Diagnostic (d) Press RF On. Increase the
Display. Press Done. Increase the transmitter’s RF output to full rated or
MSK input level to 2 V p-p and press maximum power, whichever is lower.
Reset in the Status menu. The
System Diagram and Diagnostic (e) Use an external current probe to
Display should not indicate an alarm. measure RF output power:
2
(e) Lower MSK input A until the System Power = Current x Rload
Diagram displays an External Alarm.
(f) In the Maximum Output Gain menu
(f) The Diagnostic Display should indicate (see 3.6.12.3), calibrate the duty cycle
MSK Alarm A and Shutback A. Reset and forward power as follows:
the MSK input to 2 V p-p and reset the
alarms. • Highlight the value for Set Duty Cycle.
Press Modify.
(g) Repeat this procedure for side B. If
necessary, adjust the Side B Scale • Change the value to match the positive
factor (see 3.6.13.1) to get similar duty cycle measured at TP17 in step
results. (c). Press Next.
• Change the value for Set Forward

Power to match the power calculated
in step (f). Press Done.

(g) If the transmitter is operating at full 4.3.6.11 Calibrating Battery Voltage and
power, go to step (o). If not: Current (Optional)
• Highlight the value for Maximum NOTE

Carrier Reference. Press Modify. This procedure applies to transmitters that
use a dc power source and the dc
• Increase the value by 5. Press Done. distribution assembly (A7).
(h) Repeat step (e). (a) Measure and record the dc voltage
between TB1-1 and TB1-2 on the dc
(i) Set the maximum carrier reference: distribution assembly (A7).
• Record the current duty cycle and (b) In the Calibrate Meters menu (see
forward power values. 3.6.12 and 3.6.12.1) scroll through the
parameters until Battery Voltage is
• Record the power according to the highlighted. Press Modify.
external current probe.
(c) Adjust the value to match the voltage
• Highlight the value for Maximum measured in step (a). Press Done.
Carrier Reference. Press Modify.
NOTE
• Adjust the value to 1 higher than the When you exit the Calibrate Meters menu a
current Carr. Ref value. Press Done. message is displayed indicating that you
have made changes. You will be prompted
(j) Increase the power until maximum to save the changes to EEPROM so that
power is reached. Record the power they can be restored in the event of a
level on the top line (status bar) of the power failure. Press Yes each time this
GUI display. prompt is displayed during the setup
procedure.
(k) Press Power Increase and Power
Decrease at the same time to set the (d) In the Power Source Select menu,
RF power to 0 W. Press RF Off. change the transmitter’s Requested
Power Source to DC (see 3.6.9).
(l) Select side B in the Exciter Control
menu. (e) Press RF On and increase the RF
output to rated power.
(m) Press RF On. Ensure all side B RF
power module fans are on. (f) Use a clip-on dc current meter to
measure the current between the
(n) Press Power Increase until you reach battery and TB1-1 of the dc distribution
maximum power. Adjust GAIN TRIM assembly (A7).
potentiometer R31 on interphase PDM
driver PWB B (A2A10) to ensure that (g) In the Calibrate Meters menu scroll
the output power matches the output through the parameters until Battery
power recorded in step (k). Current is highlighted. Press Modify.
(h) Adjust the value to match the voltage

measured in step (f). Press Done.

4.3.6.12 Calibrating Battery Charger (e) Adjust the value to match the ‘Charger
Current (Optional) Current’ voltage from step (c). Press
Done.
NOTE
This procedure applies to transmitters that (f) Remove ac power from the transmitter.
use a dc power source and the dc
distribution assembly (A7). (g) Remove the 50 Ω resistor and
reconnect the battery to TB1. Close the
(a) Press RF Off. dc breaker. Re-apply ac power to the
transmitter.
(b) Open the dc breaker. Disconnect the
battery from the terminal block at the 4.3.6.13 Setting Display Contrast
rear of the dc power distribution Set the contrast of the diagnostic display’s
assembly (A7). Connect a 200 W, GUI as follows:
50 Ω resistor across TB1-1 and TB1-2.
Re-apply ac power to the transmitter. (a) In the Set Thresholds menu (see
3.6.12 and 3.6.12.2), scroll to the LCD
(c) Calculate the ‘Charger Current’ by Display Contrast threshold. Press
dividing the voltage measured between Modify.
TB1-1 and TB1-2 by 50.
(b) Adjust the contrast to the desired level.
(d) In the Calibrate Meters menu scroll Press Done.
through the parameters until Battery
Current is highlighted. Press Modify.

Section 5 MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
5.1 GENERAL • Once a year, inspect and clean air

This section contains scheduled and filters using soap and warm water. If the
corrective maintenance information for the air filters are damaged, replace them as
Vector transmitter. Fault symptoms should soon as possible.
be analyzed to determine the corrective
action required. Troubleshooting • Once a year, clean the transmitter
information (see paragraph 5.5) is using a vacuum cleaner and a soft-
presented based on the exciter panel’s bristle brush to remove loose dirt. Use
diagnostic information. clean, damp rags to remove dirt that
cannot be vacuumed. NEVER use
CAUTION compressed air to clean the
The Vector transmitter contains many solid transmitter.
state devices that may be damaged if
subjected to excessive heat or high voltage 5.2.2 Checking Hardware
transients. Ensure circuits are not All hardware MUST be checked at least
overdriven or disconnected from their loads once a year. Thermal cycling from turning
while turned on. the transmitter on and off will require more
frequent checks.
5.2 SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
Scheduled maintenance consists of • Ensure the proper sized tools are used
performing a visual inspection of the to prevent damaging the hardware. In
transmitter at scheduled intervals. The most cases, hardware is metric.
recommended minimum time between
scheduled maintenance visits is three • A mounting surface or terminal that
months. Local operating and environmental has changed colour indicates a loose
conditions may dictate more frequent visits hardware connection.
and in remote sites, less frequent visits
may be acceptable. Experience and • Multi-stranded cables installed on
system reliability will determine the most terminal strips MUST be re-torqued.
practical schedule for a specific installation.
5.2.3 Battery Replacement
5.2.1 Cleaning the Transmitter The transmitter's control/display PWB
As a minimum, perform the following contains a battery backup circuit that
cleaning procedures: provides a memory of alarm occurrences
during ac power failure. The battery
NOTE should be replaced at least once a year or
A site located in a dirty area using open-air whenever the diagnostic display on the
cooling requires more extensive cleaning exciter/control assembly’s front panel
than a site located in a clean area using indicates a ‘low NVRM battery’ message.
closed-air cooling.

Section 5 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Issue 0.1
5.3 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5.3.2 Off-Air and Standby Side
Corrective maintenance procedures consist Troubleshooting
of identifying and correcting defects or Off-air troubleshooting is performed when
deficiencies that arise during operation of proper operation cannot be restored. In
the transmitter. Local/remote alarm signals dual side (A and B) transmitters, if an
are generated when a malfunction occurs. active side PWB or assembly is defective,
The nature of the fault and station policy the transmitter automatically changes over
dictates whether immediate maintenance allowing safe replacement of the defective
response is necessary. Fault analysis and PWB or assembly. You can remove an RF
rectification may be conducted from three power module from the active side, but a
different levels with a different technical changeover (for dual side applications) or
competence level required for each. inhibit (for single side applications) will
occur. Troubleshooting for a majority of
5.3.1 On-Air Troubleshooting standby side faults can be performed using
On-air troubleshooting can be performed the test standby side troubleshooting menu
from a remote location or locally at the (paragraph 3.6.13.4).
transmitter site.
For off-air troubleshooting procedures,
5.3.1.1 Remote Troubleshooting Nautel recommends you connect the
Remote on-air troubleshooting consists of output to a precision 50 Ω , resistive
monitoring the transmitter's RF output dummy load (rated for twice the
using an on-air monitor and polling the transmitter’s maximum carrier power). If a
status of the transmitter using the optional suitable dummy load is not available, the
remote control and monitoring software. transmitter may remain connected to its
This information enables you to decide if a antenna for these procedures. When it is
response is deferred to a more convenient necessary to troubleshoot faults in the
time, if immediate corrective action is power amplifier stage, reduce the RF
taken, and whether a standby transmitter is output level to a minimal value when the
enabled (if available). Nautel recommends RF output is connected to the antenna.
you incorporate the significance of remote
indications and the appropriate responses 5.4 ELECTROSTATIC PROTECTION
into the station’s standard operating The transmitter's assemblies contain
procedures. Refer to paragraph 5.5 to semiconductor devices that may be
determine the troubleshooting action damaged by electrostatic discharge. Before
required for a given fault. removing an assembly from the transmitter,
and while servicing an assembly, observe
5.3.1.2 Local Troubleshooting the following precautions:
Local on-air troubleshooting consists of
monitoring the transmitter's diagnostic NOTE
display and fault alarm indicators. Analysis Electrostatic energy is produced when two
of their status normally identifies the type of insulating materials are rubbed together. A
fault and in most cases determines what person wearing rubber-soled shoes,
corrective action must be taken. Refer to walking across a nylon carpet or a waxed
paragraph 5.5 to determine the floor can generate an extremely large
troubleshooting action required for a given electrostatic charge. This effect is
fault. magnified during periods of low humidity.
This high voltage may damage
components such as integrated circuits,
field-effect transistors, thyristors, and
Schottky diodes unless adequate
precautions are taken.

Issue 0.1 Section 5 Maintenance and Troubleshooting
5.4.1 Discharging of Personnel • The diagnostic display’s meter screen
Maintainers should be electrically has real-time meter indications (e.g.,
discharged by a suitable grounding forward power) to assist in fault
system (anti-static mats, grounding analysis.
straps) during removal of an assembly
from the exciter and while handling the • The diagnostic display’s main screen
assembly for maintenance procedures. will indicate when a fault is occurring.
Press the Status soft key to display all
5.4.2 Handling/Storage active faults.
A sub-assembly should be placed in an
anti-static bag when it is not installed in the • The diagnostic display’s Events Log
exciter or when it is not being subjected to (see paragraph 3.6.5) provides a
maintenance procedures. Electronic chronological list of faults/events as
components should be stored in anti-static well as root cause information to assist
materials. in fault diagnosis.
5.4.3 Tools/Test Equipment NOTE

Testing and maintenance equipment, It is important to consider both the real-time
including soldering (for example: Irons with and the logged information when
grounded tips) and unsoldering tools, troubleshooting. Displayed active faults
should be suitable for contact with static may or may not be the root cause of the
sensitive semiconductor devices. problem. The Events Log displays the root
cause of an event (i.e., the first fault
5.4.4 Stress Current Protection detected), which may have been transient,
Protect static sensitive semiconductor but resulted in other faults that remain
devices from unnecessary stress current active. It also displays the status of certain
as follows: parameters at the time of the event.
• Ensure electrical connections are not (a) Determine the origin of the fault by
broken while current is flowing in the noting which of the system diagram’s
circuit. lamps has turned on. If no system
diagram lamp is on, proceed to step (b)
• Ensure voltages are not present on for non-alarm troubleshooting tips.
external control/monitoring circuits
when they are connected. NOTE
In dual side (A and B) transmitters, some
5.5 TROUBLESHOOTING FRONT faults will also initiate a Changeover
PANEL ALARMS alarm. In this case, the transmitter will
Front panel fault analysis can be performed continue to operate using the standby side.
from the exciter panel. There are several This may allow troubleshooting (and
ways to use the front panel to determine subsequent repair) to be deferred to a
the occurrence and origin of a fault: more convenient time.
• The system diagram is a flow diagram NOTE

that indicates the operational status of The troubleshooting procedures in this
various sections of the transmitter. If a manual are limited to module level checks
lamp is on (red), a fault is occurring in and sub-assembly replacement.
the associated section of the
transmitter.

(b) From the diagnostic display’s main NOTE
screen, press the Status button. Note For dual side transmitters, a changeover
the alarm indication(s) and refer to to the standby side should also occur.
Table 5-1 for troubleshooting tips, Determine which side caused the fault,
which may also reference replacement noting it is the opposite side to that
and subsequent re-calibration displayed on the transmitter status bar at
procedures. the top of the diagnostic display.
(c) The diagnostic display will indicate the Viewing the diagnostic display’s Events
current active faults and more Log (see paragraph 3.6.5) can also assist
specifically identify the nature of the in diagnosing a fault.
fault.
(f) Other fault indications may prompt the
e.g., PDM Drive A Fail troubleshooter to replace other PWBs
or assemblies in the exciter/control
(d) Attempt to clear the alarm by pressing assembly or an RF power block (e.g.,
the reset button. If the alarm persists, PA Alarm A 1 indicates a fault has
it will not be cleared from the display. occurred on the side A RF power
module in RF power block 1).
(e) In the example given in step (c), a
PDM Drive A Fail has occurred NOTE
indicating a problem with exciter A’s Replacement procedures (paragraphs 5.8
interphase PDM driver PWB. The and 5.9) are provided for RF power
suspect PWB should be replaced as modules and PWBs/assemblies that
detailed in paragraph 5.8.1.2. require specific removal/installation or
adjustment instructions. Instructions have
not been included for assemblies that are
straightforward to replace and require no
re-calibration.
(g) If replacement of a suspect PWB or

assembly does not remove the fault
condition, contact Nautel.

Table 5-1: Troubleshooting and Replacement Tips
Front Panel Status See Troubleshooting/ See Re-calibration
Action
LED Message Replacement Paragraph Paragraph
AC Mains Low AC Voltage The ac voltage is less than 170 V ac. If the ac source voltage is present, check/replace fuses [side A (F3 and N/A N/A
F4) and side B (F1 and F2)] on the ac power distribution assembly (A8).
Low Voltage Power Supply LVPS Fault A or B Replace associated LVPS buck converter PWB [side A (A2A7) or exciter B (A2A11)] and/or ac/dc universal N/A N/A
input power supply [side A (A2U2) or side B (A2U3)].
Power Supply Over Voltage PS Replace switch mode power supply PWB (A2 of associated RF power module). 5.6.1 3.6.13.4 (ensure the
A or B, 1 to 4 replaced/repaired module is
on the standby side)
Power Supply Over Current PS Check/replace associated fuses (F5 through F10, see assembly silkscreen) on the ac power distribution 5.6.1 3.6.13.4 (ensure the
A or B, 1 to 4 assembly (A8). If fuses are OK, replace switch mode power supply PWB (A2 of associated RF power replaced/repaired module is
module). on the standby side)
If the transmitter is running in dc mode (optional), and this alarm is indicated for all modules on the active
side, replace battery boost supply A7U1. Otherwise, check cabling between A7 and A3 through A6.
Power Supply High Temp PS Check fans. Ensure they are spinning at an adequate speed (a minimum of 3000 RPM, see 3.6.13.2). If N/A N/A
A or B, 1 to 4 necessary, replace the appropriate fan.
Power Supply PS A or B Missing Modules, 1 to 4 An RF power module has been removed from the associated side. N/A N/A
PA Modulator Fail Check/replace FET on modulator assembly (A5 of associated RF power module). 5.6.1 3.6.13.4 (ensure the
A or B, 1 to 4 5.7 replaced/repaired module is
PA PA Alarm Check/replace FETs on power amplifier (A3 of associated RF power module). 5.6.1 3.6.13.4 (ensure the
A or B, 1 to 4 5.7 replaced/repaired module is
PA PDM Inhibit A or B A module has been removed from the transmitter. A PS Missing Module message will indicate which module N/A N/A
has been removed.
Exciter Low NVRAM Bty Replace battery BT1 on the control/display PWB (A2A1). N/A N/A
Exciter RF Fail A or B Replace exciter interface PWB. 5.8.1.2 N/A
Exciter PDM Latch A or B Check/replace associated fuses (F5 through F20, see assembly silkscreen) on the ac power distribution 5.8.1.1 4.3.6.3 (single side) or
assembly (A8). If fuses are OK, change the active side of the exciter and run a standby side test on the 4.3.6.10 (dual side)
power supply (see 3.6.13.4). If a fault is detected, replace switch mode power supply PWB of faulty power 3.6.13.4 (ensure the
module. If no fault is detected, replace interphase PDM driver PWB [side A (A2A6) or exciter B (A2A10)]. replaced/repaired module is
Vector DGPS Transmitter Technical Instruction Manual Page 5-5 (5-6 Blank)
Table 5-1: Troubleshooting and Replacement Tips (Continued)
Action
Exciter Monitor Fault Indicates a fault in a monitor PWB. The Monitor Fault will be accompanied by an indication of the fault. If it is 5.8.2 4.3.6.9
A or B not accompanied by a specific fault, replace the exciter monitor/generator PWB [side A (A2A8) or side B 4.3.5.4
(A2A12)].
Exciter E/G not responding A or B Indicates that an exciter monitor/generator PWB is not responding. Replace the exciter monitor/generator 5.8.2 4.3.6.9
PWB [side A (A2A8) or side B (A2A12)]. 4.3.5.4
Exciter Mon PGM Fault A or B Indicates that an exciter monitor/generator PWB has an EEPROM or Flash memory error. Replace the 5.8.2 4.3.6.9
exciter monitor/generator PWB [side A (A2A8) or side B (A2A12)]. 4.3.5.4
Exciter Pwr. Monitor Fail A or B Indicates that the transmitter’s output power is outside of the desired thresholds. If there is no accompanying 5.7 3.6.13.4 (ensure the
error message, a power amplifier (A3) in an RF power block may be damaged. Try operating the transmitter replaced/repaired module is
at rated power. If the problem persists, check/replace FETs on the associated power amplifier. on the standby side)
Exciter Monitor Fail Indicates that one, not both, of the exciter monitor/generator PWBs [side A (A2A8) or exciter B (A2A12)] 5.8.2 4.3.6.9
requested a changeover. It is typical for a brief monitor fail event to occur after a changeover. 4.3.5.4
If the problem persists and the transmitter is not operating near an alarm threshold, replace the faulty exciter
monitor/generator PWB [side A (A2A8) or side B (A2A12)].
Output Network SWR Shutback RF power has been inhibited due to high reflected power. Check the RF path between the transmitter’s RF N/A N/A
output and the antenna system. An SWR alarm occurs if the sensed reflected power level exceeds an SWR
of 2:1 or 1.5:1.
If the instantaneous peak SWR exceeds 2:1, the RF output is shut back. The power level will automatically
recover to its previous level. If two consecutive SWR shutbacks occur within a two second period, the RF
output is cut back (see SWR Slowback).
Output Network Cutback Level There are 18 steps (or cutback levels) available. The transmitter will continue decreasing or increasing the N/A N/A
1-18 RF output power until normal operating power is achieved, at which point the SWR alarm will disappear.
If the average peak SWR exceeds 1.5:1, the RF output is cut back (reduced) until the reflected power level
falls below the 1.5:1 level.
During an SWR alarm, the System Diagram’s Output Network alarm lamp blinks and the Diagnostic Display
indicates a Shutback (if the reflected power is greater than 2:1 SWR) as well as the cutback level.
Changeover Monitor Changeover Check the accompanying error message to determine the cause of the changeover. N/A N/A
Changeover Monitor Shutdown Check the accompanying error message to determine the cause of the shutdown. N/A N/A
Table 5-1: Troubleshooting and Replacement Tips (Continued)
Action
External Alarm Ext Interlock Open An external interlock circuit is open. Check the integrity of the circuitry connected between terminals TB1-19 N/A N/A
and TB1-20 of the remote interface PWB (A2A3).
External Alarm Charger Alarm Check for battery charger failure. N/A N/A
External Alarm Low Battery Voltage The battery voltage is below the low voltage threshold. N/A N/A
External Alarm ATU Not Responding The associated ATU is not responding. N/A N/A
External Alarm RCMI Not Responding The NDB site interface PWB is not responding. Replace the NDB site interface PWB. N/A 4.3.5.1
4.3.5.3
External Alarm MSK Alarm A/B The Indicated MSK input is below the established threshold N/A N/A
- - Replace the RF power probe (A1A1). N/A 4.3.6.3
- - Replace the optional dc control/monitor PWB (A7A1). N/A 4.3.6.11 (if applicable)
4.3.6.12 (if applicable)
- - Replace the modulator filter PWB (A1A4 or A2A4 of the applicable RF power block). N/A 3.6.13.4 (ensure the
replaced/repaired module is
- - Replace the RF filter PWB (A5 of the applicable RF power block). N/A 4.3.6.2
- - Replace the control/display PWB (A2A1). N/A 4.3.5.1

4.3.5.2
4.3.6.1
4.3.6.3 (single side) or
4.3.6.10 (dual side)
4.3.6.4
4.3.6.5
4.3.6.6
4.3.6.8
4.3.6.13
- - Replace the remote interface PWB (A2A3). N/A 4.3.6.7
NOTE: PWBs and assemblies that are not referenced in this table do not require special replacement or re-calibration procedures.
Vector DGPS Transmitter Technical Instructi Page 5-9 (5-10 Blank)

5.6 REPLACING AN RF POWER 5.6.2 RF Power Module Installation
MODULE
The diagnostic display status messages (a) Lift the operational RF power module
indicate which RF power module caused into the appropriate transmitter RF
an alarm. In dual side applications (A and power block. Carefully slide the module
B), the transmitter should change over to toward the rear of the RF power block
operate on the standby side. and firmly push it into place.
NOTE (b) Gently tighten the spring-loaded

A defective RF power module can be securing screw located at the bottom,
removed for repair as described below. front of the RF power module. Do not
After removing the RF power module (in over tighten this screw; it only needs to
dual side applications), the transmitter can be finger-tight.
resume operation on its standby side.
(c) Press Reset in the status menu. Verify
CAUTION the PA or Power Supply lamp on the
RF power modules contain solid-state exciter/control assembly’s system
devices that can be damaged if subjected diagram turns off. In single side
to excessive heat or high voltage applications, the transmitter should
transients. Ensure circuits are not resume operation at the desired
overdriven or disconnected from their loads operating level.
while turned on.
(d) Install the RF power block’s front cover
5.6.1 RF Power Module Removal using four M5 screws.
(a) Remove the front cover from the 5.7 FET CHECKING/
associated RF power block 1 (A3) REPLACEMENT
through 4 (A6) as applicable (see The transmitter contains many FETs and
Figure MD-1) by removing four M5 other switching semiconductor devices.
screws. The FETs most likely to fail are in the RF
power modules (A and B, as applicable) in
(b) Loosen the securing screw at the each RF power block (1 through 4, as
bottom, front of the appropriate RF applicable). For failures caused in an RF
power module (side A module on the power module, remove the module (see
left, side B module on the right). 5.6.1), check the devices listed below and,
Carefully pull the RF power module out if necessary, replace them.
of the transmitter cabinet.
• FETs Q1 and Q2 (Nautel Part # QR54)
(c) Replace a defective FET (see 5.7) or of switch mode power supply PWB A2
an entire PWB or assembly (see (see Figures MD-15 and MD-17)
Figure MD-15) as necessary.
• power MOSFETs Q1 through Q4
NOTE (Nautel Part # QAP49) of power
If an operational RF power module is amplifier A3 (see Figures MD-15 and
available, you can install it in the MD-18)
transmitter while you repair the defective
module. Refer to paragraph 5.6.2 to install • power MOSFET Q1 (Nautel Part #
an RF power module. QAP49) of modulator A5 (see Figure
MD-15; same device as in power
amplifier A3, see MD-18)

(a) Unsolder the gate pins of the FET (h) If the requirement of step (g) is met,
under test and all parallel devices. the FET is operational. Turn it off as
Refer to the assembly’s electrical detailed in step (b) and proceed to the
schematic in Section 9 to determine next suspect device. If the
the parallel devices, if applicable. requirement of step (g) is not met,
Refer to the assembly’s detail drawing replace the device as detailed in steps
in Section 10 to verify pin-out. (i) through (m).
NOTE (i) Unsolder the drain and source pins of

To turn on a FET under test, apply a dc the defective device.
voltage between its gate and source
terminals. Some digital multimeters have (j) Remove the hardware securing the
enough dc voltage (9 V battery device in place and remove the
recommended) on their test leads when defective device. Clean the
set to the ‘diode’ or ‘resistance’ positions. associated heat sink surface near the
If not, obtain another dc voltage source. input PWB.
(b) Turn off the FET by shorting the gate NOTE

and source. Using a digital multimeter, FETs are static sensitive. Handle
momentarily place the negative lead replacement devices in a manner that
on the gate pin and positive lead on protects the FETs from static.
the source pin for each FET in the
circuit. (k) Apply a thin, even coat of thermal
compound on the bottom of the new
(c) Measure the drain-source resistance device.
with the positive lead on the drain and
the negative lead on the source. The (l) Reinstall the device on its cleaned
digital multimeter should indicate an heat sink using the hardware removed
open circuit. in step (j). Replace the Belleville
(cupped) washer with a new washer
(d) Measure the drain-source resistance (Nautel Part # HZ48, located in
with the negative lead on the drain ancillary kit). Apply a thin, even coat
and the positive lead on the source. of thermal compound to both sides of
The digital multimeter should indicate the insulator (if replaced). Refer to the
a diode pedestal. assembly’s detail drawing in Section
10 to verify the hardware orientation
(e) If the requirements of steps (c) and (d) for the device being replaced.
are not met, replace the device as
detailed in steps (i) through (m). (m) Using a torque screwdriver, tighten
the mounting hardware to the value
(f) Turn on the device under test by (typically 3 to 4 inch-pounds) specified
placing the positive lead on the gate on the assembly’s detail drawing in
and the negative lead on the source. Section 10, ensuring that the pins of
the device are aligned with their
(g) Measure the drain-source resistance corresponding solder terminals.
with the positive lead on the drain and Solder the pins to their associated
the negative lead on the source. The terminals.
digital multimeter reading should
indicate a short circuit.

5.8 EXCITER/CONTROL ASSEMBLY 5.8.1.1 Interphase PDM Driver PWB
PWB REPLACEMENT Removal/Replacement
Remove the exciter/control assembly (A2,
see Figures MD-3 and MD-4) from the (a) Remove and retain four sets of
transmitter, replace defective printed wiring mounting hardware for the interphase
boards (PWB), and perform necessary PDM driver PWB being replaced (A2A6
adjustments as follows: or A2A10). If the exciter interface PWB
is to be removed (see 5.8.1.2, remove
(a) Press the Control - RF OFF switch. both interphase PDM driver PWBs, if
Turn off the ac power and disconnect applicable, and go to 5.8.1.2.
the dc supply, if applicable.
(b) Pull the PWB(s) away from the exciter
(b) Gain access to the exciter/control interface PWB (A2A2). It may be
assembly (A2) by removing it from the helpful to gently pry the connector loose
transmitter. It is secured by four front with a screwdriver.
panel screws and is installed on
extendable slides. (c) Install the new interphase PDM driver
PWB by reversing the steps above.
(c) Remove all connections to the rear of
the exciter/control assembly. Some (d) Re-install the exciter/control assembly
cables originate from inside the by reversing the steps in paragraph 5.8.
transmitter cabinet and others originate
from remote sources. (e) Verify that shorting jumper E1 is
installed in the A position.
(d) Remove the exciter/control assembly
from its slides and place it on a suitable (f) Leave the covers off until testing and
work surface. adjustment is complete.
(e) Remove the exciter/control assembly’s (g) For dual transmitters, perform the
top and bottom covers. Equalizing Exciter Gain adjustment
procedure (see 4.3.6.10). For a single
(f) Replace the appropriate assembly or transmitter perform the Calibrating
PWB (see 5.8.1 or 5.8.2). Transmitter Output Power adjustment
procedure (see 4.3.6.3).
5.8.1 Exciter Interface PWB and
Interconnecting PWB Replacement 5.8.1.2 Exciter Interface PWB
The exciter interface PWB (A2A1) Removal/Replacement
physically interconnects with the interphase
PDM driver PWBs (A2A6 and A2A10). (a) Remove all connections to the top and
Removing the exciter interface PWB bottom of the exciter interface PWB.
involves removing its interconnecting PWBs
first. Complete the instructions in the sub- (b) Remove and retain 13 sets of mounting
paragraphs (see 5.8.1.1 and 5.8.1.2) to hardware for the exciter interface PWB.
replace the appropriate PWB. Complete all Remove the PWB.
three paragraphs if replacing the exciter
interface PWB. (c) Install the new exciter interface PWB.
Re-install connections to the top and
bottom sides. Use the connector tag
labels or the connector mating
information in Table 8-3 to determine
proper connections.

(d) Set all shorting jumpers as per the (b) Remove all connections to the top and
original exciter interface PWB. bottom of the exciter monitor/generator
PWB.
(e) Re-install the interphase PDM driver
PWB(s) removed in paragraph 5.8.1.1. (c) Pull the PWB away from the remote
interface PWB (A2A3). It may be
(f) Re-install the exciter/control assembly helpful to gently pry the connector loose
in the transmitter by reversing the steps with a screwdriver.
in paragraph 5.8.
(d) Install the new exciter monitor/
(g) Install the top and bottom covers. generator PWB. Re-install connections
to the top and bottom sides. Use the
5.8.2 Exciter Monitor/Generator connector tag labels or the connector
PWB Replacement mating information in Section 8 to
Remove the exciter/monitor generator PWB determine proper connections.
(A2A8 and, for dual exciter transmitters,
A2A12) as follows. (e) Install the top and bottom covers.
(a) Remove and retain four sets of (f) Perform the following calibrations:
mounting hardware for the exciter 4.3.6.9 and 4.3.5.4.
monitor/generator PWB being replaced.

Section 6 THEORY OF OPERATION

6.1 INTRODUCTION Local control/monitoring is done using
The theory of operation for the Vector front panel membrane switches and a
DGPS transmitter is presented in this graphic liquid crystal display. Critical
section. Frequent reference is made to parameters such as forward power,
electrical schematics (e.g., Figure SD-1). reflected power and antenna current can
They are located in Section 9 of this also be displayed on an analog meter on
manual. Circuits that are shown on the front of the exciter assembly.
electrical schematics, but not described in
this section are either beyond the scope of Remote control and monitoring can be
this manual or are not used for NDB provided over several interfaces. The
applications. transmitter also has provision to interface
with a Nautel antenna tuning unit (ATU),
6.2 TRANSMITTER OVERVIEW using an isolated RS485 serial link. This
The transmitter operates at one fixed ATU link allows the transmitter to regulate
frequency (between 282 and 326 kHz and antenna current, and therefore maintain
between 435 and 495 kHz) and provides constant field strength, by auto-adjusting
up to 750 W (VRD750), 1,500 W its output power in accordance with the
(VRD1500), 2250W (VRD2250) or 3,000 W ATU’s antenna current sample.
(VRD3000) of continuous carrier power.
Provision is made for local or remote The transmitter circuitry can be
operation of the transmitter as well as represented using five functional blocks
antenna fine-tuning through controls on the (see Figure 6-1):
transmitter's front panel. If the standby
option is purchased, provision is made for • Ac Distribution
automatic changeover from the selected • Dc Distribution (optional)
main side of the transmitter to the standby • Exciter Control/Monitor
side when the selected main side's critical • RF Power Block
parameters are not met. The transmitter • RF Combiner/Power Probe.
operates from a single phase, 170 V to
270 V ac, 47 Hz to 63 Hz, using switch
mode power supplies. A 144 V dc input
option can be purchased for RF output
power requirements of less than 1500 W.
Emission is minimum shift keyed (MSK)
continuous carrier (G1D).
Section 6 Theory of Operation Issue 0.1
BATTERY BOOST B+ (OPTIONAL) RF OUTPUT FINAL RF OUTPUT TO ATU
BATTERY DC CONTROL/MONITOR INT SERIAL LINK, CONTROL/MONITOR

BATTERY SUPPLY DISTRIBUTION RF POWER
CHARGER CURRENT (OPTIONAL) 24VDC 24VDC(A), RF DRIVE(A), PDM(A) BLOCK
(OPTIONAL)
24VDC(B), RF DRIVE(B), PDM(B) RF COMBINER/
BATTERY (OPTIONAL)
POWER PROBE
* RF COMBINER
USED ONLY IF MORE
INT SERIAL LINK, CONTROL/MONITOR THAN 1 RF POWER
BLOCK IS INSTALLED
24VDC(A), RF DRIVE(A), PDM(A)
EXCITER/CONTROL/
MONITOR 24VDC(B), RF DRIVE(B), PDM(B)
RS-232/RS-422
EXT SERIAL LINK
RF OUTPUT
RF POWER
BLOCK
(OPTIONAL)
DGPS SITE
INTERFACE RS-485 INT SERIAL LINK
(OPTIONAL)
INT SERIAL LINK, CONTROL/MONITOR
* INSTALLED IN EXCITER/
CONTROL/MONITOR VDC 24VDC(A), RF DRIVE(A), PDM(A)
BLOCK
EXTERNAL CONTROL/MONITOR 24VDC(B), RF DRIVE(B), PDM(B)
RF OUTPUT
EXTERNAL MSK INPUT
RF POWER
RS485 ISOLATED INTERNAL BLOCK
SERIAL LINK (ATU)
(OPTIONAL)
RS-485 ISOLATED INT SERIAL LINK

TO ATU
ATU VDC (OPTIONAL)
INT SERIAL LINK, CONTROL/MONITOR
24VDC(A), RF DRIVE(A), PDM(A)
24VDC(B), RF DRIVE(B), PDM(B)
RF OUTPUT
RF POWER
BLOCK
(OPTIONAL)
AC POWER
AC POWER AC
DISTRIBUTION
FWD/REFLD POWER, RF VOLT MONITOR, RF CURRENT MONITOR
B1950505 VA
24VDC, AC RELAY CONTROL
Block Diagram – Vector Series DGPS Transmitter

Issue 0.1 Not to Scale Figure 6-1 Page 6-3 (6-4 Blank)
6.3 AC DISTRIBUTION 6.5 EXCITER CONTROL/MONITOR
The transmitter’s ac distribution is primarily See Figure 6-2. In dual configuration the
performed by ac power distribution assembly exciter control/monitor stage contains two
A8 (see Figure SD-29). It distributes ac independent exciter sections (A and B) which
voltage to the exciter control/monitor and RF can be supplied in a single or a main/standby
power blocks. The ac input is applied through configuration. In a main/standby
the line filter U1. The ac power that is configuration, the exciter can be selected
distributed to the exciter then passes though automatically or manually by local or remote
a toroidal transformer to allow ac to be control. Each exciter section consists of an
isolated for exciters A (J1) and B (J2). The ac interphase PDM driver PWB, exciter
voltage for the RF power block (s) (J3-J10) is monitor/generator PWB, ac/dc power supply
applied directly from line filter U1. Relay K1 and an LVPS buck converter PWB. The
controls the application of ac voltage to the exciter control/monitor stage also contains the
RF power blocks. When ac is being applied to control/display PWB which contains the
the exciter control/ monitor block and it is safe transmitter’s embedded microcontroller. The
to enable the RF output, the Ac Enable input remote interface PWB, graphic user interface
(J11-3) is active (0 V), energizing K1 and (GUI), analog/digital displays and audio
providing ac power to the RF power blocks. speaker are also contained here. A DGPS
Individual fusing is provided on all ac lines. site interface PWB can also be added to the
Thermistors RT1 through RT8 limit the inrush exciter control/monitor stage.
current to the RF power block. Chokes L1
through L8 improve the power factor on the 6.5.1 Exciter Interface PWB
ac lines applied to the RF power block, the See Figures SD-10 and SD-11.The exciter
battery charger and the spare output. interface PWB (A2A2) provides signal
distribution, as well as the interconnection for
6.4 DC DISTRIBUTION (Optional) all the PWBs and assemblies in the exciter
The transmitter’s dc distribution is primarily control/monitor stage. The RF drive failure
performed by dc power distribution assembly detection, changeover/shutdown and monitor
A7 (see Figure SD-26). It distributes dc fail logic circuits are located on the exciter
voltages to the exciter control/monitor and RF interface PWB.
power blocks. The dc input (between 128 V
and 162 V) is applied to TB1. The dc control/ 6.5.1.1 RF Drive Circuitry and Failure
monitor PWB (A7A1) monitors the battery Detection
voltage, battery current, and charger current. U3:A, U3:B, U2:A, U2:B, and U2C and their
The assembly also contains battery boost associated components drive the RF signal to
PWBs (A2 and A3, if used) that converts the the RF power blocks for side A. Q9 and its
input to 350 V. Relay K1 controls the associated components provide a low when
application of dc voltages to the RF power the RF drive is present and a high when it is
blocks. All dc lines are individually fused. not present.
U3:C, U3:D, U1:A, U1:B, and U1C and their

associated components drive the RF signal to
the power blocks for side B. Q8 and its
associated components provide a low when
the RF drive is present and a high when it is
not present.

6.5.1.2 Changeover/Shutdown determine the gain and, in turn, the status of
U4, Q1 through Q7, K1 and K2 along with U7-Y1.
their associated components allows for the
selection of the main side of the transmitter. If When there is no Unbalanced Audio input at
the NDB A/B input is held low, the main side P1-15, U2D's output (TP3), which is the
will be B, otherwise it will be A. If no modulation reference, will be a nominal 1.4 V.
changeover or shutdown is indicated (U4 This voltage is applied as U6's X1 input.
inputs 3, 4, 6, and 7 are all high level), the
relay for the main side will be energized, The Carrier Ref input at P1-2 is a dc voltage
closing the contact and providing voltages to directly proportional to the square of the
the main PDM driver. The relay for the expected RF carrier level. This voltage is
standby side will be open. The RF relay applied to U6-Y1.
control FET (Q5) selects the main position for
the RF relay in the RF power block(s). If a The B+ Sample input at P1-3 is a dc voltage
changeover is indicated by a low on either directly proportional to the B+ voltage being
U4:3 or U4:4, the relay for the main side will applied to the transmitter's RF power stage.
open and the relay for the standby side will When the B+ voltage is 350 V, the B+
close. The RF relay control FET (Q5), will Sample input and, in turn, the output of buffer
select the standby position for the RF relay in U3D (TP4), are a nominal 5.9 V. This voltage
the power block(s). U4:17, U4:21, U4:22, and is applied to U7-X1.
U4:15 drive transistors Q1 through Q4 to
indicate to the control board information about The gain of U6 and U7 and, in turn, the
the active side of the transmitter and the voltage at U7-Y1 is determined by the
changeover/shutdown state. If a shutdown is following formula:
indicated, both K2 and K1 are opened so that
neither PDM driver has power. Unbalanced Audio * Carrier Ref / B+ Ref
6.5.2 Interphase PDM Driver PWBs When the Carrier Ref input (U6-Y1) is 4.7 V
See Figure SD-19. The interphase PDM and the B+ Sample input (U7-X1) is 5.9 V (B+
driver PWBs (A2A6 and A2A10) produce a voltage of 350 V), the gain of U6 is 0.80 for
pulse train of variable width as their PDM the dc reference applied to U6-X1. The
output. The PDM repetition rate (ƒPDM) is a U7-Y1 current is 0.80 times the U6-X1
fixed frequency normally between 130 kHz current. U3B is connected as a less than
and 133 kHz. The frequency is determined by unity amplifier and its gain is summed with
the 2ƒPDM input, which is produced by the U7's gain. The end result is the total voltage
active exciter monitor/generator PWB. The gain of the circuit, relative to the voltage at
PDM drive signal, which determines the the output of U2D (1.4 V), is a nominal 0.75
transmitter output power level, is applied to when GAIN TRIM potentiometer R31 is set to
the modulator assemblies in RF power the centre of its range. The output of U3B
modules A or B (see Figure SD-24) contained (TP8) is 1.049 V (1.4 V x 0.75).
in the RF power block.
The gain of U7 will change in direct proportion
6.5.2.1 Carrier Level Control to changes in the Carrier Ref voltage. If the
The carrier level control circuit consists of U6, Carrier Ref voltage is set to 0 V, or it is
U7 U2A, U2D, U3B, U3D, U13A and their clamped to ground because Q1 is turned on,
associated components. U6 and U7 are U7's gain is minimum (zero). In turn, the dc
analog multipliers connected as a variable reference's multiplication factor is minimum
gain, wide-band, linear amplifier. The (zero). The transmitter's RF output is turned
modulation reference (U6-X1) is multiplied by off.
a factor determined by the level of the carrier
ref (U6-Y1) and B+ sample (U7-X1) signals to

Issue 0.1 Section 6 Theory of Operation
The gain of U7 will change in inverse 6.5.2.3 Linear Integrator
proportion to changes in the B+ Sample input. The linear integrator circuit converts the ƒPDM
This feature eliminates the need for square wave input to a triangular waveform.
sophisticated filtering of the transmitter's B+ The triangular waveform has negative and
power supply and maintains the transmitter's positive voltage excursions of equal
RF output at the original level for B+ voltage amplitude and duration. The long R/C time
variations of ±10%. constant formed by C26/R10 ensures a linear
rise and fall time. Since the R/C time constant
GAIN TRIM potentiometer R31 provides a is fixed, the waveform amplitude varies over
nominal 10% adjustment in the carrier level the frequency range of ƒPDM. The charge/
ref output of U3B. In dual exciter applications, discharge time and waveform amplitude are
it is adjusted to compensate for tolerance maximum at the lowest frequency.
differences in the PDM generators of exciters
A and B. When it is set properly, the 6.5.2.4 Integrator Peak Detector
transmitter's RF output is the same when The integrator peak detector circuit detects
either exciter is selected, provided the same the positive going parts of the linear
Carrier Ref is being applied. integrator's triangular waveform. A portion of
the resulting positive dc voltage (nominally
6.5.2.2 PDM Divider 1.8 V) at U2C’s output, is applied to the
The PDM divider circuit divides the 2ƒPDM inverting input of differential amplifier U3A.
input frequency (P1-7) by two. The resulting The carrier level ref output of U3A is offset by
ƒPDM output (P1-10) is a 0 V to 15 V square this voltage, which is proportional to the
wave. Unless otherwise established during triangular waveform voltage peaks. This
the transmitter's manufacture, it should be a offset effectively sets the carrier level ref’s
fixed frequency, nominally 130 kHz. zero power reference to the triangular
waveform's peak voltage. This ensures no RF
output is produced when the Carrier Ref input
(P1-2) is 0 V.
+15VDC (A) INT SERIAL LINK, CONTROL/MONITOR
FREQUENCY
SYNTHESIZER CONTROL/MONITOR 24VDC(A), RF DRIVE(A), PDM(A) TO RF POWER BLOCK
PWB
A RF DRIVE (A), 2FPDM (A) 24VDC(B), RF DRIVE(B), PDM(B)
2FPDM(A), +15VDC(A), CARRIER REF(A), KEYED TONE/EXT AUDIO(A)

INTERPHASE
PWM DRIVER CONTROL/MONITOR
PWB
A PDM (A)
+15VDC (B)
FREQUENCY
SYNTHESIZER CONTROL/MONITOR
PWB
B RF DRIVE (B), 2FPDM (B)
2FPDM(B), +15VDC(B), CARRIER REF(B), KEYED TONE/EXT AUDIO(B)

INTERPHASE
PWM DRIVER CONTROL/MONITOR
PWB
B PDM (B)
FROM AC DISTRIBUTION +24VDC, AC RELAY CONTROL
+24VDC CONTROL/MONITOR, INT SERIAL LINK

FROM DC DISTRIBUTION REMOTE EXCITER/ CONTROL/MONITOR
CONTROL/MONITOR INTERFACE KEYED TONE/EXT AUDIO (A) MONITOR
PWB GENERATOR +/-VDC
FROM RF POWER PROBE FWD/REFLD PWR, RF VOLT MONITOR, RF CURRENT MONITOR EXT AUDIO PWB A
EXT AUDIO INPUT EXCITER

USER INTERFACE INTERFACE
EXTERNAL CONTROL/MONITOR, EXT SERIAL LINK (RS232, RS422) PWB
EXCITER/ CONTROL/MONITOR
ANTENNA TUNING UNIT RS485 ISOLATED INT SERIAL LINK CONTROL/MONITOR, INT SERIAL LINK MONITOR
GENERATOR +/-VDC
KEYED TONE/EXT AUDIO (B) PWB B
LOCAL CONTROL CONTROL/MONITOR, EXT SERIAL LINK +/-VDC
CONTROL/MONITOR, INT SERIAL LINK
KEYED TONE/EXT AUDIO (A) & (B)
CARRIER REF (A) & (B)

CONTROL/
DISPLAY CONTROL/MONITOR, INT SERIAL LINK
PWB
+/-VDC
+24VDC
SPEAKER +24VDC (A)
ANALOG/ +/-VDC
AC/DC LVPS
DIGITAL POWER A
DISPLAY AC SAMPLE MONITOR
SUPPLY
A
+24VDC
+24VDC (B)
FROM AC DISTRIBUTION AC AC/DC +/-VDC

POWER LVPS
FROM DC DISTRIBUTION BATTERY (OPTIONAL) SUPPLY AC SAMPLE B MONITOR
B
ATU
POWER
SUPPLY +24VDC TO ANTENNA TUNING UNIT
B1950017 VD
FILTER
Block Diagram – Exciter/Control/Monitor Stage

Carrier Reference
Level
Ramp
PDM 1
Figure 6-3 Timing Diagram for PDM Differential Amplifier
6.5.2.5 Interphase PDM Generator 6.5.2.5.1 PDM1 Generator

The interphase PDM generator consists of The PDM1 generator consists of U10B,
two identical variable pulse duration transistors Q4, Q5, and associated
generators (PDM1 and PDM2; PDM1 components. The compensated carrier
circuitry is described). The PDM1 level ref input from the integrator peak
generator produces a 0 V to 15 V detector circuit is applied to differential
rectangular waveform at the ƒPDM amplifier U10B's non-inverting input,
repetition rate. The waveform on/off ratio where it is compared to the triangular
(duty cycle) is directly proportional to the waveform from the linear integrator circuit.
carrier level. The transmitter uses three B+ When the compensated carrier level ref is
voltage levels to maximize performance. more positive than the triangular
As the RF output power is increased from waveform, U10B's output is open collector.
0 W (B+ voltage is 150 V), the PDM duty +15 V is applied through R60 and R62 to
cycle increases proportionally. When the the balanced drive formed by Q4/Q5. Q4
RF output is increased so that the PDM turns on and applies +15 V to K1-3 as the
duty cycle reaches 45 %, the control/ PDM1 output (Q5 is off). For the rest of the
display PWB initiates a B+ voltage triangular waveform's period, the
increase (to 250 V) and a PDM duty cycle compensated carrier level ref is less
decrease (to 27%). When the RF output is positive than the triangular waveform.
increased to a level where the PDM duty U10B's output is a current-sink-to -15 V
cycle again reaches 45%, the control/ and Q4 turns off. Q5 turns on and clamps
display PWB initiates a B+ voltage the PDM1 output to ground. The minimum
increase (to 350 V) and a PDM duty cycle 'on time' (zero RF power) occurs at the
decrease (to 32%). negative peaks of the triangular waveform.
See Figure 6-3 for a timing diagram.

6.5.2.6 PDM Fault Detector disconnect the PDM 1 output from the
The PDM fault detector circuit contains a transmitter circuits when the PDM fault
voltage controlled switch that controls the detector output is a current-sink-to-ground
'set/'reset' status of the shutback latch (logic low). It also inhibits the PDM
circuit and, in turn, controls the on/off generator when relay K1 is de-energized
status of relay K1. or when a logic true inhibit PDM command
is applied to P1-16.
The PDM1 fault detector circuit consists of
U12A and its associated components. U9A/U9B form a bistable flip/flop. The flip-
R67/C58 form an integrator with a long flop's output (U9-3) will be 15 V (logic
time constant, relative to the PDM high) in its 'reset' state, and a current-sink-
frequency. C58's charge voltage is applied to-ground (logic low) in its 'set' state.
to U12A's inverting input and compared to
the 5 V reference voltage applied to its Normally the inhibit PDM input and the
non-inverting input from voltage divider output of the PDM fault detector circuit,
R70/R71/R72. U12A's output is an open which are the flip-flop's controlling inputs,
collector and has no influence when C58's are open collector. 5 V (logic high) is
charge voltage is less positive than the applied to U9-1 and U9-5 through their
reference voltage. U12A's output will pull-up resistors and the flip-flop is latched
switch to a current-sink-to-ground when in its 'reset' state. Relay K1 is held
C58's charge voltage goes more positive energized and the PDM output is applied
than the reference voltage. to the transmitter circuits.
During normal operation, C58 will charge If a PDM fault is sensed, the PDM fault
through R67 towards 15 V when the detector circuit applies a current-sink-to-
PDM1 output is 15 V ('on time') and CR3 ground (logic low) to U9-5 and causes the
is reversed biased. It will instantly flip-flop to switch to and latch in its 'set'
discharge to 0 V, through CR3, when the state. Relay K1 de-energizes and
PDM1 output switches to 0 V ('off time'). disconnects the PDM output from the
The repetition rate of the PDM1 on/off transmitter circuits. The PDM latch output
periods ensures the charge on C58 will not (J1-11) is activated (5 V). This condition is
exceed 5 V, provided each PDM1 cycle maintained until the flip-flop is reset by the
contains an 'off time'. If a PDM failure removal of the logic low from U9-5 (no
occurs such that it produces a continuous PDM fault) and the application of logic low
'on time', C58 will charge more positively to U9-1 (a logic true current-sink-to-ground
than 5 V. U12A's output will switch to a reset PDM command is applied to J1-1).
current-sink-to-ground and toggle the
shutback latch circuit to its 'set' state. 6.5.2.8 PDM Inhibit
The PDM inhibit circuit consists of U9D,
6.5.2.7 Shutback Latch transistor Q2, and their associated circuits.
The shutback latch circuit inhibits the 'on Its function is to instantly clamp the output
time' of the PDM output and, in turn, the of the PDM generator to ground (zero
RF output of the transmitter whenever a carrier level) when a logic true (current-
transmitter originated Inhibit PDM (P1-16) sink-to-ground) inhibit PDM input is
command is applied. This circuit provides applied to P1-16, or when the PDM fault
additional protection to the transmitter's detector circuit senses a PDM fault and
RF power stages when faults are detected the shutback latch circuit’s flip-flop is
or actions are initiated that may cause RF latched in its ‘set’ state. When neither of
stress current thresholds to be exceeded. these conditions are true, the PDM inhibit
Its function is to de-energize K1 and circuit has no influence.

6.5.3 Ac/Dc Universal Input 6.5.4.2 AC Sample
Power Supplies The ac supply voltage is applied to the
See Figures SD-3 and SD-4. The ac/dc primary of sample transformer T1. Diodes
universal input power supplies [A2U2 CR8 and CR18, capacitor C5, and
(exciter A) and A2U3 (exciter B, if used)] resistors R5, R6, and R11 provide a half-
are 150 W, universal input, 24 V output wave rectified, attenuated sample of the
power supplies. The transmitter’s ac input ac signal at J2-29 and J2-30. This sample
is applied to A2J6 and A2J7 and the is used by the transmitter for control and
regulated 24.8 V is provided on the display purposes.
output. The 24.8 V output is applied
through the exciter interface PWB to the 6.5.4.3 LVPS Failure Detector
dc input source for the LVPS buck The half-wave rectified ac signal is also
converter PWBs and provides the 24 V dc applied to an LVPS failure detection
supply for the remaining functional blocks circuit. This circuit consists of
of the transmitter. An Ac Sense signal is comparators U1A and U1B, opto-coupler
applied from the ac input source, via the U2, and associated components. Zener
LVPS buck converter, to the remote diodes CR15 and CR16 regulate the ac
interface PWB as an aid in determining if signal to 9.4 V, which is used to apply a
the ac input source is at an acceptable high limit reference voltage (3.1 V) to
level. U1A’s negative input and a low limit
reference voltage (1.9 V) to U1B’s
6.5.4 LVPS Buck Converter PWBs positive input. Each of the low voltage
See Figure SD-20. The LVPS buck power supplies are scaled and applied to
converter PWBs [A2A7 (exciter A) and both the high and low limit detectors. If
A2A11 (exciter B, if used)] accept the 24 any low voltage supply increases or
V supply from the power supply decrease beyond acceptable limits, the
assemblies and provide regulated ± 15 V output of the associated detector will
and ± 5 V supplies for the exciter/ switch to an open collector. Opto-coupler
control/monitor stage and the remaining U2 will turn on and apply a ground
functional blocks of the transmitter. potential (0.0 V) to the LVPS Fail output
for that PWB.
6.5.4.1 DC-DC Converter
Q1 and Q2 are fixed frequency power
switching regulators. Their PWM signal
outputs determine the output voltage. Q1
generates the ±15 V supplies and Q2
generates the ±5 V supplies. Feedback
applied to pin 1 of each device adjusts the
pulse width to regulate the output voltage.

6.5.5 Exciter Monitor/Generator and U6C and associated components
PWBs monitor the RF drive duty cycle and
See Figures SD-21 and SD-22. The exciter/ generate an MSK Alarm output (P1-11).
monitor/generator PWBs [A2A8 (exciter A)
and A2A12 (exciter B, if used)] perform the 6.5.5.2.2 MSK Level Monitor
following functions: A peak detected sample of the MSK input
signal is applied to comparator U6A. If this
• Converts the MSK input to the RF drive sample falls below the MSK reference
(ƒc) signal applied to the RF power voltage (400 mV p-p, established by digital
modules’ power amplifiers. potentiometer U10), an MSK Alarm (P1-11)
is generated. The digital potentiometer is set
• Generates the 2ƒPDM signal applied to the using the using the front panel GUI.
interphase PDM driver PWB.
6.5.5.3 2ƒPDM Generator
• Monitors the MSK input and generates A 260 kHz signal is generated at U11-13.
an alarm signal if the MSK input falls The signal is buffered by inverters U4A and
below a known threshold level. U17A through U17C. This signal is applied
to the interphase PDM driver PWB to
• Monitors the forward power and controls generate the 130 kHz triangular waveform.
changeover and inhibit functions.
6.5.5.4 Forward Power Monitor
• Selects the parameter, RF current or RF A dc voltage, proportional to the transmitter’s
voltage, to be applied to the remote forward power, is applied to the Forward
interface PWB for external monitoring. Power Sample input (P1-1). This voltage is
filtered by operational amplifier U9 and
6.5.5.1 Microcontroller associated components and applied to
Microcontroller U11 uses the SPI bus to U11’s internal ADC. If the forward power
communicate with shift register U16 which sample is above or below user-defined limits
shifts out digital data used to control various for a user-defined time period, the
signals including changeover, shutdown, RF Changeover output (J4-5) becomes active
off, and alarm. Watchdog timer IC U2 and (logic low). If a changeover had already
associated components generate an Exciter occurred prior to this occurrence, a
Monitor/Generator Fault (P1-10) if the Shutdown output (J4-6) will also be
microcontroller falls into an unknown state. generated. All user-defined parameters are
established using the front panel GUI and
6.5.5.2 MSK and RF Drive Control applied to the exciter monitor/generator
The MSK input signal is applied to P1-24. PWB via the internal serial bus.
Transistor Q1 and associated components
amplify the MSK input signal. The amplified 6.5.5.5 RF Monitor Parameter Selection
signal is applied to two circuits, an MSK Multiplexer U14 and associated components
50/50 generator, which produces the allows the user to select the parameter (RF
transmitter’s RF Drive signal (J3-5) and an voltage or RF current) to be applied to the
MSK level monitor. RF MONITOR output at the rear of the
exciter.
6.5.5.2.1 MSK 50/50 Generator and
Monitor
The MSK 50/50 generator circuit consists of
operational amplifier U19, inverters U18A
and U18B and associated components. This
circuit attempts to maintain a 50% duty cycle
on the RF drive output. Comparators U6B

6.5.6 Remote Interface PWB 6.5.6.3 RS232 and RS422 Interface
See Figures SD-12 through SD-14. The U19, U18, U12, and associated components
remote interface PWB (A2A2) performs the convert the TTL levels produced by the
following functions: control/display PWB to RS232 and RS422
levels for external control/monitoring of the
• Buffers all external transmitter remote transmitter.
control inputs and provides the connection
for the system’s external interlock circuit. 6.5.6.4 RF Monitor Conditioning
U20, U22, and associated components allow
• Provides RF filtering for RF power probe the user to specify the RF monitor level from
samples (forward power, reflected power, the GUI. Q9 through Q15 and associated
and RF current). components form an amplifier (adjustable
gain using R124 monitor level pot) for the RF
• Provides an isolated ATU serial interface. monitor signal that is able to drive a 50 ohm
load.
• Converts external serial levels from TTL
to RS232 and RS422. 6.5.7 Front Panel Metering
The front panel of the exciter control/monitor
• Provides monitoring samples of the assembly provides local controls and a
transmitter’s RF output. The magnitude of graphic user interface to display operating
the analog sample is controlled by the status, root cause fault detection, RF power,
control/display PWB. and critical dc voltage/current levels. The
controller/display PWB is mounted on the
• Provides distribution and interface point rear of the panel. The front panel is divided
between the ac/dc distribution stages and into three sections – system diagram,
exciter/control/monitor stage. diagnostic display and control.
6.5.6.1 Remote Inputs/Outputs 6.5.7.1 System Diagram

U7:A and associated components form the The system diagram is a functional flow
circuitry to allow remote control of RF on/off diagram of the transmitter. Each section of
when in local mode. U21:C, RT1 and the flow diagram contains an alarm lamp,
associated components form the circuitry to which turns on when a fault occurs in that
control the external interlock. If the link section. If a lamp is flashing, the transmitter
between TB1-19 and TB2-20 is open, U21:C has entered a cutback (reduced power) mode
will output a high (external interlock), causing of operation. The lamp that is flashing is likely
the transmitter to inhibit RF power. the cause for the cutback.
6.5.6.2 Isolated ATU Serial Interface 6.5.7.2 Diagnostic Display

U9, U11, U13, U14, U15, U17, and The diagnostic display is a graphic user
associated components provide isolation to interface (GUI) screen that is navigated using
the internal serial bus (RS485) to allow for five associated soft-keys. The majority of the
control of the ATU. The ATU provides a 5 V transmitter’s local control (exciter selection,
signal to supply opto-isolators U13 and U14, power level, etc.) and monitoring (critical
which provide isolation between differential parameter levels, alarm events, etc.) may be
transceivers U11 and U17. The ATU will performed from menus on this display. An
control the DE/!RE signal using J3-5. This analog meter is provided, which can display
allows the ATU to specify direction of forward power, reflected power, modulation
transmission through the isolated link percentage or antenna current.
preventing collisions over the serial bus. The
ATU is only permitted to transmit

6.5.7.3 Control Switches 6.5.8.1 Site Monitor Points
The control switches determine the RFI filtering is provided on all control input
transmitter’s control location (local or remote) lines to ensure transmitter operation is not
and its RF status (on or off). interrupted due to RF pick-up on control lines.
Opto-couplers are provided to buffer/isolate
6.5.7.3.1 Local/Remote Selection the external circuits and prevent any
When Local is selected, all remote control unwanted transients from affecting
functions, except RF off, are disabled and transmitter operation. All isolated inputs are
have no influence on the transmitter's driven by isolated dc to dc converter U37 to
operating status or pre-set RF power levels. prevent unwanted transients from affecting
When Remote is selected, all front panel the transmitter’s dc supplies.
control functions, except RF Off, are disabled
and have no influence on the transmitter's 6.5.8.2 Site Control Points
operating status or pre-set RF power levels. U38 and U39 and associated components
forms a current limiting dc-dc supply (limits
6.5.7.3.2 RF On/RF Off Selection about 2 A at 12 V) that converts a 24 V input
When RF On is selected (enabled in Local to a 12 V supply to provide the drive to close
mode only), the transmitter’s RF power stage the 24 control relays. One side of each relay
is enabled to provide an RF output. When RF coil is to be connected to TB3-1, 2, or 3. The
Off is selected (enabled in Local and control points close the relay by applying a
Remote modes), the transmitter’s RF power ground to the other side using a darlington
stage is inhibited. transistor.
6.5.7.3.3 Power Increase/Decrease 6.5.9 Dc-Dc Power Supply PWB

When Power Increase is pressed (enabled in See Figure SD-3. The dc-dc power supply
Local mode only), the transmitter’s RF output PWB (A13) contains a voltage regulator (U2)
power is increased. When Power Decrease that provides 24 V (limited to 1A) for the ATU
is pressed (enabled in Local mode only), the (via TB1).
transmitter’s RF output power is decreased.
Additionally, if both the Power Increase and 6.6 RF POWER BLOCK
Power Decrease switches are depressed See Figures 6-4 and SD-23. Depending on
simultaneously, the transmitter’s RF output the rated power level, there are between one
power will be reduced to 0 W. and four identical RF power blocks (A3
through A6) installed in the transmitter. Each
6.5.8 DGPS Site Interface PWB RF power block contains one (single
(Optional) configuration) or two (main/standby
See Figures SD-15 and SD-16. The DGPS configuration) ‘hot serviceable’ RF power
site interface PWB (A4), if provided, modules (A and B). The RF filter and power
performs the following functions: block distribution PWB are also contained in
the RF power block.
• Provides 40 optically isolated monitor
inputs.
• Provides 24 control points capable of

closing 24 relay coils with 60 mA of
current in each coil.

6.6.1 RF Power Modules voltage is applied through choke L2 to the dc
See Figures 6-5 and SD-24. Each RF power output (J2-1). Samples of the B+ voltage
module (A1 and A2 of each RF power block) and current are applied to inputs of current
contributes up to 500 W RF carrier power to mode PWM controller U8, which provides
the transmitter's RF output and contains a PWM switching information to regulate the
wideband power amplifier, a modulator, and B+ voltage. FETs Q4, Q5 and resistors R10,
a modulator filter. A switch mode power R11, R24 and R25, in conjunction with opto-
supply PWB is provided to convert the ac couplers U4 and U6, provide a means to
input voltage to the high level B+ voltage adjust the attenuated voltage applied to U8,
used by the modulator assembly. Each RF thereby adjusting the level of the B+ voltage.
power module’s output is connected to RF
relay K1, which determines the ‘on-air’ 6.6.1.1.4 Inhibit PWM
module’. The ‘on-air’ module’s RF output is When an RF power module fault occurs, an
impedance-transformed by RF transformer Inhibit signal is provided to J1-7. Opto-coupler
PWB A6 and applied to RF filter PWB. The U7 will turn off and apply a signal to current
RF power module outputs are applied to the mode PWM controller U8 to inhibit the
RF combiner/probe. A power module switching signal output of FET driver U3.
control/interface PWB is provided to
interface control/monitor signals between the 6.6.1.2 Power Module Control/Interface
RF power modules and the exciter/control/ PWB
monitor stage as required. Cooling air is See Figure SD-25. With the exception of the
provided by fans B1 and B2. B+ input to the modulator and the RF output
of the module, the power module control/
6.6.1.1 Switch Mode Power Supply PWB interface PWB (A1) provides the input and
See Figure SD-26. The switch mode power output connections for the RF power module.
supply PWB (A2) converts the transmitter’s The power module control/interface PWB
170-270 V ac input voltage to the B+ voltage performs the following functions:
(150, 250, or 350 V) used by the modulator.
6.6.1.2.1 Module Status
6.6.1.1.1 Rectifier RF power module status such as B+
The ac input voltage is rectified by diodes voltage, PA voltage, dc current, and
U1 and U2, providing a dc voltage across temperature are measured using ADC inputs
capacitors C12 through C17. Varistors RV1 on the microcontroller U2. Information about
through RV3 provide protection from high the Fan Tachs is also captured using
voltage transients. AC IND lamp DS1 interrupt 0 and interrupt 1 inputs on U2. All
provides a status indication of the ac voltage information is transmitted to the control/
on the RF power module. display PWB using the internal serial bus.
6.6.1.1.2 Switching Signal 6.6.1.2.2 Gate Bias Drive Signal

IC U3 is a high current FET driver that U2, Q1 and associated components
provides a switching PWM signal (0-18 V) to generate a 15 V square wave at 263 kHz to
the primary of transformer T2. The drive the gate bias drive in the modulator.
secondaries of T2 control the on/off status of
FETs Q1 and Q2, which in turn switch the 6.6.1.2.3 Switch Mode Supply Control
rectified ac voltage to the primary of step-up Decodes the serial control (B+ settings) from
transformer T1/T4. the control/display PWB and outputs the
settings using darlington transistor U4.
6.6.1.1.3 B+ Voltage
The secondaries of step-up transformer
T1/T4 are rectified by diodes CR9, CR10,
CR11, CR13, CR14, and CR15 and combine
to form the high level B+ voltage. This
6.6.1.3 Modulator capacitors C1 and C3 as well as C2 of the
See Figure SD-24. The modulator (A5) is a power amplifier. These components form a
logic level converter that converts the low low pass filter designed to pass the audio
level (0 to 15 V) logic of the PDM input to a components but reject the PDM frequency.
high level (0-B+) logic PDM (B+) output. When no modulating audio information is
present, the PA Volts output will be a dc
6.6.1.3.1 13 V Power Supply voltage equal to the modulator input voltage
The 15 V LO output (pin 1) of FET driver U1 multiplied by the duty cycle of the PDM (B+)
is full-wave rectified by bridge rectifier CR1 signal. Capacitor C3 in conjunction with L2 is
through CR4, at the PDM frequency. The resonant at a frequency to provide optimal
resultant dc voltage is filtered by capacitor rejection of the PDM frequency.
C7 and limited to 13 V by zener diode CR5.
The power supply's less positive output is 6.6.1.5 Power Amplifier
referenced to the source terminal of power See Figure SD-24. The power amplifier (A3)
FET Q1 via resistor R7. Therefore, the uses two parallel-connected pairs of
positive output is always 13 V higher than MOSFETs (Q1 through Q4) to produce an
the voltage on the FET source terminal. The unfiltered, modulated RF output. The
13 V output is applied to U1’s VB (+) and VS MOSFETs are connected as cascode or ‘H’
(-) inputs as the switched gate drive for the bridge class ‘D’ amplifiers, which switch the
FETs. Transformer T1 provides isolation PA volts at the RF drive frequency (refer to
between the high and low level signals. Figure 6-6 for a description of class D
operation using power MOSFETs). RF drive
6.6.1.3.2 FET Driver splitter transformer T1 splits the RF drive
FET driver U1 is an integrated circuit signal and applies it to MOSFETs Q1
configured to produce outputs as follows: through Q4 with the required phase
relationship. Diodes CR1 through CR4
• When the PDM signal applied to the HIN prevent the output of the RF amplifier from
input is high (15 V), the HO output is the dc going negative. Transistor Q5 and
voltage applied to the VB input. associated components detect the RF drive
level and provide an alarm signal to the
• When the PDM signal applied to the HIN control/display PWB. Resistors R5 through
input is low (0 V), the HO output is the R7 provide a PA Volts Sample for front
reference voltage applied to the VS input. panel monitoring.
The HO output, which contains the PDM data, 6.6.2 Power Block Distribution PWB
is applied to the gate of power MOSFET Q1 See Figure SD-27. The power block
as its on/off control. distribution PWB (A4 of each RF power
block) provides the following functions:
6.6.1.3.3 B+ Switching MOSFET
Power MOSFET Q1 is connected to switch • Interfaces critical signals and serial bus
the B+ voltage at the on/off ratio of the PDM information between the RF power block
data on U1's HO output, which is applied to its and the exciter/control/ monitor stage.
gate. The resultant PDM (B+) output contains
• If RF power module A (or B) is removed,
the PDM data applied to J2-7 at a high (0-B+)
provides an Inhibit PDM signal (using
logic level. Free-wheeling diode CR6
FETs Q1 and Q2) to all remaining side A
prevents negative overshoot by providing
(or side B) RF power modules.
current flow when MOSFET Q1 is off.
• Controls the status of the RF power
6.6.1.4 Modulator Filter PWB block’s selector relay K1, which
See Figure SD-24. The modulator filter PWB determines which RF power module (side
(A4) consists of inductors L1 and L2 and A or B) is contributing to the RF output.

FROM DC DISTRIBUTION BATTERY BOOST B+
(OPTIONAL)
INT SERIAL LINK,

CONTROL/MONITOR
FROM EXCITER/
CONTROL/MONITOR BLOCK 24VDC(A), RF DRIVE(A), PDM(A)
B+ SAMPLE (A)
24VDC(B), RF DRIVE(B), PDM(B) RF POWER
SERIAL LINK, CONTROL/MONITOR MODULE
A RF POWER MODULE
24VDC(A), RF DRIVE(A), PDM(A) OUTPUT A
A
RF POWER RF FILTER RF OUTPUT TO RF POWER PROBE

BLOCK
DISTRIBUTION B
RF POWER MODULE
OUTPUT B
RF POWER
B+ SAMPLE (B) MODULE
B
SERIAL LINK, CONTROL/MONITOR
24VDC(B), RF DRIVE(B), PDM(B)
RELAY CONTROL
SERIAL LINK, CONTROL/MONITOR TO RF POWER

BLOCKS (OPTIONAL)
FROM AC DISTRIBUTION AC POWER
B1950016 VD
Block Diagram – RF Power Block

FROM DC DISTRIBUTION BATTERY BOOST B+
(OPTIONAL)
MODULATOR
FROM RF POWER BLOCK AC POWER B+ VDC FILTER
SWITCH RF POWER MODULE TO IMPEDANCE
MODE OUTPUT MATCHING TRANSFORMER
POWER
INT SERIAL LINK, CONTROL/MONITOR SUPPLY
MODULATOR
CONTROL/MONITOR
FROM RF POWER BLOCK +VDC
DISTRIBUTION PWB RF POWER
AMPLIFIER
24VDC, RF DRIVE, PDM CONTROL/MONITOR
+VDC
POWER Fpdm/PDM
MODULE
INTERFACE
+VDC
RF DRIVE
MONITOR
B+ SAMPLE TO RF POWER BLOCK

DISTRIBUTION PWB
24VDC FANS
B1950015 VE
TACH
Block Diagram – RF Power Module

6.6.3 RF Filter PWB centre-tap of T1’s secondary. When the RF
See Figure SD-23. The RF filter PWB (A5 of output impedance is precisely 50 Ω, the RF
each RF power block) is a band pass filter current waveform is in-phase and of equal
that attenuates the harmonics of the square amplitude to the RF voltage waveform on one
wave output applied from the selected RF half of T1’s center-tapped secondary and
power module before it is applied to the RF equal amplitude, but 180° out-of-phase on the
combiner/probe. The filter has a flat response other half.
characteristic over the operating bandwidth. It
has a nominal input and output impedance of The in-phase voltages are summed, rectified
50 Ω and a loaded Q of 2. The band-pass is by CR4, low-pass filtered by L3/C2/L4,
selected using frequency dependent link resulting in a dc voltage being applied to the
connections (E1 through E36). Fwd Pwr Sample output (J1-1). This voltage
is proportional to the RF output's forward
6.7 RF COMBINER/PROBE power level.
See Figure SD-2. The RF combiner/ probe
(A1) combines the RF power block outputs The out-of-phase voltages are summed,
into the transmitter’s final RF output. Various rectified by CR1, low-pass filtered by
probe circuits monitor the RF output and L1/C1/L2, resulting in a dc voltage being
provide RF voltage, RF current, forward applied to the Refld Pwr Sample output
power and reflected power monitoring (J1-5). This voltage is proportional to the RF
samples to the exciter control/monitor stage. output's reflected power level.
6.7.1 RF Combiner Transformer T3’s secondary voltage, which is a true

Transformer T1 is connected as an sample of the RF output’s voltage waveform,
impedance matching/isolation device. is also applied to the RF Volts Monitor output
Depending on the transmitter’s maximum (J1-9). This output is intended for monitoring
power level, T1 accepts up to four RF inputs by a modulation monitor and for test
and provides an RF output, equal to their equipment during maintenance.
sum, into a 50 Ω load. Each input is isolated
from the other inputs and provides the 50 Ω 6.7.3 RF Current Probe
impedance required by the power amplifier. The RF current probe circuit, located on RF
T1 is not used in the VR500 transmitter, power probe PWB A1A1, consists of 40:1 RF
when there is only one RF power block. current transformer T2 and associated
components. The current flowing into the RF
6.7.2 Forward/Reflected Power output passes through the primary of
Probe transformer T2. The current in T2’s
The forward/reflected power probe circuit, secondary winding develops a voltage across
located on RF power probe PWB A1A1, resistors R9 and R10 that is proportional to
consists of 20:1 RF current transformer T1, the primary (RF output) current. This voltage
80:4 RF voltage transformer T3 and is applied to the RF Current Sample output
associated components. These transformers (J1-17), which is used by the control/display
form the current and voltage arms of a PWBs high RF current detector and metering
forward/reflected power bridge, which circuit. This high RF current detector
samples the RF output. produces a high RF current alarm and causes
the transmitter's RF output to shut back (turn
The current flowing into the RF output passes off) when the RF current exceeds a threshold
through transformer T1’s primary. The current that represents the maximum stress current
in T1’s secondary develops a voltage across for the RF power modules. The current
resistors R3 through R7 that is proportional to sample voltage is also applied to the RF
the RF output current. The anti-phase voltage Current Monitor output (J1-13), which is used
across the secondary of RF voltage for external monitoring purposes.
transformer T3 is applied (summed) to the
SIMPLE CLASS 'D' OPERATION
If the switch is opened and closed with a 50%

duty cycle, a square wave at the switching
frequency will result at the filter input. If the
filter is designed to pass the switching
frequency, but attenuate its harmonics, a sine
wave is applied to the load.
POWER MOSFET CLASS 'D' OPERATION
PUSH-PULL CLASS 'D' OPERATION Power MOSFETs can be used to replace the
switches as depicted in the simple class 'D'
If S1 and S2 are opened and closed with a operation and push-pull class 'D' operation
50% duty cycle, a square wave of current, at examples. Note that the switch contacts are
the switching frequency, is passed through replaced by the phase-oriented secondaries
the primary of the transformer and of an RF drive transformer. Q1 corresponds
transformed to its secondary. If the filter is to S1-A, Q2 to S1-B, Q3 to S2-B and Q4 to
designed to pass the switching frequency, but S2-A, as depicted in the push-pull class 'D'
attenuate its harmonics, a sine wave is operation example. Q1 and Q4 turn on/off
applied to the load. together and Q2 and Q3 turn on/off together.
Figure 6-6 Simplified Principles of Class 'D' Operation

Section 7 PARTS INFORMATION

7.1 INTRODUCTION • Follow the family tree branches to the
This section contains parts lists that provide block that represents the lowest level
descriptive and provisioning information for all assembly assigned a Nautel
electrical and mechanical parts that have configuration control number. Then locate
been assigned a reference designation and the reference designation table for that
form a part of the subject equipment. Nautel configuration control number.
7.2 FAMILY TREE • Locate the part's reference designation in

Figures 7-1 and 7-2 depict the family tree for the specified table.
the subject equipment. It is based on the
descending order of the reference 7.4 REFERENCE DESIGNATION
designation hierarchy and identifies all LISTS
assemblies that have an assigned Nautel Individual reference designation lists are
configuration control number. provided for:
7.3 HOW TO LOCATE INFORMATION • Assemblies assigned an alpha-prefixed

FOR A SPECIFIC PART Nautel nomenclature (e.g., NAE89)
To locate the information for a specific part,
the assigned reference designation for the • Cable harnesses that are assigned a
part must be known. In addition, the Nautel numbered Nautel part (e.g., 195-9002)
configuration control number (e.g., NAE89)
assigned to the assembly containing the part • Optional kits that are assigned a
or the full reference designation, including the numbered Nautel part (e.g., 195-9054)
reference designation of all higher
assemblies, must be known. The reference designation lists, which are
titled and presented in alphanumeric order,
7.3.1 When Nautel Configuration are divided into columns to aid in locating
Control Number Is Known specific information.
When the Nautel configuration control
number (e.g., NAE89) is known, the 7.5 COLUMN CONTENT
information for a specific part can be located EXPLANATION
in the alphanumerically sorted reference The following paragraphs explain the purpose
designation lists. and contents of each column in the reference
designation lists.
7.3.2 When Ref Des Is Known
When the full reference designation is 7.5.1 Ref Des Column
known, the information for a part can be The ‘ref des’ column contains the reference
located as follows: designation for a specific part. These
designations are assigned in accordance with
• Refer to the family tree depicted in Figure the requirements of American National
7-1 or 7-2 with the full reference Standard Specification ANSI Y32.16.
designation. Reference designations are listed
alphanumerically in this column.

Section 7 Parts Information Issue 0.1
7.5.2 Description Column NOTE
This column contains the name and OEM code 37338 is listed for parts
descriptive information for each part. The key manufactured by Nautel or to a Nautel control
word or noun is presented first, followed by drawing. United States of America customers
the adjective identifiers. When the description should refer all replacement part orders to
is 'See Family Tree for Assembly Nautel Maine Incorporated (OEM code
Nomenclature', the associated part is subject 57655).
to its own reference designation list or is
contained in an optional kit’s list. If a family 7.6 OEM CODE TO
tree is not provided in this section, assume MANUFACTURER CROSS-
the latter to be true. REFERENCE
The OEM (CAGE) codes listed in the
7.5.3 Nautel # Column reference designation lists are
This column contains the Nautel part number representative of the original equipment
assigned to each part. This number is manufacturers of those parts. To determine
Nautel's drawing number for Nautel a specific part’s manufacturer contact
manufactured parts, Nautel's configuration information, enter the five-character OEM
control number for assemblies that are under (CAGE) code for that part in the following
configuration control management or Nautel's website:
inventory management number for purchased
parts. When a Nautel configuration control https://www.bpn.gov/bincs/begin_search.asp
number (e.g. NAPC*) is referenced in this
column, the associated ref des item is subject Upon entering the OEM (CAGE) code
to its own reference designation table. number, manufacturer pertinent information
(address, telephone number, fax number,
7.5.4 Vendor # Column: etc.) shall be displayed. Please contact
This column contains an original equipment Nautel if a part cannot be obtained (see also
manufacturer's part number for a part. A ON-LINE PART QUOTES in this manual’s
single part number is listed for each part, Warranty section).
even if there is more than one known
manufacturer. The listed number is Nautel's 7.6.1 Manufacturer’s Index
usual or preferred choice. The use of this For users without internet access, Table 7-1
number does not restrict Nautel from provides a cross-reference from the original
selecting and using commercial equivalents, equipment manufacturer’s (OEM) codes to
where their use will not degrade circuit the manufacturer’s name. The listing is sorted
operation or reliability, during manufacture. alphanumerically by the OEM code.
7.5.5 OEM Code Column

This column typically contains a five digit
coded group as the original equipment
manufacturer's (OEM) identifier. The code
was extracted from Cataloging Handbook
H4/H8 - Commercial and Government Entity
(Cage) Code. Manufacturers that were not
listed in the catalog when this listing was
compiled have been assigned a unique five-
letter code. This code is assigned arbitrarily
and has no other significance. The
manufacturers identified for parts that have
JAN or MIL part numbers are Nautel's
normal supply source for that part.

Issue 0.1 Section 8 Parts Information
7.7 COMMON ABBREVIATIONS/ MTA - Denotes item is a Mass Termination
ACRONYMS Assembly connector.
The following abbreviations/acronyms may
appear in Description column: SIP - Single In-line Package
DIP - Dual In-line Package SMT - Denotes item is designed to be

installed using Surface Mount
IDC - Denotes item is an Insulation Technology.
Displacement connector for ribbon
cable.

Table 7-1: Manufacturer’s Index
00779 CTS Company Incorporated 57655 Nautel Maine Incorporated

01295 Texas Instruments Incorporated 59124 KOA Speer Electronics Incorporated
021P3 Ametherm Inc. 5Y407 Phoenix Contact Incorporated
02660 Amphenol Corp Spectra-Strip/Ltd. 61529 Airmat Corporation
04713 Motorola Incorporated 61935 Schurter Inc
06090 Raychem Corporation 63590 Premier Industrial Corp SPC Technology
07263 Fairchild Camera and Instrument Corp Div
08779 Signal Transformer Company Inc 64155 Linear Technology Corporation
09482 Amp of Canada Limited 65786 Cypress Semiconductor Corp.
0A5K5 IXYS Corporation 68994 XILINX Incorporated
0B0A9 Dallas Semiconductor Corporation 69669 Hammond Power Solutions Inc
0CYY5 Emission Control Ltd. 71400 Cooper Bussmann Inc.
0G343 Huffman Mfg. Co. 71468 ITT Industries Inc.
0GP12 Radiall Incorporated 73831 Hammond Manufacturing Co. Ltd.
12969 Micro USPD Incorporated 74199 Quam Nichols Co.
13150 Axsys Technologies Incorporated 75042 TRW Incorporated
14655 Cornell Dubilier Electronics 75915 Littelfuse Tracor Incorporated
16704 Cramer Coil and Transformer Co. Inc. 7D893 Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation
19647 Caddock Electronics Incorporated 80294 Bourns Instruments Incorporated
1EM90 Lumex Opto/Components Incorporated 81073 Grayhill Incorporated
1FN41 Atmel Corporation 81483 International Rectifier
1JRT7 Epson Electronics American, Inc 83330 Dialight Corporation, DBA Dialight
1K126 C & D Technologies 90201 Mallory Sonalert Products Inc.
1MQ07 ZRG Incorporated 91833 Keystone Electronics Corporation
1UX99 Molex Connector Corporation 91929 Honeywell Incorporated
1W344 United Chemi-Con 96095 AVX Ceramics Div of AVX Corp.
21574 Ferraz Shawnut Co. AGILENT See 50434
22421 Thomas and Betts Limited ATC-FROS
23875 M-Tron Industries Incorporated CANTH Cantherm
24355 Analog Devices Inc. C3057 Conec Elektronische Bauelemente
25706 Daburn Electronics & Cable Corporation GMBH
26806 American Zettler Inc. COILC Coilcraft
27014 National Semiconductor Corp DEARBO Dearborn Electronics Incorporated
28198 Positronic Industries Inc. EPCOS Epcos
31433 Kemet Electronics Corporation ER737 Texas Instruments
31781 Edac Incorporated IXYS See 0A5K5
33062 Ferronics Incorporated LEM
35005 Dale Electronics Limited LITEON
37338 Nautel Limited MAGCRFT
3AC42 Absopulse Electronics Ltd. MAGNE MagneTek Triad
3DX59 Citizen America Corporation MICREL Micrel Incorporated
3GZQ8 Delta Products Corporation MURATA Murata
3N087 Mill-Max Manufacturing Corporation ONSEMI ON Semiconductors
45496 Digital Systems PANAS
4G927 RayChem Corporation QT QT Optoelectronics
50434 Agilent Technologies Incorporated SBE SB Electronics Incorporated
54583 TDK Electronics Corporation SOSH Soshin Electric Company, Limited
56289 Sprague Electric Company TAIKO TAIKO Electronic
56699 BC Components U3040 ST Microelectronics Ltd.
56845 Vishay Dale Electronics Incorporated

VECTOR DGPS TRANSMITTER
NARB17
A1 A3 A2
RF COMBINER/PROBE RF POWER BLOCK EXCITER/CONTROL ASSY
NAX234A NAE89
NAH54 (VRD750), NAH54/01 (VRD1500)
NAH54/02 (VRD2250), NAH54/03 (VRD3000)
(SEE NAX234A FAMILY TREE)
A1A1 A2A1 A2A2

RF POWER PROBE PWB CONTROL/DISPLAY PWB EXCITER INTERFACE PWB
NAPF07A/01 NAPC147B NAPI76
A2A3 A2A4
REMOTE INTERFACE PWB NDB SITE INTERFACE PWB
NAPI78A NAPI79
A7 A8
DC POWER DISTRIBUTION AC POWER DISTRIBUTION (OPTIONAL)
NAX235/01 (VRD750), NAX235/02 (VRD1500) NAX233/01 (VRD750),NAX233/02 (VRD1500)
NAX235/03 (VRD2250), NAX235/04 (VRD3000) NAX233/03 (VRD2250),NAX233/04 (VRD3000)
A2A5 A2A6
INTERPHASE PDM DRIVER PWB (A)
NOT USED NAPM11
A7A1
DC CONTROL/MONITOR PWB
NAPC149B
A2A7 A2A8
LVPS BUCK CONVERTER PWB (A) EXCITER MONITOR/GENERATOR PWB (A)
NAPS32/01 NAPE76A/02
A7A2
BATTERY BOOST PWB
NAPS34
A2A9 A2A10
INTERPHASE PDM DRIVER PWB (B)
NOT USED NAPM11
A7A3
BATTERY BOOST PWB
NAPS34
A2A11 A2A12
(NOT USED ON NAX235/01) LVPS BUCK CONVERTER PWB (B) EXCITER MONITOR/GENERATOR PWB (B)
NAPS32/01 NAPE76A/02
A2A13
DC/DC POWER SUPPLY PWB
NAPS33
F1950504 VA
Figure 7-1: Family Tree – Vector DGPS Transmitter

A3
RF POWER BLOCK
NAX234A
A1 A2 A4
RF POWER MODULE (A) RF POWER MODULE (B) POWER BLOCK DISTRIBUTION PWB
NAP33A NAP33A NAPI81
(SAME AS A1)
A1A1 A1A2 A5 A6
CONTROL/INTERFACE PWB SWITCH MODE POWER SUPPLY PWB RF FILTER PWB RF TRANSFORMER PWB
NAPC148 NAPS31A/01 NAPF05 NAPX32/01
A1A3 A1A4
POWER AMPLIFIER MODULATOR FILTER PWB
NAAA06 NAPF06
A1A5
MODULATOR ASSY
NASM11A/01
F1950502 VB
Figure 7-2: Family Tree – RF Power Block

195-1001 Cableform Assy
REFDES DESCRIPTION NAUTEL # VENDOR # OEM CODE
P01 Conn,Rcpt Housing,12 Pin,Metrimate JP65 211759-1 09482
P02 Conn, Plug, 3-Pin, Mate-N-Lok JT50 350766-1 00779
195-1015 Ribbon Cable Assy

W1P1 Conn, Recept, Ribbon Cable, 10 pin JP50 746285-1 00779
Page 1 of 82 195-1015
195-3001-01 Cableform Assy
P01 MTA, Standard Dust Cover, 8 pin JU07 640551-8 09482
P01 MTA, Keyed Closed End Housing,8 pin,22AWG JU28 644463-8 00779
W08 Cable,SATA,.5m,Straight to Straight UA90 88758-0210 13150
W09 Cable,SATA,.5m,Straight to Straight UA90 88758-0210 13150
W11P1 Conn, Shell, D-Sub, 25 pin, T-Screw JK16 DBBS-25 71468
W11P1 Conn, IDC, D-Sub, P, HDE-20, 25-Pos JT31 745496-3 09482
W12P1 Conn, IDC, D-Sub, S, HDE-20, 25-Pos JT30 745495-3 09482
W12P2 Conn, Plug, Size 11-4 JQ02 206429-1 09482
W12P2 Conn, Clamp, Strain Relief, Size 11, Std JQ03 206062-1 09482
W13 Line Cord, 10A/250Vac, M & F,8Ft, 18 AWG JM48 ECM-13032-BLACK- ELECTRO
8FT ELCTRO CORD
MAN.
W13P1 Plug, Rewireable,250Vac, 16A JDP46 4796.0000(RoHS) SCHURTE
Page 2 of 82 195-3001-01
195-3014 Ribbon Cable Assy
195-3019 Display Mod

J01 Conn, Header, Ribbon Cbl, 20Pin JQ55 103308-5 00779
U01 Display,LCD,240x60 Graphic,Ext Temp UT81 C10815(STATIC) 36AB3
PACIFIC DISPLAY
DEVICES
Page 3 of 82 195-3019
195-5001-01 Power Block Cableform Assy
P01 Conn, Plug, Size 11-4 JQ02 206429-1 09482
P01 Conn, Clamp, Strain Relief, Size 11, Std JQ03 206062-1 09482
P07 Line Cord, 220V, 18/3AWG, 5VT JM46 18/3 AWG, 5VT 0B445
P08 Line Cord, 220V, 18/3AWG, 5VT JM46 18/3 AWG, 5VT 0B445
W2P01 Conn, Coax, N, Plug, 50ohm, Crimp, RG58 JDP22 82-5375 02660
W2P02 Conn, Coax, N, Plug, 50ohm, Crimp, RG58 JDP22 82-5375 02660
XA1P1 Conn,Sckt Housing,12 Socket,Metrimate JP66 211758-1 09482
XA2P1 Conn,Sckt Housing,12 Socket,Metrimate JP66 211758-1 09482
Page 4 of 82 195-5001-01
NAAA06 Power Amplifier Assy
C01 Capacitor, Ceramic, 1.0uF 100V CAP16 RPE114Z5U105M100 91929
V
C02 Capacitor,Polyprop,0.056uF,10%,600V CP30 716P56396L SBE
C03 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.47uF 10% 50V CCG09 CKR06BX474KRV 56289
V
V
C07 Capacitor, Ceramic, 0.1uF 10%100V CCG07 CKR06BX104KRV 56289
CR01 Diode, Power Rectifier, 4A, Ultra Fast QM22 MUR460 04713
CR05 Diode, General Purpose, 200V,0.1A QAP29 1N4938 07263
E01 Connector, Quick-Dis, M,1/4 Tab, PWB HR26 1287 91833
F01 Fuse, 1A, 250V, Slow, 3AG FA08 313001 75915
J01 Conn, Header, Ribbon Cbl, 10 pin JA49 499910-1 00779
Q01 Installed at Next Higher Assy + INSTALLED AT NEXT 37338
HIGHER ASSY
HIGHER ASSY
HIGHER ASSY
HIGHER ASSY
Q05 Transistor, NPN, Switch/Amplifier QA45 2N4401 04713
R01 Resistor, Film, 100 Ohms, 5%2W RBP07 GS-3, 100 OHMS 75042
R02 Installed at Next Higher Assy + INSTALLED AT NEXT 37338
HIGHER ASSY
R03 Resistor, MF, 15.0K Ohms, 1PC1/4W RAB39 MF1/4DL1502F 59124
R05 Resistor, Film, 33K Ohms, 5%,2W RBP22 GS-3, 33K OHMS 75042
R06 Resistor, MF, 1K Ohms, 1PC 1/4W RAB25 MF1/4DL1001F 59124
T01 Installed at Next Higher Assy + INSTALLED AT NEXT 37338
HIGHER ASSY
U01 Installed at Next Higher Assy + INSTALLED AT NEXT 37338
HIGHER ASSY
XF01 Fuseholder, PWB Mount, Type 3AG FA31 4245 91833
Page 5 of 82 NAAA06
NAE89 Exciter Control Assy, Vector
A01 Control Display PWB Assy NAPC147B 195-2050-02 37338
A02 Exciter Interface PWB Assy NAPI76 195-3020 37338
A03 Remote Interface, Basic NAPI78A 195-2060-01 37338
A04 See Sales Order % % SEE SALES 37338
ORDER
A05 See Master Work Order * * SEE MASTER 37338
WORK ORDER
A06 Interphase PDM Driver PWB Assy NAPM11 197-3060 37338
A07 LVPS Buck Converter PWB Assy NAPS32/01 195-7025-01 37338
A08 Exciter Monitor/GeneratorPWB Assy, (>250W) NAPE76A/02 195-3030-05 37338
WORK ORDER
WORK ORDER
WORK ORDER
A12 Exciter Monitor/GeneratorPWB Assy, (>250W) NAPE76A/02 195-3030-05 37338
A13 DC-DC Power Supply PWB Assy NAPS33 195-7030 37338
J01 Conn, Socket, 3 pin, Recessed, 250Vac, 6A JT22 EAC309 82389
J02 Conn, Socket, 3 pin, Recessed, 250Vac, 6A JT22 EAC309 82389
J03 Conn, Recept, Sq Flng, Size 11-4 JQ01 206430-1 09482
LS01 Speaker, 45 Ohm, 2W LP07 30A05Z45 74199
M01 Meter,0-4kW,0-30A,mod%,142ohm,1mA,FSD MD52B 195-9020 37338
T01 See Sales Order % % SEE SALES 37338
ORDER
TB01 Terminal Block, 4-pos, Single, FT, 15A JB11 381401104 13150
TB02 See Sales Order % % SEE SALES 37338
ORDER
U01 Display Mod 195-3019 195-3019 37338
U02 PS,Univ. Input, 24V,150W,EXTTemp, AC/IP Grounded UB53 MIW150- 3AC42
P4841(STATIC)
U03 See Master Work Order * * SEE MASTER 37338
WORK ORDER
U04 See Sales Order % % SEE SALES 37338
ORDER
U05 Rect/Assy, Bridge, 800V, 35A UF28 GBPC3508 LITEON
Page 6 of 82 NAE89
NAH54A Combiner/Probe Assy (1 Input)
A01 RF Power Probe (VECTOR) PWBAssy NAPF07A/01 195-6020-02 37338
J01 Conn, Coax, N, Recept, Panel,50ohm JDP21 UG58A/U 02660
NAP33A RF Power Module Assy, Vector

A01 Control Interface PWB Assy NAPC148 195-4020 37338
A02 SMPS, Fwd Conv,(Vector)PWBAssy NAPS31A/01 197-7022-05 37338
A03 Power Amplifier Assy NAAA06 195-1055 37338
A04 Modulator Filter PWB Assy NAPF06 195-1090 37338
A05 Modulator (Vector) Assy NASM11A/01 195-1077-02 37338
A3Q01 Transistor, FET, N Channel QAP49 STW14NM50(STATIC) OG343
A3R02 Resistor, 2.5 Ohm/15W, TO-126 RAB51 MP915-2.5-1 19647

A3T01 RF Drive Transformer Assy 197-1020 197-1020 37338
A3U01 IC, Mosfet Driver, T0220-5-12A UD54 MIC4452CT(STATIC) MICRELL
A5CR08 Diode, Ultrafast, Soft Recovery, 600V, 8A QR24 HFA08TB60(STATIC) 81483
A5L01 Bead, Ferrite, 3.5mm, B Mtl LXP20 21-030-B 33062
B01 Fan, Brushless, DC, 24V, 40CFM ZA47 FFB0824SHE-F00 3GZQ8

B02 Fan, Brushless, DC, 24V, 40CFM ZA47 FFB0824SHE-F00 3GZQ8
Page 7 of 82 NAP33A
NAPC147B Control Display PWB Assy
BT01 Battery, Lithium, 3V,20mm Coin Cell BBLT01 CR2032 PANAS
C001 Cap,SMT,Ceramic,0.01uF,10%,50V,X7R,0603 CCFS04 C0603C103K5RAC 31433
Page 8 of 82 NAPC147B
Continued from previous page

C047 Cap,SMT,Tantalum,10uF,10%,35V,2917 CTFS03 T494D106K035AS 31433


C125 Cap,SMT,Ceramic,18pF,2%,50V,C0G,0603 CCFS23 C0603C180G5GAC 31433

CR01 Diode,SMT,Schottky,30V,0.2A,SOD-323 QDSS01 BAT54HT1(STATIC) 04713
CR16 Diode,SMT,Zener,39V,5%,3W,SMB QDZS04 1SMB5939BT3 04713
E01 Conn, Post Shunt, 2 Pos, .10 Centreline JQ15 390088-2 09482
J01 Conn, Header, Ribbon Cbl, 40 pin JP52 499910-9 00779
J02 Conn, Plug, D-Sub, 25 pin, PWB Mt JS12 K22-B25P-NJ 63590
J03 Conn, Header, SIP,12 Pin Breakawy,.10 Ctr JQ16 1-103185-2 09482
J08 Conn, Header,Square Post,Gold,Dual,40-pin JF47 4-102973-0 09482

J11 MTA, Keyed Square Post HeaderAssy, 4 pin JU25 647123-4 00779
L01 Inductor, SMT, Choke, 600ohms,2A, 0805 LCFS01 ILHB0805RK601V 56845
LS01 Alarm, Audio Piezoelectric,Sonalert LP30 MSR516N 90201
Q01 Transistor,SMT,NPN,Switch/Amp,SOT-23 QBNS01 MMBT4401LT1(STATI 04713
C)
C)
C)
C)
Q05 Transistor,SMT,MOSFET,N-Channel,60V,115mA,SOT- QN53 2N7002LT1G(STATIC) 1MQ07
23 (ROHS)
R001 Resistor,SMT,MF,4750ohms,1%,1/10W,0603 RFFS46 RK73H1JLTD4751F 59124

R017 Resistor,SMT,MF,475Kohms,1%,1/10W,0603 RFFS70 RK73H1JLTD4753F 59124
R019 Resistor,SMT,MF,10.0Kohms,1%,1/10W,0603 RFFS50 RK73H1JLTD1002F 59124
R050 Not Used - NOT USED 37338
R051 Resistor,SMT,MF,0.0ohms,Jumper,0603 RFFS01 RK73Z1JLTD 59124

R091 Resistor, SMT, MF, 221 Ohms,1% 1/4W RAD17 RK73H2BL2210F 59124




R220 Resistor, Film, 4.75 Ohms, 1PC 1/2W RC09 MF1/2DL4R75F 59124

U01 IC,SMT,Opamp,Quad,Rail-To-Rail,SOIC-14 ULAS02 TLV2374ID(STATIC) 01295
U04 IC,SMT,Comparator,Quad,SOIC-14 ULCS01 MC3302D(STATIC) 04713
U05 IC,Low Voltage Temp Sensor,+/-3 Deg,TO-92 UC58 TMP36GT9(STATIC) 45496
U06 IC,SMT,RS-485 Transceiver,Sgl,SOIC-8 UDTS03 DS36C278TM(STATIC 27014
)
U09 IC,SMT,ADC,10-Bit,11-ch,SPI,SOIC-20 UMAS01 TLC1543IDW(STATIC) 01295
U10 IC,SMT,4.096V Reference,0.1%,SOT-23-6 ULRS02 LT1790BIS6- 64155

4.096(STATIC)
U12 IC,SMT,ADC,10-Bit,11-ch,SPI,SOIC-20 UMAS01 TLC1543IDW(STATIC) 01295
U13 IC,CMOS,Hex Schmitt,Trigger Inverter,SOIC-14 UG35 MM74HC14M(STATIC) 07263
U18 IC,SMT,Complex Prog Logic Dev,PLCC-84 UX74 XC9572- 68994

15PC84I(STATIC)
U19 Not Used - NOT USED 37338
U20 IC, SMT, SRAM, 32Kx8, SOIC-28(Wide) UDMS01 CY62256LL- 65786
70SNI(STATIC)
U21 IC,SMT,Non-Volatile RAM Ctrlr,SOIC-8 UDSS01 DS1312S-2(STATIC) 0B0A9
U22 IC, SMT, Micro, ADC, PWM,Flash, TQFP-64 UDMS02 ATMEGA128- 1FN41
16AI(STATIC)
U23 IC, SMT, CMOS, Octal Latch,SOIC-20 UDLS02 SN74AHC573DW(STA 01295
TIC)
U25 IC,SMT,Real-Time Clock,SPI,SOIC-16 UDTS01 M41T94MQ6(STATIC) U3040

U26 IC,SMT,2.5V Reference,0.1%,SOT-23-6 UX83 LT1790BIS6- 64155
2.5(STATIC)
U27 IC,SMT,Opamp,Quad,Single Supply,SOIC-14 ULAS01 MC33074AD(STATIC) 04713
U29 IC,SMT,CMOS,Octal Flip Flop,SOIC-20 UDLS01 SN74AHC574DW(STA 01295
TIC)
U30 IC,SMT,Trans Array, 7 Darl.,SOIC-16 UDAS01 MC1413BD(STATIC)(R 04713
OHS) ON SEMI
U31 IC,SMT,DAC,8-Bit,4-ch,SPI,SOIC-14 UMDS01 TLV5620ID(STATIC) 64155
U32 IC,SMT,DAC,8-Bit,4-ch,SPI,SOIC-14 UMDS01 TLV5620ID(STATIC) 64155
TIC)
OHS) ON SEMI
OHS) ON SEMI
TIC)
OHS) ON SEMI
OHS) ON SEMI
XBT01 Holder, 20mm Coin Cell, PWB Mt BBHT01 1065 91833
XE01 Conn, Header, SIP,12 Pin Breakawy,.10 Ctr JQ16 1-103185-2 09482
XJ08 Conn, Header,Square Post,Gold,Dual,40-pin JF47 4-102973-0 09482
Y01 Crystal,SMT,Fund,Par Res,11.0592MHz XFPS01 CMR309T11.0592MAB 3DX59
JTR
Y02 Crystal,SMT,Fund,Par Res,32.768kHz XFPS02 MC20632.7680KA-A0 1JRT7
NAPC148 Control Interface PWB Assy
C16 Cap,SMT,Tantalum,1uF,10%,35V,1411 CTFS02 T494B105K035AS 31433
CR01 Diode,SMT,Switching,250V,0.2A,SOD-323 QDRS01 BAS21HT1(STATIC) 04713
Page 22 of 82 NAPC148

CR03 Diode, Schottky, 1A 40V QS13 1N5819(STATIC) 04713
MOTO
MOTO
DS01 Diode, LED, Amber QK14 HLMP-3451 50434
DS02 Diode, LED, Green QK12 HLMP-3554 50434
DS03 Diode, LED, Red QK13 HLMP-3351 50434
P01 Conn,90 Deg,Male,30 Pin,PCB,Recp JP68 PCIM30W15M400A1 28198
23 (ROHS)
23 (ROHS)
R04 Resistor,SMT,MF,10.0ohms,1%,1/10W,0603 RFFS14 RK73H1JLTD10R0F 59124

RT01 Thermistor, PTC, .12-.19 Ohms, 1.35A Hold RX09 RXE135 4G927
U01 IC,SMT,Microprocessor Supervisor, SC70 UDSS02 ADM803- 24355
MAKS(STATIC)
16AI(STATIC)
4.096(STATIC)
OHS) ON SEMI
)
U06 IC,SMT,CMOS,Quad Tri-State Buffer, SOIC-14 UDLS06 MC74HC125AD(STATI 04713
C)
U07 Voltage Regulator, Adj Voltage, 3A UT36 LM350T 27014
U08 IC,SMT,CMOS,8-Bit Shft Reg,Par I/P, SOIC-16 UDLS04 MC74HC165AD(STATI 04713
C)
U10 IC, CMOS, Hex Inverter UG03 MC74AC04N(STATIC) 04713
XU10 Socket, IC, 14-pin UC02 2-641261-1 00779
Y01 Crystal,SMT,Fund,Par Res,3.6864MHz,Comm XFPS03 ATSM49-3.6864MHz 23875
NAPE76A/00 Exciter Monitor/GeneratorPWB Assy, Basic
C04 Cap,SMT,Ceramic,10uF,20%,6.3V,X5R,0805 CCFS57 C2012X5R0J106M 54583
Page 25 of 82 NAPE76A/00


CR10 Diode,SMT,Zener,5.1V,5%,3W,SMB QDZS01 1SMB5918BT3 04713
DS01 Diode, SMT, LED, Green, 0603 QDLS01 597-5312- 83330
402(STATIC)
E01 Installed at Next Higher Assy + INSTALLED AT NEXT 37338
HIGHER ASSY
HIGHER ASSY
HIGHER ASSY
J01 Installed at Next Higher Assy + INSTALLED AT NEXT 37338
HIGHER ASSY
J03 Conn,SMT,Plug,SATA,Signal,Vert PWB JQ57 67491-0031 1UX99
HIGHER ASSY
C)

R22 Resistor,SMT,MF,3.32Mohms,1%,1/10W,0603 RFFS80 RK73H1JLTD3324F 59124


U01 IC,SMT,CMOS,Analog Multiplexer,SOIC-16 UX86 MC74HC4053AD(STA 04713
TIC)
U02 IC,SMT,Micro Supervisor,Watchdog,SO-8 UX85 ADM705AR(STATIC) 45496
U04 IC,SMT,CMOS,Hex Inverter,Unbuff,SO-14 UDLS09 MM74HCU04M(STATI 07263
C)
U05 IC,SMT,Prog Wave Gen,28 bit,MSOP-10 UX89 AD9833BRM(STATIC) 45496
4.096(STATIC)
U10 IC,SMT,Digital Pot,Quad,20K,TSSOP-24 UX87 AD5263BRU20(STATI 45496
C)
U11 IC,SMT,Micro, ADC,PWM,TQFP-32,16k Flash UX95 ATMEGA 168- 1FN41
20AI(STATIC)
)
MAKS(STATIC)
TIC)
U15 IC,SMT,CMOS,Hex Inverter,Unbuff,SO-14 UDLS09 MM74HCU04M(STATI 07263
C)
U16 IC,SMT,CMOS,8-Bit Shft Reg,Par O/P, SOIC-16 UDLS05 MC74HC595AD(STATI 04713
C)
U17 IC,SMT,CMOS,Hex Inv,SOIC UX88 CD74ACT04M(STATIC 01295
)
U18 IC,SMT,CMOS,Hex Schm,Trig,Inv,SOIC-14 UDLS03 SN74AHCT14D(STATI 01295
C)
U20 IC,SMT,CMOS,Hex Inv,SOIC UX88 CD74ACT04M(STATIC 01295
)
XE01 Installed at Next Higher Assy + INSTALLED AT NEXT 37338
HIGHER ASSY
HIGHER ASSY
HIGHER ASSY
NAPE76A/02 Exciter Monitor/GeneratorPWB Assy, (>250W)
NAPF05 RF Filter PWB Assy
C01 Capacitor,Polyprop,0.0036uF,3%,900VAC CP29 715P3623900L-1138 SBE
Page 32 of 82 NAPF05
NAPF05 RF Filter PWB Assy

L01 Tapped Inductor Assy 195-6056 195-6056 37338
L02 Tapped Inductor Assy 195-6057 195-6057 37338
NAPF06 Modulator Filter PWB Assy

C01 Capacitor,Metal,Polyprop,.27uF,5%,630V CNP45 2222-378-64274 56699
C02 Not Used - NOT USED 37338
C03 Capacitor,Metal,Polyprop,.27uF,5%,630V CNP45 2222-378-64274 56699
CR01 Diode, Power Rectifier, 1000V,8A QM45 MUR8100E(STATIC) 1MQ07
L01 Clip, Spring, Retaining, TDK HX59 FPQ35/35A 54583
L01 Pot Core (halves), 35mm, PC44Gapped LY41 PC44PQ35/35G2.27- 54583
22SG TDK
L01 Bobbin for 35mm Pot Core LY42 BPQ35/35 - OD 54583
L01 Wire, Litz, 170/40 SNSN, Nylon18 AWG WB45 NELC170/40SNSN 25706
L02 Clip, Spring, Retaining, TDK HX59 FPQ35/35A 54583
L02 Pot Core (halves), 35mm, PC44Gapped LY41 PC44PQ35/35G2.27- 54583
22SG TDK
L02 Bobbin for 35mm Pot Core LY42 BPQ35/35 - OD 54583
L02 Wire, Litz, 170/40 SNSN, Nylon18 AWG WB45 NELC170/40SNSN 25706
Page 33 of 82 NAPF06
NAPF07A/00 RF Power Probe PWB Assy
C01 Capacitor, Mica, Dipped,1800pF 2% 500V CB40 CM06FD182G03 14655
C02 Capacitor, Mica, Dipped,1800pF 2% 500V CB40 CM06FD182G03 14655
C03 Installed at Next Higher Assy + INSTALLED AT NEXT 37338
HIGHER ASSY
HIGHER ASSY
CR01 Diode,Schottky,100V,0.1A,DO-35 QK48 BAT41(STATIC) U3040
CR05 Installed at Next Higher Assy + INSTALLED AT NEXT 37338
HIGHER ASSY
HIGHER ASSY
HIGHER ASSY
HIGHER ASSY
HIGHER ASSY
HIGHER ASSY
HIGHER ASSY
HIGHER ASSY
HIGHER ASSY
J01 Conn, Socket, D-Sub, 25 pin, PWB Mt JS13 K22-B25S-NJ 22421
HIGHER ASSY
L01 Inductor, Moulded, Shielded, 10000uH LAP41 IMS-5-10000UH+/- 35005
10%
10%
10%
10%
HIGHER ASSY
HIGHER ASSY
R03 Resistor, Film, 1000 Ohms, 5%, 2W RBP13 GS-3, 1000 OHMS 75042
Page 34 of 82 NAPF07A/00
NAPF07A/00 RF Power Probe PWB Assy

R08 Resistor, Film, 4700 Ohms, 2PC 1/2W RD03 RL20S472G 35005
R11 Resistor, Film, 4700 Ohms, 2PC 1/2W RD03 RL20S472G 35005
T01 Transformer Assy 195-9065 195-9065 37338
T02 RF Current Transformer 195-9064 195-9064 37338
T03 Voltage Transformer 195-9060 195-9060 37338
TB01 Terminal Block, 4-pos, Double, 30A JB33 382100104 13150
NAPF07A/01 RF Power Probe (VECTOR) PWBAssy

CR05 Not Used - NOT USED 37338
E01 Not Used - NOT USED 37338
J02 Not Used - NOT USED 37338
Page 35 of 82 NAPF07A/01
NAPI76 Exciter Interface PWB Assy
C12 Capacitor, Tantalum, Dipped, 10uF, 35V CCP36 T351G106K035AT(Ro 96095
HS) KEMET
C15 Capacitor, Mica, Dipped, 2200pF 2% 500V CB41 CM06FD222G03 14655
HS) KEMET
HS) KEMET
HS) KEMET
HS) KEMET
HS) KEMET
HS) KEMET
HS) KEMET
HS) KEMET
CR04 Diode, Pwr Rectifier, 200V,15A, Ultrafast QM42 MUR1520(STATIC) ONSEMI
CR05 Diode, Power Rectifier, 200V 1A QN38 MUR120 04713
Page 36 of 82 NAPI76


K01 Relay, 5V Coil, 2PDT, 1A KC18 TQ2-5V 61529
L02 Inductor, Choke, 2.5 Turns, JMtl LA16 82-152-J 33062
Q05 Transistor, FET, N Channel QN54 2N7000(STATIC) 04713

R19 Resistor, MF, 332 Ohms, 1PC 1/4W RAB19 MF1/4DL3320F 59124
U03 IC, CMOS, Quad, 2-input NAND GAte UM15 MC74HC00N(STATIC) 04713
U04 IC, Programmed, GAL 190-5077 190-5077 37338
XK01 Socket, IC, 10 Pin UW43 110-93-310-41-001 3N087

XU01 Not Used - NOT USED 37338
XU04 Socket, IC, 24-Pin, 0.3"W UD44 390261-8 00779
NAPI78A Remote Interface, Basic
C015 Cap,SMT,Ceramic,150pF,1%,50V,C0G,0603 CCFS33 0603A151FAT2A 56289
C022 Cap,SMT,Ceramic,150pF,1%,50V,C0G,0603 CCFS33 0603A151FAT2A 56289
Page 41 of 82 NAPI78A



HS) KEMET
CR20 Diode,SMT,Zener,39V,5%,3W,SMB QDZS04 1SMB5939BT3 04713
CR21 Diode,SMT,Zener,5.1V,5%,3W,SMB QDZS01 1SMB5918BT3 04713

J03 Conn,Socket,D-Sub,25 pin,VertPWB JS53 628-025-220-017 31781
J04 Conn, Socket, D-Sub, 9-Pin,Vertical PWB JS50 164A16669X C3057
J05 Connector,Plug,D-Sub,9-Pin,Vert., PWB JPDT01 163 A 16259 X C3057
J06 Conn, BNC, Recept, PWB Mt JF35 R141426161 0GP12
J12 Conn, Plug, D-Sub, 25 pin, Vert PWB JS43 627 025 220 017 31781
J18 Conn, Header, Ribbon Cbl, 40-Pin JQ53 103308-8 00779
L10 Not Used - NOT USED 37338
Q01 Not Used - NOT USED 37338

Q07 Transistor, FET, P Channel QM21 2N5116(STATIC) 17856
Q10 Transistor, PNP, Switch/Amplifier QA44 2N4403 04713
C)
C)
C)

R028 Resistor, MF, 301 Ohms, 1%1/4W RAC23 MF1/4DL3010F 59124
R037 Resistor, Variable, Film, 5000 Ohms, 1/2W RV10 3339P-1-502 80294
R051 Resistor, SMT, MF, 4750 Ohms,1%, 1/4W RAD33 RK73H2BL4751F 59124


R111 Resistor, SMT, MF, 10 Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAD01 RK73H2BL10R0F 59124
R112 Resistor, SMT, MF, 10 Ohms, 1% 1/4W RAD01 RK73H2BL10R0F 59124
R113 Resistor, SMT, MF, 22.1 Ohms,1% 1/4W RAD05 RK73H2BL22R1F 59124
R124 Resistor, Variable, Film, 200ohms, 1/2W RW40 3339P-1-201 80294
R139 Resistor, SMT, MF, 121K Ohms,1% 1/4W RAE02 RK73H2BL1213F 59124

S01 Not Used - NOT USED 37338
T01 Transformer, Audio,600CT/600CT, PWB TTAT01 101F 69669
T02 Not Used - NOT USED 37338
TB01 Terminal Block,5mm,3-pos,PWBMt,Angled,Blue JR49 796688-3 5Y407
U03 IC,SMT,Instrumentation Amp,SOIC-8 UP98 AD620AR(STATIC) 45496
U06 IC,SMT,Dual Optocoupler,SOIC-8 UDOS01 MOCD223-M(STATIC) 7D893
C)
)
U12 IC,SMT,RS-232 Transceiver,3.3V,SO-16 UDTS05 ADM3202ARN(STATIC 45496
)
U13 IC,SMT,Dual,Optocoupler,SOIC-8 UX81 HCPL-0731(STATIC) AGILENT
U14 IC,SMT,Dual,Optocoupler,SOIC-8 UX81 HCPL-0731(STATIC) AGILENT

C)
TIC)
)
)
)
U20 IC,Variable Gain Amp,SMT,90MHz,SOIC-8 UT79 AD603AR(STATIC) 45496
OHS) ON SEMI
NAPI79 DGPS Site Interface PWB Assy


C087 Capacitor, Elect, 100uF 20% 25V CAP42 KME25VB101M6X11L 1W344
L
C092 Capacitor, Elect, 1000uF 50V CT41 SME50VB102M16X25 1W344
LL
LL

CR41 Diode, Zener, 15V, 1W, 5% QE40 1N4744A 04713
CR42 Diode, Schottky Rectifier, 45V, 16A QM43 MBR1645(STATIC) ONSEMI
L05 Inductor Assy 195-2075 195-2075 37338




R148 Resistor, Film, 150 Ohms, 5%,2W RBP08 GS-3, 150 OHMS 75042
R155 Resistor, Wirewound, 1 Ohms, 1%, 2.5W, NH RS44 NS-2C-1 OHM-1% 35005
TB01 Terminal Block,5mm,3-pos,PWBMt,Green JR50 282836-3 5Y407

)
C)
C)
C)
C)
C)
U27 IC,SMT,CMOS,Quad Tri-State Buffer, SOIC-14 UDLS06 MC74HC125AD(STATI 04713
C)
16AI(STATIC)
MAKS(STATIC)
OHS) ON SEMI
C)
OHS) ON SEMI
C)
OHS) ON SEMI
C)

OHS) ON SEMI
U37 IC,DC-DC Converter,12V-12V,Isolated,3W UT80 NDY1212(STATIC) 1K126
U38 IC, Inverting Switching Regulator, 5A UD57 MC33167T(STATIC) 04713
NAPI81 Power Block Back Plane PWB

SPRAGUE
SPRAGUE
CR01 Diode, General Purpose, 400V,1A QE28 1N4004 04713
J02 Conn,90 Deg,Female,30 Pin,PCB,Recp JP67 PCIM30W15F400A1 28198
J03 Conn,90 Deg,Female,30 Pin,PCB,Recp JP67 PCIM30W15F400A1 28198
NAPM11 Interphase PDM Driver PWB Assy
HS) KEMET
HS) KEMET
HS) KEMET
HS) KEMET
C06 Capacitor, Mica, Dipped, 470pF 2% 500V CB33 CD15FD471G03 14655
HS) KEMET
HS) KEMET
HS) KEMET
C14 Capacitor, Mica, Dipped, 100pF 2% 500V CB25 CM05FD101G03 SOSH
HS) KEMET
HS) KEMET
Page 62 of 82 NAPM11

HS) KEMET
HS) KEMET
SPRAGUE
HS) KEMET
SPRAGUE
SPRAGUE
SPRAGUE
SPRAGUE
HS) KEMET
HS) KEMET
SPRAGUE
HS) KEMET

R01 Resistor, MF, 100K Ohms, 1PC 1/4W RAC01 MF1/4DL1003F 59124
R04 Resistor, MF, 681K Ohms, 1%1/4W RAC11 MF1/4DL6813F 59124
R11 Resistor, MF, 2.21M Ohms, 1%1/4W RAC17 MF1/4DL2214F 59124

R16 Resistor, MF, 681K Ohms, 1%1/4W RAC11 MF1/4DL6813F 59124
R38 Resistor, MF, 10K Ohms, 0.1%,1/4W RAC28 MF1/4EL1002F 59124

R74 Resistor, MF, 10.0 Ohms, 1PC 1/4W RAB01 MF1/4DL10R0F 59124
U01 IC, CMOS, Dual, Type D, Flip-Flop UX13 MC74HC74N(STATIC) 04713
U02 IC, Op Amp, Quad, Single Supply UR42 MC34074AP(STATIC) 04713
U04 IC, Voltage Regulator, +5V, 1A, Plastic UX17 MC7805ACT 04713
U05 IC, Comparator, Dual, High Speed UD07 LM319J(STATIC) 27014
U06 IC, Analog Multiplier, 8 PDIP UN44 AD633AN(STATIC) 45496
U07 IC, Analog Multiplier, 8 PDIP UN44 AD633AN(STATIC) 45496
U09 IC, CMOS, Quad, 2-input NAND GAte UM15 MC74HC00N(STATIC) 04713

U12 IC, Comparator, Quad UL02 MC3302L(STATIC) 04713
NAPS31A/00 SMPS, Fwd Converter PWBAssy
SPRAGUE
V
C04 Capacitor,Polypro,0.015uF800Vac CT39 715P1535800L SBE
C08 Capacitor, Ceramic, Coated, 2.2uF 20% 50V CCG45 C340C225M5R5CA 91929
C09 Capacitor, Ceramic, Y, 0.01uF250VAC CCG44 DE1607F103M-KH MURATA
V
C11 Capacitor, Ceramic, Y, 0.01uF250VAC CCG44 DE1607F103M-KH MURATA
C12 Capacitor, Electrolytic, 470uF450V CBP15 381LR471M450A052 14655
CORNELL
CORNELL
CORNELL
SPRAGUE
C17 Capacitor, Metal,Polyprop, 5uF +/-20% 600V CT40 734G505X0600 DEARBO
V
C20 Capacitor, Dipped Mica, 220pF5% 1000V CT16 CDV18FF221J03 14655
SPRAGUE
C27 Capacitor, Metal,Polyprop, 5uF +/-20% 600V CT40 734G505X0600 DEARBO
V
C31 Capacitor, Ceramic, 2700pF, 1%, 100V CAP47 C052C272F1G5CA 91929
SPRAGUE
Page 68 of 82 NAPS31A/00

SPRAGUE
SPRAGUE
C43 Capacitor, Metal,Polyprop, 3.3uF, 10%, 250V CD47 725M33592LA3 SBE
MOTO
MOTO
CR04 Diode, Zener Transient Supressor, 20V QI29 P6KE20CA 07263
CR06 Diode, Rect, 1200V,8 AmpUltrafast, Soft Recovery QM52 HFA08TB120(STATIC) IR


MOTO

MOTO
CR17 Diode, Zener, 5.1V, 1W, 5% QM07 1N4733A 04713
CR18 Diode, Zener, 16V, 1.5W, 2% QL23 1N5930C 91929
MOTO

MOTO
DS01 Diode, LED, Amber QK14 HLMP-3451 50434
DS02 Diode, LED, Green QK12 HLMP-3554 50434
HIGHER ASSY
HIGHER ASSY
HIGHER ASSY
HIGHER ASSY
HIGHER ASSY
HIGHER ASSY
J02 Conn, Pin Header,3-Pin,Mate-N-Lok, Vert JT65 641966-1 09482
HIGHER ASSY
L03 Choke, Common Mode High L, .58mH, 13Amps TG48 P3224-A COILCRA
L04 Inductor Assy 197-1105 197-1105 37338
L05 Inductor Assy 197-1105 197-1105 37338
L06 Inductor Assy 197-1105 197-1105 37338
Q01 Transistor, FET, 600V, 44A,TO264 QR54 IXFK44N60 IXYS
Q02 Transistor, FET, 600V, 44A,TO264 QR54 IXFK44N60 IXYS
Q07 Transistor, FET, N Channel, 100V, 8A QR13 IRF520(STATIC) 81483
R01 Resistor, Film, 100K Ohms, 5%, 2W RBP25 GS-3, 100K OHMS 75042
R07 Resistor, Film, 100K Ohms, 5%, 2W RBP25 GS-3, 100K OHMS 75042
R09 Resistor, Film, 1M Ohms, 2PC 1/2W RD31 RL20S105G 14655

R43 Resistor, Wirewound, 33K ohms, 1PC5W RN13 RS5-33K OHMS-1% 35005
R50 Resistor, Wirewound, 0.2 ohms, 1%, 3W RT12 RS-2B 35005

R55 Resistor, MF, 121 Ohms, 1%, 1/4W RAB14 MF1/4DL1210F 59124
R57 Resistor, Film, 3.32 Ohms, 1PC 1/2W RZ04 MF1/2DL3R32F 59124
R58 Resistor, Film, 15 Ohms, 2PC 1/2W RC15 RL20S150G 35005
RT01 Thermistor, PTC, .50-.77 Ohms, 0.5A Hold RT16 RXE050 06090
RV01 Varistor, 300VAC, 173J, Clamp775V QI46 SIOV-S14K300 EPCOS
T01 Transformer, Double Ended,Forward Converter TA44D CSM 5521-074 16704
CRAMER
T02 Transformer, Gate Drive, HighFreq TZ74 P0584 01961
T03 Transformer, Current Sense, High Freq TZ51 CST306-3A MAGNE
U01 Diode, Power Rectifier, 1600VDual 2x28A UR68 DSP25-16A(STATIC) 0A5K5
U02 Diode, Power Rectifier, 1600VDual 2x28A UR68 DSP25-16A(STATIC) 0A5K5
U03 IC, FET Driver, High Current,8-Pin UT45 UC3710N(STATIC) 12969
U04 Optocoupler/Optoisolator, 6-Pin DIP UM53 MOC8104(STATIC) QT
U08 IC, Current Mode PWMController UR72 UC1844AJ (STATIC) ER737
U11 IC,Low Voltage Temp Sensor,+/-3 Deg,TO-92 UC58 TMP36GT9(STATIC) 45496
NAPS31A/01 SMPS, Fwd Conv,(Vector)PWBAssy
NAPS32 LVPS Buck Converter PWB Assy
LL
LL
LL
C05 Capacitor, Elect, 100uF 20% 25V CAP42 KME25VB101M6X11L 1W344
L
LL
LL
LL
HS) KEMET
HIGHER ASSY
HIGHER ASSY
HIGHER ASSY
HIGHER ASSY
Page 74 of 82 NAPS32

CR12 Diode, Zener, 6.2V, 1.5W, 2% QN22 1N5920C(STATIC) 04713
CR15 Diode, Zener, 4.7V, 500mW, 1% QN19 1N5992D 04713
CR16 Diode, Zener, 4.7V, 500mW, 1% QN19 1N5992D 04713
CR17 Diode, Zener, 18V, 1W, 5% QN03 1N4746A 07263
J03 MTA, Square Post Header Assy,4 pin JU20 640383-4 09482
L01 Coupled Inductor Assembly 197-7030-01 197-7030-01 37338
L02 Coupled Inductor Assembly 197-7030-01 197-7030-01 37338
Q01 IC, Inverting Switching Regulator, 5A UD57 MC33167T(STATIC) 04713
Q02 IC, Inverting Switching Regulator, 5A UD57 MC33167T(STATIC) 04713
Page 75 of 82 NAPS32

R21 Resistor, Film, 1000 Ohms, 2PC 1/2W RAP09 RL20S102G 35005
R25 Resistor, Film, 5600 Ohms, 2%1/2W RAP12 RL20S562G DALE 35005
RT01 Thermistor, PTC, .05-.08 Ohms, 2.5A Hold RT19 RXE250 4G927
RT02 Not Used - NOT USED 37338
RT03 Thermistor, PTC, .05-.08 Ohms, 2.5A Hold RT19 RXE250 4G927
RT04 Thermistor, PTC, .15-.25 Ohms, 1.1A Hold RT17 RXE110 06090
T01 Signal Transformer, 1.1VA230V/36V TD46 DST-2-36 08779
U01 IC, Comparator, Dual UT11 LM393N(STATIC) 27014
NAPS32/01 LVPS Buck Converter PWB Assy

Page 76 of 82 NAPS32/01
NAPS33 DC-DC Power Supply PWB Assy
HS) KEMET
CR04 Diode, Zener Transient Supressor, 30V QM12 P6KE30CA 04713
L01 Transformer Assy, Servo Probe 195-9535 195-9535 37338
R02 Resistor, MF, 121 Ohms, 1%, 1/4W RAB14 MF1/4DL1210F 59124
R04 Resistor, Wirewound, 1 Ohms, 1%, 2.5W, NH RS44 NS-2C-1 OHM-1% 35005
NAPX32/01 RF Transformer PWB Assy

T01 RF Transformer Assy 195-6055 195-6055 37338
Page 77 of 82 NAPX32/01
NARB17 Final Assy, Vector
WORK ORDER
A02 Exciter Control Assy, Vector NAE89 195-3000 37338
A03 RF Power Block Assy NAX234A 195-5000-01 37338
WORK ORDER
WORK ORDER
WORK ORDER
A07 See Sales Order % % SEE SALES 37338
ORDER
WORK ORDER
J01 Conn, Coax, N, Adaptor, 50ohm, J/J JA05 UG30D/U 02660
W1P1 Conn, Coax, N, Plug, 50ohm, RG213 JA19 UG21C/U 02660
W1P2 Conn, Coax, N, Plug, 50ohm, RG213 JA19 UG21C/U 02660
Page 78 of 82 NARB17
NASM11A/00 Modulator Assy
C02 Capacitor, Tantalum, 6.8uF 10PC 35V CCP19 CSR13F685KM 56289
CORNELL
CORNELL
CORNELL
C07 Capacitor, Tantalum, 6.8uF 10PC 35V CCP19 CSR13F685KM 56289
C08 Capacitor, Polyprop, 0.12uF,5%, 600V CT44 715P12456MA3 SBE
HIGHER ASSY
CR05 Diode, Zener, 13V, 1W, 10% QK19 1N4743 04713
HIGHER ASSY
HIGHER ASSY
HIGHER ASSY
DS01 Diode, LED, Yellow, 8.6mm Lg QM19 SSL-LX5093YD 1EM90
E02 Connector, Quick-Dis, M,3/16 Tab PWB HAM52 1212 91833
HIGHER ASSY
L01 Installed at Next Higher Assy + INSTALLED AT NEXT 37338
HIGHER ASSY
HIGHER ASSY
HIGHER ASSY
Page 79 of 82 NASM11A/00
NASM11A/00 Modulator Assy

HIGHER ASSY
R07 Resistor, Film, 2.21 Ohms, 1%, 1/2W RC05 MF1/2DL2R21F 59124
HIGHER ASSY
HIGHER ASSY
T01 Transformer Assy 197-1019 197-1019 37338
U01 IC, MOS Gate Driver, High Voltage UN18 IR2110(STATIC) 81483
XU01 Socket, IC, 14-pin UC02 2-641261-1 00779
NASM11A/01 Modulator (Vector) Assy

HIGHER ASSY
L01 Installed at Next Higher Assy + INSTALLED AT NEXT 37338
HIGHER ASSY
HIGHER ASSY
Page 80 of 82 NASM11A/01
NAX233/01 AC Power Distribution Panel
F01 Fuse, 12A, 500VDC, Non Time Delay, KLM FA33 KLM12 71400
J01 Conn,Socket,AC Panel Outlet,250V,16A JS62 6653.3100(RoHS) SCHURTE
J02 Conn,Socket,AC Panel Outlet,250V,16A JS62 6653.3100(RoHS) SCHURTE
J03 Conn, AC Panel Outlet/Socket,250V/15A JDP45 66000-3300 61935
J04 Conn, AC Panel Outlet/Socket,250V/15A JDP45 66000-3300 61935
J11 Conn, Recept, Sq Flng, Size 11-4 JQ01 206430-1 09482
K01 Relay,24 VDC Coil,DPDT,50 Amps,High Power KC55 199PX-13 MAGCRFT
L01 Choke, 2.5mH, 10A TC46 CHC159ZL-N ATC-FROS
L02 Choke, 2.5mH, 10A TC46 CHC159ZL-N ATC-FROS
RT01 Thermistor,Megasurge,20Ohm,10A RX48 MS3220010 021P3
RT02 Thermistor,Megasurge,20Ohm,10A RX48 MS3220010 021P3
T01 Xfmr,Pwr,Toroidal,1Ph,115/230,300VA TD47 182M117(STATIC) 73831
TB03 Terminal Block, 4-Pos, Double, 61A JF27 G10/4 5Y407
U01 Filter, AC Line, 20A, 250Vac,50/60Hz UC54 20VP6 05245
XF01 Fuseholder, 30A, 600V, Type MDA5 BA43 571007 75915
Page 81 of 82 NAX233/01
NAX234A RF Power Block Assy
A01 RF Power Module Assy, Vector NAP33A 195-1000-01 37338
WORK ORDER
A03 Not Used - NOT USED 37338
A04 Power Block Back Plane PWB NAPI81 195-8020 37338
A05 RF Filter PWB Assy NAPF05 195-6050 37338
A06 RF Transformer PWB Assy NAPX32/01 195-5040-01 37338
K01 Relay,24Vdc,DPDT,25A KA55 W389CX-8(RoHS) MAGNECR
U01 Rect/Assy, Bridge, 800V, 35A UF28 GBPC3508 LITEON
Page 82 of 82 NAX234A
Section 8 WIRING INFORMATION

8.1 INTRODUCTION 8.4 WIRE COLOURS
This section contains wiring information for Every effort is made to manufacture the
hard-wired assemblies of the subject unit. assemblies using wire that is the colour
Refer to Table 8-1 for an itemized listing of tabulated in the ‘Code’ column of the wiring
assemblies that have wiring lists. list tables. In some instances, a white wire
will be substituted. In this case identification
8.2 WIRING LISTS NOT PROVIDED must be determined by locating the assigned
Separate wiring lists are not provided for identification number.
some assemblies, including:
8.5 WIRING LIST PROVIDED
• Assemblies that have separate Wiring lists are provided in table format. A
maintenance manuals. Refer to the list of the table numbers and the associated
associated maintenance manual for wiring list are shown in Table 8-1. These
detailed wiring information of these lists provide non-printed wiring pattern,
assemblies. point-to-point (source/destination) inter-
connecting information.
• Assemblies that have their wiring
information adequately depicted/ 8.5.1 Connector Mating Information
tabulated on their assembly detail Where applicable, connector mating
drawings. Refer to the associated information is provided at the bottom of an
assembly detail drawing for detailed associated wiring list. These tables identify
wiring information of these assemblies. the mating connectors for the referenced
assembly.
8.3 PRINTED WIRING PATTERNS
Printed wiring pattern information is beyond
the scope of this manual. Therefore, detailed
printed wiring patterns for printed circuit
boards are not included.
Table 8-1: Wiring Lists Provided

Table # Description
8-2 Wiring List – NARB17 Transmitter Cabinet
8-3 Wiring List – NAE89 Exciter/Control Assembly
8-4 Wiring List – NAX234A RF Power Block
8-5 Wiring List – NAP33A RF Power Module
8-6a Wiring List – NAX233/01 & /02 Ac Power Distribution Assembly
8-6b Wiring List – NAX233/04 Ac Power Distribution Assembly
8-7 Wiring List – NAX235/01 & /02 Dc Power Distribution Assembly

Section 8 Wiring Information Issue 0.1
Table 8-2: Wiring List – NARB17 Transmitter Cabinet
Source Destination Wire # Color Size Remarks
W1P1-Center W1P2-Center 1 Core RG213 Coaxial Cable
W1P1-Body W1P2-Body 1 Shield -
Station Ref Gnd RF Out 2 Grn/Yel 14
Station Ref Gnd RF Out 3 Grn/Yel 14
A8 Safety Gnd RF Out 4 Grn/Yel 14
A8 Safety Gnd RF Out 5 Grn/Yel 14
A8TB3-4 Station Ref Gnd 6 Grn/Yel 14
A8TB3-4 Station Ref Gnd 7 Grn/Yel 14
Equipment Rack Door - Grn/Yel 14
Connector Mating Information
Connector Mate
W1P1 A1J5 (RF Out)
W1P2 J1 (Xmtr RF Out)

Issue 0.1 Section 8 Wiring Information
Table 8-3: Wiring List – NAE89 Exciter/Control Assembly
P01-01 P02-01 1 White 22
P01-02 P02-02 2 White 22
P01-03 P02-03 3 Black 22
P01-04 P02-04 4 Black 22
P01-05 U2-DC OUT (+) 5 White 22
P01-06 U2-DC OUT (+) 6 White 22
P01-07 U2-DC OUT (-) 7 Black 22
P01-08 U2-DC OUT (-) 8 Black 22
U2-INPUT PH A7E01 9 White 18
U2-INPUT N A7E02 10 White 18
P03-01 LS01-01 11 White 22
P03-02 LS01-02 12 Black 22
P03-03 M01 (+) 13 White 22
P03-04 M01 (-) 14 Black 22
U2-IN N J1(N) 15 White 18
U2-IN PH J1(L) 16 White 18
U2-DC OUT(+) P10-01 17 White 22
U2-DC OUT(-) P10-02 18 Black 22
U3-DC OUT(+) P10-03 19 White 22
U3-DC OUT(-) P10-04 20 Black 22
P04-01 P05-01 101 White 22 Standby Exciter Only
P04-02 P05-02 102 White 22 Standby Exciter Only
P04-03 P05-03 103 Black 22 Standby Exciter Only
P04-04 P05-04 104 Black 22 Standby Exciter Only
P04-05 U3 DC-Out(+) 105 White 22 Standby Exciter Only
P04-06 U3 DC-Out(+) 106 White 22 Standby Exciter Only
P04-07 U3 DC-Out(-) 107 Black 22 Standby Exciter Only
P04-08 U3 DC-Out(-) 108 Black 22 Standby Exciter Only
U3-IN PH A11E01 109 Grey 18 Standby Exciter Only
U3-IN N A11E02 110 Grey 18 Standby Exciter Only
U3-DC Input + U5-AC 111 White 18 Standby Exciter Only
U3-IN N J02(N) 112 Grey 18 Standby Exciter Only
U3-IN PH J02(L) 113 Grey 18 Standby Exciter Only
Sfty Gnd J02(E) - Grn/Ylw 14 Standby Exciter Only
U3-IN GND Sfty Gnd - Grn/Ylw 14 Standby Exciter Only
U3-DC Input - U3-Dc Input Gnd - Black 18 Standby Exciter Only
W11P2-01 W11P1-01 300 Core 22 1-Conductor
W11P2-02 W11P1-02 300 Shield - Shielded

Table 8-3: Wiring List - NAE89 Exciter/Control Assembly (Continued)
W12P1-01 W12P3-01 305 White 22
W12P1-02 W12P3-02 306 White 22
W12P1-03 W12P3-03 307 White 22
W12P1-04 W12P3-04 308 Black 22
W12P1-05 W12P3-05 309 Black 22
W12P1-06 W12P3-06 310 Black 22
W12P1-07 W12P3-07 311 White 22
W12P1-12 W12P3-12 313 White 22
W12P1-13 W12P3-13 314 Black 22
W12P1-14 W12P3-14 315 White 22
W12P1-15 W12P3-15 316 Black 22
W12P1-16 W12P3-16 317 White 22
W12P1-18 W12P3-18 318 White 22
W12P1-19 W12P2-02 319 White 22
W12P1-20 W12P2-03 320 White 22
W12P1-21 W12P3-21 321 White 22
J3-01 U5(-) 324 White 18
J3-04 Safety Gnd 325 Black 18
U5-AC U2-DC Input + 326 White 18
Sfty Gnd J1(E) - Grn/Yel 14
Sfty Gnd U2-IN GND - Grn/Yel 14
W15P1-01 W15P2-01 327 White 18
W15P1-04 W15P2-04 328 Black 18
U2-DC Input - U2-DC Input Gnd - Black 18 Jumper
P6-1 TB1-1 - White 22
TB1-1 TB1-2 - White 22 Jumper
P6-2 TB1-3 - Black 22
TB1-3 TB1-4 - Black 22 Jumper

Connector Mate Connector Mate
P1 A2J12 W8P1 A8J3
P2 A7J3 W8P2 A2J16
P3 A1J11 W9P1 A12J3
P4** A2J14 W9P2 A2J4
P5** A11J3 W10P1** A2J2
P6 A13J1 W10P2** A11J2
P10 A13J2 W11P1 A3J11-Probe
W1P1 A2J7 W11P2 A1A1J1-Probe
W1P2 A1J7 W12P1 A3J12 - Pwr Sply
W2P1 A2J3 W12P2 A8J11
W2P2 A1J4 W12P3 A7A1J1
W3P1 A3J18 W13P1 A8J1-Exctr Ac A
W3P2 A1J1 W13P2 A2J1-Exctr Ac A
W4P1 A2J1 W14P1** A8J2-Exctr Ac B
W4P2 A7J2 W14P2** A2J2-Exctr Ac B
W5P1 A3J13 W15P1 A2J3-Exctr DC
W5P2 A2J15 W15P2 A7J1-Exctr DC
W6P1 A8J4 W16P1*** A3J10
W6P2 A12J4 W16P2*** A4J1
W6P3 A2J13
W7P1 A1J9
W7P2 U1J1
NOTE: ** - Denotes used when standby exciter kit is purchased
*** - Denotes used when NDB site interface PWB (A4) is purchased

Table 8-4: Wiring List – NAX234A RF Power Block
- - 1 Not Used
- - 2 Not Used
- - 3 Not Used
- - 4 Not Used
P1-04 XA2P1-06 5 Black 18 Jumper
XA1P1-06 XA2P1-06 6 Black 18
A6-E01 K1-7 7 Yellow 14 Teflon
A6-E02 K1-9 8 Yellow 14 Teflon
- - 9 Not Used
P1-01 U1-(-) 10 White 18 Rectifier
U1(AC) XA1P1-05 11 White 18
U1(AC) XA2P1-05 12 White 18
W2P1 W2P2 13 Core RG58A/U Coaxial Cable
W2P1 W2P2 13 Shield -
W1P1-01 W1P3-01 14 White 22
W1P1-02 W1P3-02 15 Black 22
W1P1-03 W1P3-03 16 White 22
W1P1-04 W1P3-04 17 White 22
W1P1-06 W1P3-06 18 White 22
W1P1-07 W1P3-07 19 White 22
W1P1-08 W1P3-08 20 Black 22
W1P1-09 W1P3-09 21 Black 22
W1P1-10 W1P3-10 22 White 22 1-Conductor
- - 24 Not Used
W1P1-22 W1P3-22 26 White 22
W1P1-23 W1P3-23 27 White 22
W1P1-24 W1P3-24 28 Black 22
W1P1-25 W1P3-25 29 Black 22
W1P2-01 W1P4-01 30 White 22
W1P2-02 W1P4-02 31 White 22
W1P2-03 W1P4-03 32 White 22
W1P2-06 W1P4-06 33 White 22
W1P2-07 W1P4-07 34 White 22
W1P2-08 W1P4-08 35 Black 22
W1P2-09 W1P4-09 36 Black 22
- - 39 Not Used

Table 8-4: Wiring List – NAX234A RF Power Block (Continued)
W1P2-22 W1P4-22 41 White 22
W1P2-23 W1P4-23 42 White 22
W1P2-24 W1P4-24 43 Black 22
W1P2-25 W1P4-25 44 Black 22
A6E06 GROUND 45 Yellow 14
- - 46 Not Used
- - 47 Not Used
- - 48 Not Used
- - 49 Not Used
- - 50 Not Used
A6E05 A5E13 51 Yellow 14 Teflon
XA1P1-12 K1-1 52 Yellow 14 Teflon
P7-LINE XA1P1-01 - Black 18 Part of ac line cord
P7-NEUTRAL XA1P1-02 - White 18 Part of ac line cord
P7-GROUND Safety Ground - Green 18 Part of ac line cord
Safety Ground XA1P1-03 - Grn/Yel 14
P8-LINE XA2P1-01 - Black 18 Part of ac line cord
P8-NEUTRAL XA2P1-02 - White 18 Part of ac line cord
P8-GROUND Safety Ground - Green Part of ac line cord
Safety Ground XA2P1-03 - Grn/Yel 14
K1-A A4-E02 - White 18 Jumper
K1-B A4-E03 - Black 18 Jumper
Connector Mate
P1 A7 DC OUT
P7 A8 AC A
P8 A8 AC B
W1P1 EXCTR/PWR BLK 1
W1P2 EXCTR/PWR BLK 2
W1P3 A4J4
W1P4 A4J5
W2P1 A1 RF IN
W2P2 A5J1

Table 8-5: Wiring List – NAP33A RF Power Module
P1-01 P2-01 1 Grey 14
P1-02 P2-02 2 Grey 14
P1-03 P2-03 3 Grn/Yel 14
P1-05 P3-01 4 White 18
P1-06 P3-03 5 Black 18
P3-01 P4-01 6 White 18
P3-03 P4-03 7 Black 18
P1-11 A3-E3 8 Yellow 14 Teflon Twisted
P1-12 A3-E2 9 Yellow 14 Teflon Twisted
B1-Red A2E1 Red 24 Fan Leads
B1-Black A2E2 Black 24 Fan Leads
B1-Blue P5-01 24 Fan Leads
B2-Red A2E1 Red 24 Fan Leads
B2-Black A2E2 Black 24 Fan Leads
B2-Blue P5-03 24 Fan Leads
A4-(A) A5E2 Yellow 18 Teflon/Jumper
A4-(B) A5E1 Yellow 14 Teflon/Jumper
A4-(C) A3E1 Yellow 14 Teflon/Jumper
A3T1 A3(+) Orange A3T1 Lead
A3T1 A3(+) Yellow A3T1 Lead
A3T1 A3(-) Org/Blk A3T1 Lead
A3T1 A3(-) Yel/Blk A3T1 Lead
A3T1 A3Q1-Gate Brown A3T1 Lead
A3T1 A3Q1-Source Brn/Blk A3T1 Lead
A3T1 A3Q2-Source Red A3T1 Lead
A3T1 A3Q2-Gate Red/Blk A3T1 Lead
A3T1 A3Q3-Source Green A3T1 Lead
A3T1 A3Q3-Gate Grn/Blk A3T1 Lead
A3T1 A3Q4-Gate Blue A3T1 Lead
A3T1 A3Q4-Source Blue/Blk A3T1 Lead
Connector Mate
P2 A2J3
P3 A2J2
P4 A5J1
P5 A1J3
W1P1 A1J2
W1P2 A5J2
W2P1 A1J4
W2P2 A3J1
W3P1 A1J6
W3P2 A2J1

Table 8-6a: Wiring List – NAX233/01 & /02 Ac Power Distribution Assembly
K1-07 E01 - - CR1
XF6 (side) J3-N - - RT1
XF8 (side) J4-N - - RT2
** XF10 (side) J5-N - - RT3
** XF12 (side) J6-N - - RT4
XF5 (side) L01 - White Lead of L1
L01 J3-L - Black Lead of L1
L02 J4-L - Black Lead of L2
XF7 (side) L02 - White Lead of L2
** XF9 (side) L03 - White Lead of L3
** L03 J5-L - Black Lead of L3
** XF11 (side) L04 - White Lead of L4
** L04 J6-L - Black Lead of L4
U01-L (load) TB4-01 - Black 10
T1-WHITE TB4-03 - - Lead of T1
T1-BROWN TB4-03 - - Lead of T1
U01-N(load) TB4-02 - Black 10
T1-BLUE TB4-04 - - Lead of T1
T1-GREY TB4-04 - - Lead of T1
T1-RED TB1-01 - - Lead of T1
T1-YELLOW TB2-01 - - Lead of T1
T1-BLACK TB4-01 - - Lead of T1
T1-ORANGE TB4-02 - - Lead of T1
TB3-01 U01-L (LINE) 1 Black 10
TB3-02 U01-N (LINE) 2 Black 10
U01-G (line) SAFETY - Grn/Yel 14 Jumper
TB4-01 K1-01 4 Black 10
TB4-02 K1-08 5 Black 10
K1-03 TB1-03 7 Black 10
K1-06 TB2-03 12 Black 10
TB1-01 XF3 (center) 13 White 14
XF3 (side) J2-L 14 White 14
XF4 (side) J2-N 16 White 14
J1-G GND - Grn/Yel 14 Jumper
XF1 (side) J1-L 19 White 14
XF2 (side) J1-N 22 White 14
J3-G GND 26 Grn/Yel 14

Table 8-6a: Wiring List – NAX233/01 & /02 Ac Power Distribution Assembly (Continued)
** TB1-04 XF9 (center) 30 White 14
** J5-G GND - Grn/Yel 14
J11-02 K1-02 48 White 18
J11-03 K1-07 49 Black 18
E01 K1-02 - White 22 Jumper
** TB1-01 TB1-02 - - Jumper
** TB1-03 TB1-04 - - Jumper
** TB1-04 TB1-05 - - Jumper
** TB1-05 TB1-06 - - Jumper
** TB2-01 TB2-02 - - Jumper
** TB2-03 TB2-04 - - Jumper
** TB2-04 TB2-05 - - Jumper
** TB2-05 TB2-06 - - Jumper
NOTE:
** - used only in NAX233/02 versions (VRD1500 transmitters)

Table 8-6b: Wiring List – NAX233/03 & /04 Ac Power Distribution Assembly

K1-07 E01 - CR1
XF6 (side) J3-N - RT1
** XF18 (side) J9-N - RT7
** XF20 (side) J10-N - RT8
XF5 (side) L01 - White Part of L1
L01 J3-L - Black Part of L1
** XF17 (side) L07 - White Part of L7
** L07 J9-L - Black Part of L7
** XF19 (side) L08 - White Part of L8
** L08 J10-L - Black Part of L8
U01-L(load) TB4-01 - Black 10
T1-WHITE TB4-03 - - Lead of T1
T1-BROWN TB4-03 - - Lead of T1
U01-N(load) TB4-02 - Black 10
T1-BLUE TB4-04 - - Lead of T1
T1-GREY TB4-04 - - Lead of T1
T1-RED TB1-01 - - Lead of T1
T1-YELLOW TB2-01 - - Lead of T1
T01-BLACK TB4-01 - - Lead of T1
T01-ORANGE TB4-02 - - Lead of T1
TB3-01 U01-L(line) 1 Black 10
TB3-02 U01-N(line) 2 Black 10
U01-G (line) SAFETY GND - Grn/Yel 14
TB4-01 K1-01 4 Black 10
TB4-02 K1-08 5 Black 10
K1-03 TB1-03 7 Black 10
K1-06 TB2-03 12 Black 10
TB1-01 XF03-(center) 13 White 14
XF03-(side) J2-L 14 White 14
XF04-(side) J2-N 16 White 14
J1-G GND - Grn/Yel 14
XF01-(side) J1-L 19 White 14

Table 8-6b: Wiring List – NAX233/03 & /04 Ac Power Distribution Assembly (Continued)
XF02-(side) J1-N 22 White 14
TB1-03 XF05(center) 24 White 14
** TB1-06 XF17(center) 39 White 14
J11-02 K1-02 48 White 18
J11-03 K1-07 49 Black 18
E01 K1-02 - White 22 Jumper
TB1-01 TB1-02 - - Jumper
NOTE:
** - used only in NAX233/04 versions (VRD3000 transmitters)

Table 8-7: Wiring List – NAX235/01 & /02 Dc Power Distribution Assembly
XF1-Side J1-01 - Thermistor - RT01
XF2-Side J2-01 - Thermistor - RT02
** XF3-Side J3-01 - Thermistor - RT03
P01-02 TB2-05 1 Black 14
TB2-03 P1-03 2 White 14
TB2-02 P1-01 3 White 14
TB2-02 P2-03 4 White 14
P2-01 XF2 -Center 5 White 14
TB2-03 B1-Red 6 White 18
TB2-04 B1-Black 7 Black 18
B1-Blue A2E01 - White 22 Lead of B1
** B2-Blue A3E01 - White 22 Lead of B2
TB2-01 XF1 -Center 8 White 14
TB2-05 J1-04 9 Black 14
TB2-05 J2-04 10 Black 14
TB2-04 K1-08 11 Black 18
TB2-03 K1-07 12 White 18
TB2-01 K1-01 - White 10 Jumper
K1-02 TB2-02 - White 10 Jumper
TB1-01 XF4-Center - White 14 Jumper
TB1-02 U2-02 - Black 14 Jumper
XF4-Side U2-01 - White 14 Jumper
U2-03 A1E01 - White 10 Jumper
U2-04 GND - Black 10 Jumper
A1E05 U1(-) - White 10 Jumper
A1E02 GND - Black 10 Jumper
U1-AC01 TB2-01 - White 12 Jumper
U1-AC02 TB2-01 - White 12 Jumper
TB2-05 GND - Black 10 Jumper
A1E14 TB2-03 - White 14 Jumper
A1E15 TB2-04 - Black 14 Jumper
TB2-05 TB2-06 - - - Jumper
** P3-02 TB2-06 101 Black 14
** TB2-03 P3-03 102 White 14
** TB2-02 P3-01 103 White 14
** TB2-02 P4-03 104 White 14
** P4-01 XF3-Center 105 White 14
** TB2-03 B2-Red 106 White 18
** TB2-04 B2-Black 107 Black 22
** TB2-06 J3-04 109 Black 14
NOTES
** - Denotes wire used only on NAX235/02 variations.

NAX235/01 & /02 Connector Mating Information
Connector Mate
P1 A2J3
P2 A2J2
** P3 A3J3
** P4 A3J2
NOTES
** - Denotes wire used only on NAX235/02 variations.

Section 9 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS

9.1 INTRODUCTION prefixed with the reference designation
This section contains electrical schematics/ assigned to all higher assemblies.
logic diagrams for the subject equipment.
Block diagrams, simplified electrical 9.6 UNIQUE SYMBOLOGY
schematics, and/or logic diagrams may be Nautel utilizes unique symbology on electrical
included. Refer to Table 9-1 for an itemized schematics to describe two-state (logic)
listing. inputs/outputs that differ from those inputs/
outputs having only one distinct state or
9.2 COMPONENT VALUES multiple states (analog).
Unless otherwise specified on the logic/
schematic diagram, the following applies: 9.6.1 Type of Inputs/Outputs
On electrical schematics, names used to
• Resistor values are shown in ohms. describe two-state (logic) inputs/outputs are
(K = 1000 and M = 1 000 000). prefixed by a '#'. Those inputs/outputs
• Resistor power ratings are not shown representing a one-state or analog signal will
when less than 0.5 W. have no prefix.
• Capacitor values are shown in
microfarads (μF). 9.6.2 Logic Level/Convention
• Unidentified diodes are part number The '#' prefix identifies an input/output that
1N4938. has two distinct states - 'high' and 'low'. A
suffix, '+' or '-', identifies the active (true)
9.3 GRAPHIC SYMBOLS state of the input/output. The 'high' (+) is the
The graphic symbols used on electrical more positive of the two levels used to
schematics are in accordance with American represent the logic states. The 'low' (-) is the
National Standard ANSI Y32.2-1975 - less positive of the two levels used to
Graphic Symbols for Electrical and Electronic represent the logic states. Two types of
Diagrams. logic, positive and negative, may be
represented on a particular schematic. In
9.4 LOGIC SYMBOLS positive logic, 'high' represents the active
The logic symbols used on electrical (true) state and 'low' represents the inactive
schematics and logic diagrams are in (false) state. In negative logic, 'low'
accordance with American National Standard represents the active state and 'high'
ANSI Y32.14-1975 - Graphic Symbols for represents the inactive state.
Logic Diagrams.
9.7 TROUBLESHOOTING AIDS
9.5 REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS Waveforms and/or voltage levels are
Reference designations were assigned in provided on some electrical schematics to
accordance with American National Standard aid in troubleshooting. Where applicable,
ANSI Y32.16-1975 - Reference Designations accompanying text is included to establish
for Electrical and Electronic Parts and conditional operating parameters that apply
Equipment. Each electrical symbol is to the corresponding waveforms or voltages.
identified with its basic reference designation.
To obtain the full reference designation for a
specific part, this basic identifier must be

Section 9 Electrical Schematics Issue 0.1
9.8 IDENTIFICATION OF SCHEMATIC When a sub-function is treated as a block in
DIAGRAMS Figure SD-1, its detailed circuit information is
A number that is both the figure number and included in its own schematic drawing(s), also
the page number identifies each illustration included in this section.
in this section. The numbers are assigned
sequentially and are prefixed by the letters 9.10 LOCATING THE SCHEMATIC
'SD-'. The electrical schematics/logic DIAGRAM(S) FOR A FUNCTIONAL
diagrams included in this section are listed in BLOCK
Table 9-1. The text inside a functional block provides
the key to locating its schematic diagram(s).
9.9 STRUCTURE OF SCHEMATICS When a functional block is assigned a
The electrical schematics are structured in a reference designation, refer to Table 9-1 with
hierarchical format that is based on function the Nautel nomenclature number and/or the
and signal flow. Wherever practical, the description to identify the appropriate figure
signal flow is from left to right. Inputs normally number(s), if applicable.
originate on the left-hand side and outputs will
extend to the right-hand side. Exceptions are 9.11 LOCATING A PART/ ASSEMBLY
shown by an arrow indicating the direction of IDENTIFIED ON A SCHEMATIC
signal flow. The full reference designation assigned to a
part/assembly is the key to physically locating
NOTE that part/assembly.
The physical location of a part/assembly was
not necessarily a factor when a schematic NOTE
was drawn. The full reference designation Full reference designations contain the
assigned to a part/assembly, in conjunction assembly hierarchical coding. When the end
with the family tree in Figure 7-1 and the item is divided into units (cabinets), the first
assembly detail drawings in section 10 will coding is a unit number (1, 2, 3, etc). When
identify its location. the end item is divided into assemblies, the
first coding is an assembly number (A1, A2,
Figure SD-1 identifies each major stage and A3, etc). If a unit or an assembly is divided
its detailed interconnection. Each stage into sub-assemblies, assembly coding that
contains cross-references that identify which identifies assembly relationship (1A1, A2A1,
block is the signal source for inputs or the A2A1A1, etc) is added.
destination for outputs.

Issue 0.1 Section 9 Electrical Schematics
Table 9-1: Electrical Schematics
Figure # Description
SD-1 Electrical Schematic – Vector NDB Transmitter
SD-2 Electrical Schematic – Combiner/Probe (NAH54A and /01 through /03)
SD-3 Electrical Schematic – Exciter Control (NAE89), Exciter A (Sheet 1 of 3)
SD-4 Electrical Schematic – Exciter Control (NAE89), Exciter B (Sheet 2 of 3)
SD-5 Electrical Schematic – Exciter Control (NAE89), Control/Monitor (Sheet 3 of 3)
SD-6 Electrical Schematic – Control/Display PWB (NAPC147B) (Sheet 1 of 4)
SD-10 Electrical Schematic – Exciter Interface PWB (NAPI76) (Sheet 1 of 2)
SD-11 Electrical Schematic – Exciter Interface PWB (NAPI76) (Sheet 2 of 2)
SD-12 Electrical Schematic – Remote Interface PWB (NAPI78A) (Sheet 1 of 3)
SD-15 Electrical Schematic – DGPS Site Interface PWB (NAPI79) (Sheet 1 of 3)
SD-18 Electrical Schematic – Interphase PDM Driver PWB (NAPM11)
SD-19 Electrical Schematic – LVPS Buck Converter PWB (NAPS32/01)
SD-20 Electrical Schematic – Exciter Monitor/Generator PWB (NAPE76A/02) (Sheet 1 of 2)
SD-21 Electrical Schematic – Exciter Monitor/Generator PWB (NAPE76A/02) (Sheet 2 of 2)
SD-22 Electrical Schematic – RF Power Block (NAX234A)
SD-23 Electrical Schematic – RF Power Module (NAP33A)
SD-24 Electrical Schematic – Power Module Control/Interface PWB (NAPC148)
SD-25 Electrical Schematic – Switch Mode Power Supply PWB (NAPS31A/01)
SD-26 Electrical Schematic – Power Block Distribution PWB (NAPI81)
SD-27 Electrical Schematic – Dc Power Distribution Assembly (NAX235/01 and /02)
SD-28 Electrical Schematic – Battery Boost PWB (NAPS34)
SD-29 Electrical Schematic – Ac Power Distribution Assembly (NAX233)

Section 9 Electrical Schematics Issue 0.1
AC VOLTS
A B
J1 J2
A2W13P1 A2W14P1
LINE 1 1 GND REF
* ** *** ****
LINE 2 2 A2W13P2 A2W14P2 AC VOLTS
A8 AC VOLTS AC VOLTS AC VOLTS
AC LINE A B AC POWER A B A B A B
NEUTRAL 3 DISTRIBUTION A2W11P2
J3 J4 PANEL J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 1 FWD PWR SAMPLE
GND 4 J1 J2 A1 2
A2W12 COMBINER/
A3J12 P1 P2 A3P7 A3P8 A4P7 A4P8 A5P7 A5P8 A6P7 A6P8 PROBE 5 REFLD PWR SAMPLE
A2W11P1 +24V 19 2 6
FWD PWR SAMPLE 1 J11 RF IN (4)
# AC ENABLE - 20 3 9 RF VOLTS MONITOR
2 A6W2 A1J1
W1P1 W1P3 W1P1 W1P3 W1P1 W1P3 W1P1 W1P3 10
REFLD PWR SAMPLE 5 1 # RELAY CONTROL B - 1 1 # RELAY CONTROL B - 1 1 # RELAY CONTROL B - 1 1 # RELAY CONTROL B - 1 A5J1 P1 P2 J4
**** 13 RF CURR MONITOR
6 2 GND 2 2 GND 2 2 GND 2 2 GND 2
14
RF VOLTS MONITOR 9 3 # INHIBIT PDM (A) - 3 3 # INHIBIT PDM (A) - 3 3 # INHIBIT PDM (A) - 3 3 # INHIBIT PDM (A) - 3
A3J11 4 # INHIBIT PDM (B) - 4 4 # INHIBIT PDM (B) - 4 4 # INHIBIT PDM (B) - 4 4 # INHIBIT PDM (B) - 4 17 RF CURR SAMPLE
10 A5W2P2 J3
6 +24V (A) 6 6 +24V (A) 6 6 +24V (A) 6 6 +24V (A) 6
*** 18
RF CURRENT MONITOR 13 SAFETY GND
7 +24V (A) 7 7 +24V (A) 7 7 +24V (A) 7 7 +24V (A) 7
14 A4W2P2 J2
8 GND 8 8 GND 8 8 GND 8 8 GND 8 **
RF CURRENT SAMPLE 17 9 GND 9 9 GND 9 9 GND 9 9 GND 9
18 10 Fc (A) 10 10 Fc (A) 10 10 Fc (A) 10 10 Fc (A) 10 RF OUTPUT
A3W2P2 J1 J5 W1P1 W1P2 J1
11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11
* (TO ATU)
A2J8 A4J6 A4J6 A4J6 A4J4
N/C 1 12 B+ SAMPLE (A) 12 A4J4 12 B+ SAMPLE (A) 12 A4J4 12 B+ SAMPLE (A) 12 A4J4 12 B+ SAMPLE (A) 12
N/C 2 (PART OF) 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13
CHARGER (+) 3 A2 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 A3J8 RF MONITOR

ALARM EXCITER 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
(-) 4 CONTROL 20 PDM (A) 20 20 PDM (A) 20 20 PDM (A) 20 20 PDM (A) 20
(+) 5 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21
RF ON/OFF (PART OF)
(-) 6 22 INT BUS (+) 22 22 INT BUS (+) 22 22 INT BUS (+) 22 22 INT BUS (+) 22
A2 1 TX
(+) 7 23 INT BUS (-) 23 23 INT BUS (-) 23 23 INT BUS (-) 23 23 INT BUS (-) 23 EXCITER 2 TX
RF OFF/
STANDBY CODE 2 24 GND 24 24 GND 24 24 GND 24 24 GND 24 CONTROL 3 N/C
(-) 8
25 GND 25 A3 25 GND 25 A4 25 GND 25 A5 25 GND 25 A6 4 N/C
PDM INHIBIT/ (+) 9 POWER POWER POWER POWER RS-422
W1P2 W1P4 BLOCK W1P2 W1P4 BLOCK W1P2 W1P4 BLOCK W1P2 W1P4 BLOCK A3J4 5 GND SERIAL BUS
STANDBY CODE 1 (-) 10 1 BLOCK ADDRESS 0 1 1 BLOCK ADDRESS 0 1 1 BLOCK ADDRESS 0 1 1 BLOCK ADDRESS 0 1
1 2 3 4 6 N/C
A3TB1 2 BLOCK ADDRESS 1 2 2 BLOCK ADDRESS 1 2 2 BLOCK ADDRESS 1 2 2 BLOCK ADDRESS 1 2
GND 11 7 RX
* ** *** ****
PRESS-TO-TALK 12
3 BLOCK ADDRESS 2 3 3 BLOCK ADDRESS 2 3 3 BLOCK ADDRESS 2 3 3 BLOCK ADDRESS 2 3 8 RX U4
6 +24V (B) 6 6 +24V (B) 6 6 +24V (B) 6 6 +24V (B) 6 9 N/C MODEM
GND 13 7 +24V (B) 7 7 +24V (B) 7 7 +24V (B) 7 7 +24V (B) 7 (OPTIONAL)
A P7
(+) 14 8 GND 8 8 GND 8 8 GND 8 8 GND 8 + PHONE
AUDIO 9 GND 9 9 GND 9 9 GND 9 9 GND 9 B LINE
INPUT SHIELD 15 -
10 Fc (B) 10 10 Fc (B) 10 10 Fc (B) 10 10 Fc (B) 10
(-) 16 P9 P8
11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 1 DCD 1
GND 17 A2J9 12 B+ SAMPLE (B) 12 A4J5 A4J7 12 B+ SAMPLE (B) 12 A4J5 A4J7 12 B+ SAMPLE (B) 12 A4J5 A4J7 12 B+ SAMPLE (B) 12 A4J5 2 RXD 2
N/C 18 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 3 TXD 3
19 14 DUMP (B) 14 14 DUMP (B) 14 14 DUMP (B) 14 14 DUMP (B) 14 4 DTR 4
INTERLOCK 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
20 A3J5 5 GND 5
20 PDM (B) 20 20 PDM (B) 20 20 PDM (B) 20 20 PDM (B) 20 6 DSR 6
21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 7 RTS 7
22 +24V (BAT) 22 22 +24V (BAT) 22 22 +24V (BAT) 22 22 +24V (BAT) 22 8 CTS 8
MSK (A) A3J6 23 +24V (BAT) 23 23 +24V (BAT) 23 23 +24V (BAT) 23 23 +24V (BAT) 23 9 N/C 9
24 GND 24 24 GND 24 24 GND 24 24 GND 24
MSK (B) A3J7 25 GND 25 25 GND 25 25 GND 25 25 GND 25 1 +5V (ISOL)
A2W12 2 GND (ISOL)
A3J12 P1 P3 A3P1
+15V 12 12 1 (+) BATT RF OUT (3) 3 INT BUS (+) RS-485
J2 BOOST A5J1 A3W2P1 A5J1 A5W2P1
GND 13 13 4 (-) A3J3 4 INT BUS (-) SERIAL BUS
* VOLTS (TO ATU)
+24V 14 14 A1J1 5 DE/RE
GND 15 15 A4P1
BATT A5J1 A4W2P1
RF OUT (2) 6 GND (ISOL) A4
1 BATTERY BOOST VOLTS (+) (+) 25 GND (ISOL) SITE
# DC INHIBIT - 21 21 J3 BOOST
4 BATTERY BOOST VOLTS (-) (-) VOLTS INTERFACE
** PWB
1 + (OPTIONAL)
W16P1 W16P2
RF OUT (1) 1 +5V 1
2 +
TB1 +24V A7 2 GND 2
3 - (TO ATU) DC POWER 3 +15V 2
DISTRIBUTION
A2W12P1 4 - PANEL X = INSTALLED 4 GND 3
# DC INSTALLED - 7 (OPTIONAL) 7 +24V 2
CHARGER CURR SMPL 10 * ** *** **** 8 +24V 8
21 (+) A2W12P3 9 +24V 9
11 AUDIO VR500/VRD750 X J10 J1
22 SHLD 7 # DC INSTALLED - 10 GND 10
BATTERY CURR SMPL 22 A3J12 MON
A3TB1 10 CHARGER CURRENT SAMPLE VR1000/VRD1500 X X 11 GND 11
23 23 (-)
11 12 GND 12
BATTERY VOLT SMPL 24 24 GND VRD2250 X X X
A1J1 22 BATTERY CURRENT SAMPLE 17 INT BUS (+) 17
25
(+) 1 23 VR2000/VRD3000 X X X X 18 INT BUS (-) 18
A2W15P1 BATTERY
(-) 2 24 BATTERY VOLTAGE SAMPLE 19 GND 19
1
J3 TB1 25 20 GND 20
4
IN 3 A2W15P2
CHARGER 1
OUT 4 J1
4
(-)
S1950044 VG (+)
Electrical Schematic – Vector NDB Transmitter

Issue 0.1 Not to Scale Figure SD-1 Sheet 1 of 1
VR500/VRD750
RF (1) J1 RF INPUTS
VR1000/VRD1500
T1
RF (1) J1
A1
RF INPUTS RF
POWER PROBE
RF (2) J2 PWB
T1
1 4
1T 1T J5 RF OUTPUT
RF INPUTS
2
T2
2 20T 1 4 20T 3 2 40T 1
VRD2250 3 T3 1 R10 J1
17
T1 100 RF CURRENT SAMPLE
4T 80T J1
RF (1) J1 2W 18
R3 R9
4 2
1000
2W 100
2W J1
13
R4 J1 RF CURRENT MONITOR
RF (2) J2 1000 14
2W
RF INPUTS
R5
1000
2W J1
9 RF VOLTS MONITOR
RF (3) J3 R6 R1 R2 J1
1000 100 100 10
2W 2W 2W
R7
1000
2W J1
1 FWD PWR SAMPLE
L3 C2 L4
CR4 CR3 10000μH R11 J1
BAT41 BAT41 1800pF 10000μH 4700 2
VR2000/VRD3000 0.5W
T1
RF (1) J1 J1
5 REFLD PWR SAMPLE
L1 C1 L2
CR1 CR2 10000μH R8 J1
BAT41 BAT41 1800pF 10000μH 4700 6
0.5W
RF (2) J2
RF INPUTS
RF (3) J3
RF (4) J4
S1950045 VB
Electrical Schematic – Combiner/Probe (NAH54A and /01 through /03)

W8P1** W8P2** W4P2 W4P1
(PART OF) 2 2Fpdm (A) 2 1 -5V RETURN 1
A3 3 2Fpdm RETURN (A) 3 2 -5V (A) 2 1 # RELAY CONTROL B -
REMOTE 1 1 3 +5V RETURN 3
INTERFACE 2 GND
J3 4 4 J16 4 +5V RETURN 4
PWB 3 # INHIBIT PDM (A) -
7 7 5 +5V RETURN 5
XA8P1 4 # INHIBIT PDM (B) -
FWD PWR SAMPLE (A) 1 5 RF DRIVE (A) 5 XA5P1
6 +5V RETURN 6 XA5P1 1 GND 6 +24V (A)
GND 2 6 RF DRIVE RETURN (A) 6 (PART OF) GND 3
7 +5V (A) 7 2 # SYNTH INSTALLED (A) - 7 +24V (A)
# PTT (A) - 3 A2 8 +5V (A) 8 +15V (A) 4 A5
EXCITER 6 # DDS INHIBIT (A) + 8 GND
VOICE INPUT (A) 4 W6P1 W6P3 9 +5V (A) 9 # RESET DDS (A) + 5 RF
1 # SYNTH INSTALLED (A) - 1 INTERFACE SYNTHESIZER 7 # HIGH BAND (A) - 9 GND
GND 5 PWB 10 +5V (A) 10 N/C 8
2 N/C 2 PWB 9 # TUNE RF DRIVE (A) +
INT BUS (+) 6 A8 11 -15V RETURN 11
GND 14
A 10 N/C J8
10 Fc (A)
INT BUS (-) 7 EXCITER 3 # SHUTBACK (A) - 3 GND 15 11 SHIELD
GND 8 MONITOR/ 4 GND 4 A7 12 -15V (A) 12
IPM COMPENSATION (A) 16
J1 * J1 11 N/C
GENERATOR LVPS BUCK 13 +15V RETURN 13 12 Fc (A) 14 DUMP (A)
# MISC A - 9 5 # CHANGEOVER (A) - 5 EXT Fc (A) 17
A CONVERTER 14 +15V RETURN 14 13 N/C 15 SHIELD
# KEYING/MISC ALM (A) + 10 6 # SHUTDOWN (A) - 6 PWB N/C 18
7 # INHIBIT Fc (A) - 7 15 +15V RETURN 15 20 N/C 20 PDM (A)
# MSK ALARM (A) - 11 A N/C 19
8 GND 8 16 +15V RETURN 16 21 N/C 21 SHIELD
KEYED TONE/AUDIO (A) 12 # TUNE SELECTED (A) - 23
9 N/C 9 17 +15V (A) 17 22 N/C 22 INT BUS (+)
GND 13 P1 N/C 24
10 +5V 10 P1 P2 18 +15V (A) 18 25 2Fpdm (A) 23 INT BUS (-)
KEYING MONITOR (A) 14 J4 J13
11 GND 11 1 +24.8V (A) 1 19 +15V (A) 19 24 GND
KEYING MONITOR (B) 15
12 +15V 12 2 +24.8V (A) 2 20 +15V (A) 20 25 GND
RF VOLTS MONITOR (A) 16 J12 J3 J2 J1 (PART OF) (PART OF)
13 GND 13 3 RETURN 3
GND 17
4 RETURN 4
21 N/C 21 A2 A2
RF CURRENT MONITOR (A) 18 14 -15V 14 22 N/C 22 EXCITER EXCITER
GND 19 15 GND 15 23 GND 23 INTERFACE INTERFACE
16 # KEYED CW (A) - 16 PWB PWB
N/C 20 24 GND 24
RF MONITOR (A) 21 17 GND 17 25 # LVPS FAIL (A) - 25 1 BLOCK ADDRESS 0
GND 22 18 CARRIER REF (A) 18 XA6P1 2 BLOCK ADDRESS 1
26 # LVPS FAIL (A) - 26 XA6P1
N/C 23 19 GND 19 5 DUMP (A) 3 BLOCK ADDRESS 2
27 RETURN 27 # RESET PDM (A) - 1
MSK (A) 24 20 CARRIER REF (FILTERED) (A) 20 6 GND
28 RETURN 28 CARRIER REF (A) 2 A6 8 N/C
6 +24V (B)
GND 25 B+ SAMPLE (A) 12 29 AC SIGNAL (A) 29 B+ SAMPLE 1 (A) 3 INTERPHASE 7 +24V (B)
PDM DRIVER 9 GND
13 30 AC SIGNAL (A) 30 B+ SAMPLE 2 (A) 4 8 GND
J8 PWB 10 Fpdm (A)
PA VOLTS SAMPLE (A) 16 31 AC SIGNAL RETURN 31 2Fpdm (A) 7 9 GND
P9 A 11 # PDM LATCH (A) +
17 32 AC SIGNAL RETURN 32 -15V (A) 12
1 DCD P1 P1 13 # PDM INSTALLED (A) - 10 Fc (B)
33 +24V (A) 33 AUDIO SHIELD (A) 14
2 RXD B+ SAMPLE (B) 12 20 N/C J9 11 SHIELD
34 +24V (A) 34 AUDIO (A) 15
3 TXD 13 21 N/C 14 DUMP (B)
J9 35 +24V (A) 35 # INHIBIT PDM (A) - 16
4 DTR PA VOLTS SAMPLE (B) 16 22 PDM 2 (A) 15 SHIELD
N/C 17
J5 5 GND (OPTIONAL) 17 36 +24V (A) 36 23 GND
+15V (A) 18 20 PDM (B)
6 DSR 37 +24V RETURN 37 24 PDM 1 (A)
GND 19 21 SHIELD
7 RTS 38 +24V RETURN 38 25 GND
8 CTS E2 39 +24V RETURN 39 22 +24V (BAT)
9 N/C E1 40 +24V RETURN 40 23 +24V (BAT)
24 GND
P1 25 GND
J1 L + +24.8V (A) 5
L
E G AC INPUT + +24.8V (A) 6
N OUTPUT J12
N - RETURN 7
SAFETY U2
GROUND AC/DC - RETURN 8 * DENOTES NOT USED FOR DGPS OPERATION
UNIVERSAL ** DENOTES NOT USED FOR NDB OPERATION
INPUT
POWER SUPPLY TB1
NOTE: A 1 +
+
Ac is isolated at this point. P10 J2 U2 J1 P6
3 2
- DC INPUT 1 V_IN LM350T V_OUT 1 2 +
CR2 ADJ R4 CR4 C4 C5 L1 +24V
G J2 1 P6KE30CA 0.1 1.0 J1 (TO ATU)
2 MUR1520 1 2 3 -
2.5W 30V
4 -
FROM SHEET 2 +24.8V (B) 3
J2 A13 P7
J2 CR1 CR3 DC-DC + U4
4 MUR1520 1N4004 POWER SUPPLY MODEM
PWB - (OPTIONAL)
3 U1 2 A P8
V_IN LM350T V_OUT
J3 C3 C2 C1 DCD 1
ADJ R2 B
BATTERY BOOST VOLTS (+) 1 U5 1.0 121 0.1 10 RXD 2
1 35V
4 TXD 3 PHONE LINE
R3 R1
562 182 DTR 4
GND 5
DSR 6
RTS 7
(OPTIONAL) CTS 8
N/C 9
S1950047 V2 144 V dc
TO SHEET 2
Electrical Schematic – Exciter/Control (NAE89), Exciter A

W10P2 W10P1
(PART OF) 1 -5V RETURN 1
A3 W9P1** W9P2** 2 -5V (B) 2
REMOTE 2 2Fpdm (B) 2 3 +5V RETURN 3
INTERFACE
PWB 3 2Fpdm RETURN (B) 3 4 +5V RETURN 4
XA12P1 1 1 5 +5V RETURN 5
FWD PWR SAMPLE (B) 1 J3 4 4 J4 XA9P1
6 +5V RETURN 6 XA9P1 1 GND
GND 2 7 7 7 +5V (B) 7 GND 3
2 # SYNTH INSTALLED (B) -
# PTT (B) - 3 5 RF DRIVE (B) 5 8 +5V (B) 8 +15V (B) 4 A9 6 # DDS INHIBIT (B) +
VOICE INPUT (B) 4 6 RF DRIVE RETURN (B) 6 9 +5V (B) 9 # RESET DDS (B) + 5 RF
SYNTHESIZER 7 # HIGH BAND (B) -
GND 5 10 +5V (B) 10 N/C 8
PWB 9 # TUNE RF DRIVE (B) +
INT BUS (+) 6 A12 W6P2 W6P3 (PART OF)
11 -15V RETURN 11
GND 14
B 10 N/C
INT BUS (-) 7 EXCITER 1 # SYNTH INSTALLED (B) - 21 A2 GND 15
GND 8 MONITOR/ 2 N/C 22 EXCITER
A11 12 -15V (B) 12
IPM COMPENSATION (B) 16
J1
* J1 11 N/C
GENERATOR INTERFACE LVPS BUCK 13 +15V RETURN 13 12 Fc (B)
# MISC B + 9 3 # SHUTBACK (B) - 23 CONVERTER EXT Fc (B) 17
B PWB 14 +15V RETURN 14 13 N/C
# KEYING/MISC ALM (B) + 10 4 GND 24 PWB N/C 18
15 +15V RETURN 15 20 N/C
# MSK ALARM (B) - 11 5 # CHANGEOVER (B) - 25 B N/C 19
16 +15V RETURN 16 21 N/C
KEYED TONE/AUDIO (B) 12 6 # SHUTDOWN (B) - 26 # TUNE SELECTED (B) - 23
*** 17 +15V (B) 17 22 N/C
GND 13 P1 7 # INHIBIT Fc (B) - 27 N/C 24
P4 P5 18 +15V (B) 18 25 2Fpdm (B)
KEYING MONITOR (B) 14 8 GND 28
1 +24.8V (B) 1 19 +15V (B) 19
KEYING MONITOR (A) 15 9 N/C 29
2 +24.8V (B) 2 20 +15V (B) 20
RF VOLTS MONITOR (B) 16 10 +5V 30 J14 J3 J2 J2 (PART OF) (PART OF)
J4 J13 3 RETURN 3
GND 17 11 GND 31
4 RETURN 4
21 N/C 21 A2 A2
RF CURRENT MONITOR (B) 18 12 +15V 32 22 N/C 22 EXCITER EXCITER
GND 19 13 GND 33 23 GND 23 INTERFACE INTERFACE
PWB PWB
N/C 20 14 -15V 34 24 GND 24
RF MONITOR (B) 21 15 GND 35 25 # LVPS FAIL (B) - 25
GND 22 16 # KEYED CW (B) - 36 26 # LVPS FAIL (B) - 26 XA10P1
XA10P1 5 DUMP (B)
N/C 23 17 GND 37 27 RETURN 27 # RESET PDM (B) - 1
MSK (B) 24 18 CARRIER REF (B) 38 6 GND
28 RETURN 28 CARRIER REF (B) 2 A10 8 N/C
GND 25 19 GND 39 29 AC SIGNAL (B) 29 B+ SAMPLE 1 (B) 3 INTERPHASE
20 CARRIER REF (FILTERED) (B) 40 PDM DRIVER 9 GND
30 AC SIGNAL (B) 30 B+ SAMPLE 2 (B) 4
PWB 10 Fpdm (B)
31 AC SIGNAL RETURN 31 2Fpdm (B) 7
B 11 # PDM LATCH (B) +
32 AC SIGNAL RETURN 32 -15V (B) 12
AUDIO SHIELD (B) 14
P1 *** P1 13 # PDM INSTALLED (B) -
33 +24V (B) 33 20 N/C
34 +24V (B) 34 AUDIO (B) 15
21 N/C
35 +24V (B) 35 # INHIBIT PDM (B) - 16
22 PDM 2 (B)
N/C 17
36 +24V (B) 36 23 GND
+15V (B) 18
37 +24V RETURN 37 24 PDM 1 (B)
E2 GND 19
38 +24V RETURN 38 25 GND
E1 39 +24V RETURN 39
NOTE:
Ac is isolated at this point. 40 +24V RETURN 40
P4
J2 L + +24.8V (B) 5
L
E G AC INPUT + +24.8V (B) 6
N OUTPUT J14
N * DENOTES INSTALLED FOR DUAL NDB
- RETURN 7
SAFETY U3 ** DENOTES NOT USED FOR NDB OPERATION
GROUND AC/DC - RETURN 8 *** DENOTES INSTALLED FOR DUAL TRANSMITTER
UNIVERSAL
INPUT
POWER SUPPLY
B +24.8V (B) TO SHEET 1
FROM SHEET 1 +
***
S1950048 V2 - DC INPUT
G
Electrical Schematic – Exciter/Control (NAE89), Exciter B

W5P1 W5P2 W5P2 W5P1 AUDIO
N/C 1 1 KEYED TONE/AUDIO (A) 1 3 RF OSC SAMPLE 3 MONITOR TB2
2 RETURN 2 4 GND 4 T1
N/C 2 21 (+) 2
5 RF IN 5 8 +24V 8
CHARGER (+) 3 6 GND 6 9 GND 9 22 SHIELD 3
ALARM (-) 4 7 N/C 7 10 +24V 10 TB1
(+) 5 18 MAG/AUDIO 1 18 11 GND 11 23 (-) 4
RF ON/OFF 19 KEYED TONE/AUDIO (B) 19 12 +15V 12
(-) 6 24 GND
20 RETURN 20 13 GND 13 OPTIONAL
(+) 7 21 +24V (BATTERY) 21 14 +15V 14
STANDBY CODE 2
(-) 8 22 +24V (BATTERY) 22 15 GND 15 J8 RF MONITOR
J13 J15 J15 J13
(+) 9 23 +24V (BATTERY) 23 16 -15V 16
STANDBY CODE 1 24 +24V (BATTERY) 24 17 +5V 17
(-) 10 J9 FREQ MONITOR
TB1 25 +24V (BATTERY) 25 30 GND 30
GND 11 26 GND 26 31 +24V 31
PRESS-TO-TALK 12 27 GND 27 33 +24V 33 1 TX
28 GND 28 34 GND 34 2 TX
GND 13
29 GND 29 37 INT BUS (+) 37 3 N/C
(+) 14 4 N/C
AUDIO 32 GND 32 38 INT BUS (-) 38 RS-422
INPUT SHIELD 15 (PART OF) 35 MAG/AUDIO 2 35 39 GND 39 J4 5 GND SERIAL BUS
(-) 16 A3 36 GND 36 (PART OF) 40 GND 40 6 N/C
REMOTE 7 RX
GND 17 INTERFACE W3P1 W3P2 W2P2 W2P1
A2 W2P1 W2P2 W3P2 W3P1
(PART OF)
8 RX
N/C 18 PWB 3 FWD PWR SAMPLE 3 11 N/C 11 EXCITER 1 N/C 1 1 # AC ENABLE - 1 A3 9 N/C
INTERFACE REMOTE
19 4 GND 4 12 N/C 12 PWB 2 N/C 2 2 # DC INHIBIT - 2
INTERLOCK
INTERFACE
5 REFLD PWR SAMPLE 5 13 N/C 13 3 N/C 3 9 # REMOTE COMMON - 9 PWB
20 1 +5V (ISOL)
6 GND 6 29 N/C 29 4 N/C 4 10 # OPERATING B - 10
2 GND (ISOL)
7 RF CURRENT SAMPLE 7 30 GND 30 5 N/C 5 11 MONITOR AMPLIFIER GAIN 11
3 INT BUS (+) RS-485
8 GND 8 31 N/C 31 6 PDM RETURN (B) 6 J1 12 RF MONITOR SELECT 12 J18
J3 4 INT BUS (-) SERIAL BUS
13 # MSK ALARM (A) + 13 32 GND 32 7 PDM (B) 7 24 GND 24 (TO ATU)
5 DE/RE
14 # MSK ALARM (B) + 14 J4 33 GND 33 J3 8 PDM RETURN (A) 8 35 EXT RXD 35
6 GND (ISOL)
15 # EXT RF OFF - 15 34 GND 34 9 PDM (A) 9 36 GND 36
25 GND (ISOL)
16 # EXT RF ON - 16 35 N/C 35 10 GND 10 37 EXT TXD 37
17 # CHARGER ALARM - 17 36 GND 36 14 GND 14 38 GND 38
18 GND 18 37 N/C 37 15 +24V 15
P3 12 +15V
19 # STANDBY CODE 2 - 19 38 GND 38 J3 16 GND 16 J4 1
MSK (A) J6 LS1 13 GND
20 # RF ON +/OFF - 20 39 N/C 39 17 +15V 17
LP07
J18 21 # MISC FAIL (A) - 21 J1 40 GND 40 18 GND 18 2 14 +24V
MSK (B) J7 22 # MISC FAIL (B) - 22 19 +15V 19 J11 J12 15 GND
(PART OF) 3 + 19 +24V
23 # POLARITY ERROR - 23 W1P2 W1P1 20 AC POWER RETURN 20
25 BATTERY CURRENT 25
A1 1 # SHUTBACK (A) - 1 21 AC POWER 21 M1 20 # AC ENABLE -
CONTROL/ 2 # SHUTBACK (B) - 2 MD52B 21 # DC INHIBIT -
26 GND 26 DISPLAY 22 GND 22
3 GND 3 (PART OF) 4 -
27 BATTERY VOLTAGE 27 PWB 23 -15V 23
A4
FWD PWR SAMPLE 1
28 GND 28 12 N/C 12 24 GND 24 A1 SITE
GND 2 13 GND 13 CONTROL/
29 # EXT INTLK OPEN + 29 25 +5V 25 (PART OF) INTERFACE
REFLD PWR SAMPLE 5 16 GND 16 DISPLAY FRONT PANEL OVERLAY PWB
30 # EXT PDM INHIBIT - 30 26 GND 26 PWB
GND 6 17 N/C 17 3 +15V W16P1 W16P2 (OPTIONAL)
31 # MOD PROT - 31 27 +5V 27
18 # RESET PDM - 18 1 +5V 1
RF VOLTS MONITOR 9 32 GND 32 28 GND 28 (LED 11)
J11 19 INT BUS (+) 19 4 R 2 GND 2
GND 10 33 CHARGER CURRENT 33 RF ON
20 RETURN 20 3 +15V 3
RF CURRENT MONITOR 13 34 GND 34 W1P1 W1P2
21 INT BUS (-) 21 4 # RF OSC FAIL + 4 (LED 12) 4 GND 4
GND 14 39 # STANDBY CODE 1 - 39 J5 5 R
22 RETURN 22 5 # SYNTH INSTALLED (A) - 5 RF OFF 7 +24V 7
40 # DC INSTALLED - 40
RF CURRENT SAMPLE 17 J7 28 N/C 28 J7 6 # PDM LATCH (A) + 6 8 +24V 8
(LED 10)
GND 18 29 GND 29 7 # PDM LATCH (B) + 7 2 R 9 +24V 9
(PART OF) REMOTE J10 J1
J14 10MHz (A) 30 # MON BYPASS + 30 8 # RF FAIL (A) + 8 10 GND 10
FRONT PANEL OVERLAY (LED 9)
31 GND 31 9 # RF FAIL (B) + 9 1 11 GND 11
RF ON R LOCAL
7 32 N/C 32 10 # LVPS FAIL (A) - 10 12 GND 12
J15 10MHz (A) 17 INT BUS (+) 17
6 33 N/C 33 J7 11 # LVPS FAIL (B) - 11 J7 1 +15V
+24V (BATTERY) 1 18 INT BUS (-) 18
34 N/C 34 14 # SYNTH INSTALLED (B) - 14
+24V (BATTERY) 2 RF OFF (LED 1) 19 GND 19
8 35 # STANDBY TEST - 35 15 # MONITOR FAIL + 15 2 R
+24V (BATTERY) 3 J5 OUTPUT 20 GND 20
REMOTE 36 # SIDE B MAIN - 36 23 # SHUTDOWN + 23 NETWORK
+24V RETURN 4 10
37 RETURN 37 24 # ACTIVE SIDE B - 24 (LED 2)
+24V RETURN 5 LOCAL 3
11 38 CARRIER REF (A) 38 25 # CHANGEOVER + 25 R IPA/PA
+24V RETURN 6
COMMON 9 39 RETURN 39 26 # PDM INSTALLED (A) - 26
# DC INSTALLED - 7 (LED 3)
40 CARRIER REF (B) 40 27 # PDM INSTALLED (B) - 27 4
# POLARITY ERROR - 8 R EXCITER
J12 POWER
GND 9 DECREASE
10 (LED 4)
CHARGER CURRENT SAMPLE 10 POWER W7P1 W7P2 W7P2 W7P1 5 R
3 VCC 3 1 FGND 1 J6 LOW VOLTAGE
GND 11 INCREASE POWER SUPPLY
11 4 VEE 4 U1 2 VSS 2
(LED 5)
BATTERY CURRENT SAMPLE 22 KEY 5 WR 5 11 D0 11 6
12 GRAPHIC R CHANGEOVER
GND 23 6 RD 6 12 D1 12
KEY
13
DISPLAY
7 CE 7 13 D2 13 (LED 6)
BATTERY VOLTAGE SAMPLE 24 SOFT KEY 3 J6 J9 J1 J1 J9 7 R
14 8 C/D 8 14 D3 14 EXTERNAL ALARM
GND 25
SOFT KEY 2 9 LED_A 9 15 D4 15
15 (LED 7)
10 RESET 10 16 D5 16 8 R
SOFT KEY 1 POWER SUPPLY
16 19 FS 11 17 D6 17
20 LED_K 12 18 D7 18 (LED 8)
COMMON 17 9 R AC MAINS
SHIELD 18
S1950046 VF
Electrical Schematic – Exciter/Control (NAE89), Control/Monitor

J1 E1:2 E1:3 #STANDBY_2-
INT BUS (+)/ 19
# STANDBY CODE 2 - B TO
#RMT_RF_ON+ SHEET 2
E1:1 A
E2:2 E2:3
J1 J1
INT BUS (-)/ 20 37 EXT TXD
# RMT RF ON +/OFF - B
EXTERNAL R5
+15V 100 J1
E2:1 A SERIAL TP14 MICROCONTROLLER 38
INTERFACE LS1
J8 3 MSR516N
MISO 1 TXD0
9 Q4
+5V PE.7 MMBT4401LT1 DATABUS
R249 TO SHEET 2
1000
R202 TP45
4750 44 D7
AD7
EXT RXD 35
J1 2
RXD0 D6
RAM
R6 45
J1 CR15 AD6
36 100 +5V BAT54HT1 A14 10
46 D5 A14
AD5 A13 9
R201 47 D4 A13
AD4 A12 D7
DATABUS
4750 TP5 TP32 TP46 TP52 8 19
J8 D3 A12 I/O7
MOSI 4 48 A11 7
AD3 A11 18 D6
CR14 D2 A10 I/O6
BAT54HT1 49 6
AD2 A10 17 D5
A9 I/O5
INTERNAL D1 GND GND GND GND 5
ADDRESS
50 A9
TP27 TP26 AD1 A8 16 D4
SERIAL INTERFACE U22 4 I/O4
DATABUS
D0 A8
ATmega128-16AI AD0 51 A7 3 15 D3
+5V 4 28 A7 I/O3
DI TXD1 A6 2 13 D2
A14 A6 I/O2
R101 1 27 TO SHEET 2 A5 1
681 RO RXD1 A14 A5 12 D1
J7 6 41 A4 26 I/O1
(+) 19 DO/RI A14 A4
2 16 40 A13 11 D0
U6 RE PB.6 A13 A3 25 I/O0
INTERNAL R91 R92 A3
DS36C278TM DE 3 39 A12 A2 24
BUS 221 221 A12 A2 U20
J7 7 23 38 A11
(-) 21 DO/RI XTAL2 A11 A1 23 CY62256LL
ADDRESS A1
ADDRESS
Y1 37 A10 FROM SHEET 2 A0
R100 A10 21
681 11.0592MHz A9 A0
J7 24 36
20 XTAL1 A9
35 A8
5 C125 C126 A8
J7 8 GND 18pF 18pF 22
22 +5V VCC GND
C49 C54 53
0.1 0.01 GND
63
GND
33 27
WR WE
+5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V 34 22
RD OE
14
RD GND
R153 R155 R144 R145 R146 R152 R151 R184 R185 R187 R186 R190
10.0K 10.0K 10.0K 10.0K 10.0K 10.0K 10.0K 10.0K 10.0K 10.0K 10.0K 10.0K RAM MONITOR
TP47 WR J10
J6 17 6 20 +5V 4 PROG VCC
# PWR INCREASE - 11 PB.7 CEO CE C139
43 ALE TO J10
J6 19 ALE 8 1 28 0.01 7 PROG VCC
# PWR DECREASE - 10 PG.4 SHEET 2 +5V VCCI VCCO VCC
C115 C121 U21 3 C112 C111 J8
J6 61 TOL 2 PROG VCC
# SOFTKEY 1 - 16 PF.0 0.1 0.01 DS1312S-2 0.1 0.01
A15
J6 60 4
# SOFTKEY 2 - 15 PF.1 GND +5V
J6 59 42 U24:A 5
# SOFTKEY 3 - 14 PF.2 A15 CEI
1 2
J6 58 R200
# UP KEY -12 PF.3 2 4750
VBAT 7 #LOW_BAT-
J6 29 R250 C120 BW TO SHEET 2
# DOWN KEY - 13 PD.4
100 10
J5 18 35V
# LOCAL - 11 PG.3 BT1
J5 30 3V REAL-TIME CLOCK
# REMOTE -10 PD.5 +5V J5
6 RF ON COMMON
J5 7
VBAT
# RF ON - 7 J5
4 4 R223 9 SWITCH COMMON
J1 31 PE.2 WDI
# EXT RF ON - 16 PD.6 10.0K
14 J6
# RF OFF - 8 J5 32 16 FT/OUT TP51 17 SWITCH COMMON
PD.7 +5V VCC
C137 13 R224 J6
J1 C138 1000 18 SHIELD
# EXT RF OFF - 15 0.01 0.1 THS
11
CR6 CR3 CR7 CR8 CR9 CR5 CR4 CR12 CR13 CR11 CR10 SQW TP49 J8
+5V U25 R225 6 PROG GND
26
INT1 M41T94MQ6 1000
TP48 8 J10
21 R219 VSS 2 PROG GND
+5V VCC
10.0K
L11 C119 C118 20 3 J10
RESET RST 10 PROG GND
0.1 0.01 6
15 RSTIN2
E
10 2
52 SCL XO
+5V VCC 12
FROM SHEET 3 +5V L12 C127 C128 SDI Y2
0.1 0.01 9 32.768kHz
SDO
5 1
RSTIN1 XI
J8
64 3 PROG SCK
+5V AVCC
L10 C116 C117 11 SCK
0.1 0.01 SCK
12 MOSI
MOSI TO
INT0 25 MISO
FROM SHEET 2 INT0 13 SHEET 3
MISO
#EOC- 8 RESET
FROM SHEET 3 INT6 1
PEN
#AC_LOW- 7 10
FROM SHEET 4 INT5 SS RESET
14 TO SHEET 2
INT4 PB.4 +5V
6 15
FROM SHEET 2 OC3B PB.5
62 C165 13
AREF +5V R252 14 J1
J10 57 3920 0.1 U11:D 11 MONITOR
PROG TCK 1 TCK
AMPLIFIER GAIN
J10 56 R251 C164 R254 R255 C166 12
PROG TMS 5 TMS R253
10.0K Q5 0.47 475K 475K 0.1
J10 55 5 2N7002LT1 100K
PROG TDO 3 TDO OC3A
J10 54
PROG TDI 9 TDI
J10
PROG RESET 6
J8
PROG RESET 5
#SS6(RTC)-
FROM SHEET 2
S1950142 SHEET 1 OF 4 V1
Electrical Schematic – Control/Display PWB (NAPC147B)

DATABUS
RD
RESET DIGITAL INPUTS +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V TO
WR CPLD SHEET 1
ALE 66 ADDRESS
R181 R180 R179 R161 R182 R148
RD 46 10.0K 10.0K 10.0K 10.0K 10.0K 10.0K #SS1(ADC1)-
77
D7 9 12 A7
FROM WR 47 79 #SS2(ADC2)- D7 U23:H Q7
SHEET 1 #SS3(ADC3)- D6 8 13 A6
A14 48 80 TO D6 U23:G Q6
3 #SS4(DAC1)- SHEET 3 D5 7 14 A5
A15 53 D5 U23:F Q5
76 #SS5(DAC2)- D4 A4
6 15
DATABUS
#LOW_BAT- D4 U23:E Q4
ADDRESS
50
23 #SS6(RTC)- D3 5 16 A3
D3 U23:D Q3
TO
#AC_LOW- 71 INT0 D2 4 17 A2
51 SHEET 1 D2 U23:C Q2
#REFLD_PWR_SHUTBACK+ D1 3 18 A1
FROM 52 73 D1 U23:B Q1
SHEET 4 VCC_INT +5V J3 D0 A0
#HIGH_RF_CURRENT+ 55 C103 C104 L7 +5V 1 CPLD VCC 2 19
D0 U23:A Q0
0.1 0.01 C64
0.01
69 11 LATCH 20 A0
#REMOTE_STATUS+ ENABLE VCC +5V
78 J3
VCC_INT +5V 6 CPLD GND U23:I C129 C134
+5V +5V 83 C98 C99 L6 SN74AHC573DW 0.1 0.01
#RF_ON+ 0.1 0.01
1 OUTPUT 10 J4
GND
ENABLE 5 # INHIBIT PM (B) -
+5V R192 R193 U18
FROM +5V +5V +5V 10.0K 10.0K
57 XC9572-15PC84C 1 D7 J4
SHEET 3 4 # INHIBIT PM (A) -
VO(LCD) TP43
GRAPHIC DIGITAL OUTPUTS
R123 R122 R117 58 61 D6 D7 9 12 U30:A J1
TP42
10.0K 10.0K 10.0K DISPLAY D8 U29:H Q8
1 16
9 # REMOTE COMMON -
J3 59 7 D5 D6 U30:B J1
CPLD TDO 5 TDO D7 J9 8
D7 U29:G Q7
13
10 # OPERATING B -
18 D7 2 15
J3 28 67 D4 D5 7 14 U30:C
CPLD TDI 4 TDI D6 J9 D6 U29:F Q6
17 D6 3 14
J3 29 D3 D4 U30:D R163 J6
DATABUS
CPLD TMS 3 TMS 63 D5 J9 6 15
16 D5 D5 U29:E Q5
4 13
6 # CHANGEOVER LED -
J3 30 54 D2 D3 5 16 U30:E 2210 R157 J6
CPLD TCK 2 TCK D4 J9 D4 U29:D Q4 8 # POWER SUPPLY LED -
15 D4 5 12
22 68 D1 D2 4 17 U30:F 2210 R156 J6
+5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V VCC_IO D3 J9 D3 U29:C Q3 9 # AC MAINS LED -
L4 14 D3 6 11
C90 C91 70 D0 D1 3 18 U30:G 2210 J5
0.1 0.01 D2 J9 D2 U29:B Q2 4 # RF ON LED -
R9 R27 R8 R198 R174 R196 R205 13 D2 7 10
D0 2 19 +5V R176
R10 4750 4750 4750 4750 4750 4750 4750 U13:A +5V +5V D1 J9 D1 U29:A Q1 2210
J1 4 12 D1
# EXT INTERLOCK OPEN + 29 1 2
100 R28 U13:B D0 J9 R247
J1 5 R149 R150 11 D0
# EXT PDM INHIBIT - 30 11 20 U35:A 4750 U35:B
R7 100 U13:C 3 4 10.0K 10.0K CSOUT1 CLK VCC +5V J5
J1 6 1 16 2 15
5 # RF OFF LED -
# BTRY/MOD PROTN - 31 5 6 U29:I C150 C154 R188
100 R199 U13:D 36
J7 9 TP34 DMF5005NY-LY-AKE SN74AHC574DW 0.1 0.01 2210
# PM FAULT (A)/RF OSC FAIL + 4 9 8 45
R175 100 U14:A TP35 1 OUTPUT 10 #RF_ON+
J7 10 ENABLE GND
# SPARK GAP SHTBCK/SYNTH INSTALLED (A) - 5 1 2
J7 100 R197 U14:B 12 J9 U35:C J6
# PDM LATCH (A) + 6 +5V 3 VCC 7 # EXTERNAL ALARM LED -
3 4 L13 C144 C143 J9 3 14
J7 R206 100 U14:C 14 19 FS R162
# PM INSTALLED (A) -/RF FAIL (A) + 8 0.01 0.1 2210
J9 J6
100 C4 C15 C3 C110 C101 C109 C114 5 6 1 FGND 1 LED COMMON
0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 J9 J5
38 2 VSS
+15V 3 LED COMMON
+5V VCC_INT J9
L5 20 LED_K C95 C102
+5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V C92 C94 R222 0.1 0.1
0.1 0.01 0.0
K D7 9 12 U34:A J1
LED_K D8 U33:H Q8 12 # DCC RMT COM -/RF MON SELECT
R203 R16 R12 R209 R172 R167 R165 1 16
U34:B
4750 4750 4750 4750 4750 4750 4750 D6 8 13 J7
J7 R204 U14:D 17 8 R243 D7 U33:G Q7 32 # INHIBIT RF DRIVE PS +
# LVPS FAIL (A) - 10 GND 2 15
9 8 16 3.92 D5 7 14 U34:C J7
J1 100 R15 U14:E 19 GND 0.5W D6 U33:F Q6 33 # INHIBIT PM (C) -/MED VOLTS +
# MSK ALARM (A) + 13 * DENOTES LINK 3 14
11 10 27 E3:1 D4 6 15 U34:D R164 J6
R11 100 U14:F GND INSTALLED FOR
DATABUS
J1 26 R246 D5 U33:E Q5
4 13
5 # LOW VOLT PS LED -
# KEYER BOARD FAULT (A) + 21 42 VECTOR ONLY U34:E 2210
100 R210 13 12
U15:A
GND 3.92 A * D3 5 16 J7
J7 11 49 0.5W D4 U33:D Q4
5 12
36 # INHIBIT FAN +/SIDE B MAIN -
# PM INSTALLED (C)/SYNTH INSTALLED (B) - 14 GND D2 U34:F
R173 100 U15:B 1 2
60 E3:3 4 17 J7
J7 13 GND R220 E3:2 B D3 U33:C Q3
6 11
35 # HIGH VOLTS +/STANDBY TEST -
# PDM LATCH (B) + 7 A U34:G
3 4 6.81 LED_A D1 3 18 J7
J7 100 R168 U15:C 15 0.5W D2 U33:B Q2 34 # PM RESET -
# RF DRIVE FAIL -/RF FAIL (B) + 9 J9 7 10
U37:A
5 6 +5V 9 LED_A D0 2 19 J7
J7 R166 100 U15:D 18 R221 R238 D1 U33:A Q1 30 # INHIBIT RF DRIVE/MON BYPASS +
# LVPS FAIL (B) - 11 1 16
9 8 6.81 0.0
100 C113 C7 C5 C124 C100 C97 C96 0.5W J9
0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 +5V +5V A0 8 C/D 11 20
J7 64 CSOUT2 CLK VCC +5V
16 +5V VCC_IO J9
L8 RD 6 RD U33:I C160 C161
J7 C106 C105 R194 R189 +5V
31 +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V 0.1 0.01 J9 SN74AHC574DW 0.1 0.01
10.0K 10.0K WR 5 WR
56 1 OUTPUT 10
TP44 J9 ENABLE GND R248
R23 R26 R215 R213 R158 R207 R4 65 VO(LCD) 4 VEE
4750
TP40 U35:E U35:F J5
R24 4750 4750 4750 4750 4750 4750 4750 U15:E 1 # LOCAL LED -
J1 20 J9 5 12 6 11
# MSK ALARM (B) + 14 11 10
RESET 10 RESET R177
J1 100 R25 U15:F 31 2 LCD_CE J9 2210
# KEYER BOARD FAULT (B) + 22 7 CE
#REMOTE_STATUS+
J7 R216 100 U16:A 13 12
24
# PM FAULT (B) -/SHUTDOWN + 23
100 R214 1 2
U16:B +5V +5V
J7 32 GRAPHIC DISPLAY SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
# PDM INSTALLED (A) - 26 D7 9 12 U35:D R178 J5
3 4 D8 U36:H Q8 2 # REMOTE LED -
J7 R159 100 U16:C 37 R191 R160 4 13
# PM INSTALLED (B)/MONITOR FAIL - 15 D6 8 13 U37:C 2210 J7
5 6 10.0K 10.0K D7 U36:G Q7 17 # EXCITER B -
J7 100 R208 U16:D 40 62 3 14
# ACTIVE SIDE B - 24 TP41 D5 U37:D
9 8 84 7 14 J7
R3 100 U16:E TP37 D6 U36:F Q6 18 # RESET PDM -
J1 34 4 13
U37:E R169
DATABUS
# STANDBY CODE 1 - 39 21 INT4 D4 6 15 J6
100 C13 C14 C135 C131 C93 C123 C2 11 10 TO SHEET 1 D5 U36:E Q5
5
4 # EXCITER LED -
0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 D3 5 16 U38:A R170 12 2210 J6
J1 D4 U36:D Q4 3 # PA LED -
18 72 1 16
CSOUT1 D2 4 17 U38:B 2210 R171 J6
J1 D3 U36:C Q3 2 # OUTPUT NETWORK LED -
32 +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V 74 U38:C 2 15
2210
CSOUT2 D1 3 18 J1
D2 U36:B Q2 3 14
1 # AC ENABLE -
75 U38:D
R1 R217 R211 R13 R128 R130 R115 CSOUT3 D0 2 19 J1
4750 4750 4750 4750 4750 4750 4750 D1 U36:A Q1 2 # DC INHIBIT -
J1 R2 U16:F 43 TP38 4 13
# DC INSTALLED - 40 13 12
J7 100 R218 U17:A 25 J7 11 20
# PM FAULT (C) -/CHANGEOVER ALM + 25 1 2
1 # SHUTBACK (A) - CSOUT3 CLK VCC +5V
J7 R212 100 U17:B 33 C107 C162 C163
# PDM INSTALLED (B) - 27 0.1 U36:I
3 4 81 Q1 SN74AHC574DW 0.1 0.01
J1 100 R14 U17:C 39
# CHARGER ALARM - 17 MMBT4401LT1 1 OUTPUT 10
5 6 R183 GND
#STANDBY_2- R129 100 U17:D 1000 TP39 ENABLE
41
FROM 9 8
#RMT_RF_ON+ 100 R131 U17:E 35 J7
SHEET 1 2 # SOFTSTART/SHUTBACK (B) -
R116 100 U17:F 11 10 C108
J4 44 0.1
# SPARE DIGITAL IN 5 3 82 Q2
100 C1 C136 C130 C6 C70 C71 C61 13 12
MMBT4401LT1 J7
0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 R195 3
S1950142 SHEET 2 OF 4 V1 1000

TP9
J4
9 U35:H 8 +5V 25 +5V
COM GND L3 C77
MC1413BD J4 C76
+5V 27 10 0.01
J4 35V
7
24
J4
26
+5V +5V
TP12
4 U27:E 11
+15V VCC VEE -15V R136 R135 J4
MC33074AD +15V 17 +15V
C148 C149 10.0K 10.0K L2
12 J4 C67 C62
0.1 10 12 8 9 13 14 0.1 A10 +15V 19 10 0.01
11 J4 35V
A9 16
TP3 2 J4
18
1 9
U2:A A8
+5V
14
VCC
U13:G
GND
7
+15V R59 ANALOG TO DIGITAL TP18
SN74AHCT14D
C83 R37 R38 C19 3 100 U9 CONVERTERS J4
0.1 39.2K 0.1 TLC1543IDW +24V 15 +24V
11 13 10.0K L1
J4 C47 C48
CHARGER_CURRENT 14 10 0.01
8 20 35V
A7 VCC +5V J4
FWD_PWR_SAMPLE C63 C58 10
7
A6 0.01 0.1 TP20
14 U14:G 7
+5V VCC GND REFLD_PWR_SAMPLE 6
SN74AHCT14D A5 J4
C84 -15V 23 -15V
0.1 FROM AC_SAMPLE 5 L9
A4 J4 C122 C132
SHEET 4 10 22 10
PDM_A_SAMPLE GND 0.01
2 35V
A1 13 +5V TO SHEETS 1, 2 & 4
PDM_B_SAMPLE REF-
1
14 U15:G 7 A0 +15V TO SHEET 4
+5V VCC GND POLARITY_ERROR
SN74AHCT14D 4 J4
C85 A3 40 U10
4 6
0.1 +5V VIN LT1790BIS6-4.096 VOUT VREF
+5V C74 C72 C73
GND1 GND2
0.1 10 0.1
1 2
R107 +5V 35V
10.0K
14 U16:G 7
+5V VCC GND 3
SN74AHCT14D A2 R154
C86
0.1 10.0K
#EOC-
MOSI
17
ADDRESS EOC
19 DIGITAL TO ANALOG
MOSI CR2
FROM SCK
18
I/O_CLK BAT54HT1 TO CONVERTER
SHEET 1 SHEET 1 14
14 U17:G 7 SCK 14 MISO +5V VDD 12 REFLD_PWR_SHTBK_REF
+5V VCC GND VREF REF+ 16 L15 C153 C156 DACA
SN74AHCT14D DATA_OUT
C89 #SS1(ADC1)- 15 0.1 0.01 U31 11 LOW_AC_REF TO
CS TLV5620ID DACB
0.1 SHEET 4
10 RF_CURRENT_REF
FROM 6 DACC
MOSI DATA
SHEET 2 7 1
#SS2(ADC2)- SCK CLK GND TP50
9 U38:H 8 15 13
COM GND CS #SS4(DAC1)- LDAC
MC1413BD 8
CR16 FROM SHEET 2 LOAD
17 16
1SMB5939B MOSI ADDRESS DATA_OUT 2 R228
39V 5 6 7 +5V REFA 9 5
18 DACD 10.0K
C50 1 SCK I/O_CLK 3 7 J7
0.01 19 REFB U27:B 38 CARRIER REF (A)
2 3 14 EOC 4 R233 C140
1 VREF REF+
CR1 REFC 6 100 0.1 J7
t° U5 U8:A
BAT54HT1 4 U26 6 5 37
+5V VIN LT1790BIS6-2.5 VOUT REFD
9
COM
U30:H
GND
8 3 TMP36G 2 C147 C146
MC1413BD 12 0.1
GND1 GND2
10 R231 R232
A10 1 2 35V 10.0K 10.0K
R103 R102 R110
10.0K 10.0K 100
4
TP24 6 REFC
7 11 5 12 12
9 U34:H 8 REFD
COM GND U8:B A9 DACA
MC1413BD R109 20 14 J11 AUDIO
+24V 5
VCC +5V U28:D 1
R95 C55 100 C82 C81 U32 1 C158 C157 (SPEAKER)
R104 14 GND 13 R245 J11
68.1K 10.0K 0.1 U12 0.01 0.1 +5V VDD TLV5620ID 10 10.0K 0.1 2
L14 C155 C159 13
TLC1543IDW LDAC 35V
R120 TP33 0.1 0.01 R242
9 4750 R241 33.2K
9 U37:H 8 -15V 10.0K
COM GND 8 9 10
MC1413BD R134 R133 C66 R119 U8:C A8 GND R230
12.1K 1820 0.1 1210 R121 6 R229 15.0K
10 13 MOSI DATA 11 2
2 6 7 100 REF- DACB VO(LCD)
7 4750 1
SCK CLK U27:A TO SHEET 2
#SS5(DAC2)- +5V 3
8 R226
FROM SHEET 2 LOAD C141
4750 R227
TP30 13 1500 0.1
4 U3:E 11
+5V VDD GND 14 8
TLV2374ID U8:D A7
C34 SPEAKER_REF_LEVEL 2
+5V R111 FROM SHEET 4 REFA
0.1 12 13 14 R132 R118 C65 12 100 10 J11
22.1K 0.1 DACC 3 ANALOG METER
47.5K +5V R244 C152 J11
3920 0.1 4
4 U1:E 11 BAT_VOLT_SAMPLE RESET Q3
+5V VDD GND 7 FROM SHEET 1
TLV2374ID A6 MMBT4401LT1
C17 TP53
BAT_CUR_SAMPLE 6
0.1 A5 R239
12 13 14
RF_CURRENT_SAMPLE 2740
5 3
A4 REFB R237
9 5
FROM B+_SAMPLE 4 R240 DACD 10.0K
A3 7 J7
SHEET 4 3920 U28:B 40 CARRIER REF (B)
DC_CURRENT_SAMPLE 3 R236 C142
4 U2:E 11 A2 6
+5V VDD GND 100 0.1 J7
TLV2374ID PA_VOLTS_SAMPLE 2 39
C25 A1
0.1 48V_SAMPLE R235
1 R234 10.0K
A0
10.0K
3 U4:E 12
+15V VCC GND
C37 MC3302D
0.1
1 6 7
4 U7:E 11 4 U8:E 11 4 U11:E 11 14 U24:G 7

+5V VDD GND +5V VDD GND +5V VDD GND +5V VCC GND
TLV2374ID C57 TLV2374ID C78 TLV2374ID C133 MM74AHCU04M
4 U28:E 11 C56
+15V VCC VEE -15V 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
MC33074AD C151 12 13 14 10 12 8 9 13 14 3 5 9 11 13
C145
0.1 0.1
3 1 2
S1950142 SHEET 3 OF 4 V1

J4 TP7 C26 2
RF DR VOLTS SAMPLE 39 0.1 BAT_CUR_SAMPLE
1
U3:A
J1 R53
BATTERY CURRENT 25 3
R58 C30 R68 R54 C27 100
J1 TP1 9 J1 R57
FWD PWR SAMPLE 3 SPEAKER_REF_LEVEL 26 1000 10.0K 0.1 475K 475K 0.1
8
U2:C TO SHEET 3
J2 J4
2 38
R22 R21 R20 R19 C12 R51 R62 R61 C32 10
J1 8250 10.0K 1000 10.0K 0.001 0.0 8250 5620 0.0022
4
J2 J4 TP8 C28 6
3 62V (B) SAMPLE 37 0.1 BAT_VOLT_SAMPLE
C33 7 TO
U3:B
0.0047 J1 R67 SHEET 3
BATTERY VOLTAGE 27 5
R70 C35 R74 R55 C29 100
J1 R69
28 1000 10.0K 0.1 475K 475K 0.1
C36 13
0.1 14 FWD_PWR_SAMPLE
+5V U2:D TO SHEET 3 J4
FROM 36
R71
SHEET 3 +15V R52 R60 12 100
C31
475K 475K 0.1
J1 TP6 C8 2
# RF OVERCURRENT + 7 0.1 RF_CURRENT_SAMPLE
1
U1:A
J2 R31
RF CURRENT SAMPLE 8 3
R48 R46 C24 R56 R17 C9 100
J1 R47 R45
8 1000 10.0K 1000 10.0K 0.001 475K 475K 0.1
J1 TP2 C10 6 J2 +5V
REFLD PWR SAMPLE 5 0.1 REFLD_PWR_SAMPLE 9
7
U1:B TO SHEET 3 R79 TP16
J2 R32 R80 R78
4 5 TP21 11 100K
R36 R34 C18 R44 R18 C11 100 4750 #HIGH_RF_CURRENT+
J1 R35 R33 1500 13
6 1000 10.0K 1000 10.0K 0.001 475K 475K 0.1 RF_CURRENT_REF U4:D TO SHEET 2
FROM SHEET 3 10
J2 +5V R88 C45
5 10.0K 0.1
R64 TP10
R65 5 100K R63
TP15 4750
2 #REFLD_PWR_SHUTBACK+
1500 U4:A TO SHEET 2
REFLD_PWR_SHTBK_REF
FROM SHEET 3 4
R77 C41
10.0K 0.1
TP23 C60 9
0.1 8 B+_SAMPLE
U7:C
J4 R112
B+ SAMPLE 35
J7 TP4 C21 6 R94 C46 R114 R113 C59 10 100
12 0.1 CHARGER_CURRENT R93
7 J4 1000 0.1 475K 475K 0.1
U2:B 34 10.0K
J1 R49
CHARGER CURRENT 33 5
R30 C16 R40 R39 C20 100
J1 R29
34 1000 10.0K 0.1 475K 475K 0.1
TP31 C75 2
TO 0.1 DC_CURRENT_SAMPLE
J7 1
13 SHEET 3 U11:A
J4 R137
DC CURRENT SAMPLE 33
TP13 R127 C69 R125 R124 C68 3 100
J4 R126
AC_SAMPLE 32 1000 10.0K 0.1 475K 475K 0.1
J4
B+ SAMPLE/AC POWER 21
R85 R84 C43 R90
J4 1000 0.1 +5V 100
20 10.0K
#AC_LOW- C39 9
R81 TP22 TO SHEET 1 TP11
R82 475K R89 0.1 8 PA_VOLTS_SAMPLE
TP19 9 U3:C
4750 #AC_LOW- J4
15.0K 14 PA VOLTS SAMPLE 31 R66
LOW_AC_REF U4:C TO SHEET 2 10 100
R76 R75 C40 R73 R72 C38
FROM SHEET 3 8 J4 1000 0.1 475K 475K 0.1
R83 C42 30 10.0K
10.0K 0.1
TP17 C23 9
0.1 8 48V_SAMPLE
U1:C
J4 R41
+48V SAMPLE 29 10 TO
R87 C44 R43 R42 C22 100
J4 R86 SHEET 3
28 1000 10.0K 0.1 475K 475K 0.1
J7 TP25 2
28 POLARITY_ERROR
1
U7:A
J1 R108
# POLARITY ERROR - 23 3
R96 C51 100
J1 R97
24 1000 10.0K 0.1
J7
29
TP28 C52 6
0.1 7 PDM_A_SAMPLE
U7:B
J4 R98
PDM (A) 9 5
R142 C88 R105 R99 C53 100
J4 R143
8 10.0K 10.0K 0.1 475K 475K 0.1
TP29 C80 6
0.1 7 PDM_B_SAMPLE
U11:B
J4 R106
PDM (B) 7 5
R140 C87 R139 R138 C79 100
J4 R141
6 10.0K 10.0K 0.1 475K 475K 0.1
S1950142 SHEET 4 OF 4 V1

J12 J12
1 5
J1 J12 J12
+5V A 7 +5V UINIVERSAL P/S A (24.8V) 2 6 TO LVPS A
L6 C22 CR15
J1 J12 J12
8 10 MUR1520 3 7
J1 35V J7 CR20
9 9 # RF FAIL B + J12 J12
4 MUR1520 8
J1 Q8
10 2N4401
R33 C25 J15 J9
J2 33.2K 0.1 21 22
+5V B 7 J7
L2 8 # RF FAIL A + J15 J9
J2 C16 CR4 22 23 TO BATTERY FPC
8 10 MUR1520 Q9
2N4401 BATTERY (24V) FROM J15
35V
9
J2 R34 C26 POWER INTERACE BOARD 23 J9
33.2K 0.1 J7 J15 CR19 24
J2 4 # RF OSC FAIL + 24 MUR1520
10 J9
J15 25
+5V 25
J13 J14 J14
7 1 5
INHIBIT RF (A)- R1
J13 U2:A J14 J14
8 10K UINIVERSAL P/S B (24.8V) 2 6 TO LVPS B
1 TP2 1 2
J14 J14
DGPS E6:2 3 4 3 7
J16 U3:A 6 U2:B J8
FC(A) MISC 5 U3:B 10 FC POWER MODULE (A) J14 J14
2 3 4 4 8
J16 R23 E6:1 BEACON 5
6 100 J8
E6:3 U2:C 11
J16 J10 J7
4 5 6 # PDM A INSTALLED (-) 13 26 # PDM A INSTALLED (-)
J5 J11 J7
FC (A) SYNTH 12 5 V square wave at RF frequency # PDM B INSTALLED (-) 13 27 # PDM B INSTALLED (-)
R26 R25 R24
332 332 332 – RF is on and appropriate side is active # SYNTH A INSTALLED (-) 2
J5 J7
5 # SYNTH A INSTALLED (-)
J13
DGPS E5:2 1
J4 U1:A
FC(B) MISC 5 J6 J7
TP1 1 2 # SYNTH B INSTALLED (-) 2 14 # SYNTH B INSTALLED (-)
J4 R22 E5:1 BEACON
6 100 12 J13
E5:3 9 11 U1:B J9 J1 21
J4 U3:D 10 FC POWER MODULE (B) 27
4 8 3 4
U3:C 13 J1
28
J6 10 U1:C J9
FC (B) SYNTH 12 11
R19 R20 R21 5 6
332 J1
332 332 25
J13 J1 J7
INHIBIT RF (B)- 27 +5V 26 10 # LVPS A FAIL +
J13 R2 J2
28 10K 25
J2 J7
2 3 J10 26 11 # LVPS B FAIL +
K2:A 12 -15V MOD DRIVE (A)
J1 4 J2
-15V A 12 27
L7 C23 CR16 CR12
J1 J2
11 10 MUR120 MUR120 28
35V
-15V
CR5 2 3 J11
MUR120 K1:A 12 -15V MOD DRIVE (B) J1
J2 4 1
-15V B 12
L3 C17 CR11
J2
11 10 MUR120
35V J2
1
9 8 J5
K2:B 4 +15V SYNTHESIZER (A)
J1 7
+15V A 17
L8 C24 CR17 J10
J1 CR14 18 +15V MOD DRIVE (A)
18 10 MUR120 MUR1520 J1 J8
+24V A 33 7 +24V A
J1 35V CR18
19 J1 J8
+15V 34 MUR1520 6
J1 J1
20 35 +24V
CR6 9 8 J6
MUR120 K1:B 4 +15V SYNTHESIZER (B) J1 J9
J2 7 36 CR7 6
+15V B 17 MUR1520
L4 C18 J11 J2 J9
J2 CR13 18 +15V MOD DRIVE (B) +24V B 33 7 +24V B
18 10 MUR1520
J2 35V 1 1 J2
19 +5V +5V 34 J13
12 +15V MISC A
J2 J2
20 CR9 K1:C K2:C CR10 35
J13
J2 32 +15V MISC B
10 10 36
+5V J3
J1 J2 +15V 17
24 24 +15V CTRL
J3
J1 J2 19
CR25 R31 23 23
R14 R12 R10 R8 R6 R5 R3 56.2K J1 J2 14 U3:E 7 J15
10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 18 Q6 37 37 +5V VCC GND 12 +15V RMT
J7 2 ENABLE B 2N7000 MC74HC00
#TEST- 35 C3 J15
CR26 R32 C27
38
J1
38
J2
0.1 14
C11 100 10
0.01 35V J1 J2 J13
39 39 10 +5V MISC A
J13 3 19 Q7 J1 J2 J13
#CHANGEOVER A- 5 ENABLE A 40 40 30 +5V MISC B
C9 2N7000 14 U2:G 7
CR27 R37 C28 +5V VCC GND
0.01 +5V J1 J2 C2 MC74AC04N J15
56.2K 10 3 3 +5V 17 +5V RMT
35V 0.1
J13 4 24 J1 J2 J3
#CHANGEOVER B- 25 VCC CR28 R38 4 4 25
100 +5V CTRL
C8 C10 J1 J2 J3
0.01 0.1 5 5 27
12 J1 J2 14 U1:G 7
GND 6 6 +5V VCC GND J13
U4 J7 C1 MC74AC04N 14 -15V MISC A
J7 5 GAL20V8 24 #NDB/GPS ACTIVE SIDE (A/B) J1 J2
# NDB A/B MAIN 36 13 13 0.1 J13
C7 17 Q1 34 -15V MISC B
0.01 2N4401 J1 J2
R4 14 14 J15
10K -15V 16 -15V RMT
J13 6 J7 J1 J2 J3
#SHUTDOWN A- 6 23 # NDB SHUTDOWN + 15 15 23 -15V CTRL
C6 21 Q2 J1 J2
0.01 2N4401 16 16 J15
R7 +24V 8
J13 7 10K
#SHUTDOWN B- 26 J7 J15
25 # NDB/GPS CHANGEOVER + J15 10
C5 22 Q3 26
0.01 J15 +24V RMT BOARD
2N4401 J15 31
R9 32
J7 8 10K J15
# NDB MON BYPASS + 30 J15 33
C4 J7 34
15 #NDB/GPS MONITOR FAIL+ J3
0.01 15 Q4 +24V 15 +24V CTRL BOARD
2N4401
1 R11
10K CR23
10 J8
1 #RF RELAY CTRL (A/B)
9 11 R36
CR24
16 13 0
20 Q5
23 14 2N7000
S1950009 SHEET 1 OF 2 V3 R35 R13 C12
0 22.1K 10
35V
Electrical Schematic – Exciter Interface PWB (NAPI76)

J10 J8 J10 J8
PDM1 (A) 24 20 PDM (A) DUMP (A) 5 14 DUMP (A)
J8 J11 J9
21 DUMP (B) 5 14 DUMP (B)
J8
J10 15
J3 9
9 PDM (A) J9
J11 15
J3 9
8
J10 J8
J11 J9 Fpdm (A) 10 18 Fpdm (A)
PDM1 (B) 24 20 PDM (B)
J11 J9
J9 Fpdm (B) 10 18 Fpdm (B)
21
J8
19
J3 J5 J9
7 PDM (B) 2FPDM (A) SYNTH 25 19
J3 E7:3
6
E7:1 BEACON
J16 J10
2FPDM (A) MISC 2 7 2FPDM (A)
KEYED TONE/AUDIO (A) 1
J15 J10
15 UNBALANCED AUDIO (A) DGPS E7:2 J10
6
R39 C15
68.1K 2200pF J6
2FPDM (B) SYNTH 25
E4:3
J15 J11
KEYED TONE/AUDIO (B) 19 15 UNBALANCED AUDIO (B) BEACON
R40 C21 E4:1
J15 J10 J4 J11
2 68.1K 2200pF 14 2FPDM (B) MISC 2 7 2FPDM (B)
J15 J11 DGPS E4:2 J11
20 14 6
TP4
J8 J10 J15
B+ REF (A) 12 3 B+ REF 1 (A) 37 SERIAL TO REMOTE
J8 R27 R28 R29 C19 R30 C20 J10 J15
13 82.5K 8250 3320 0.0022 3320 0.0022 4 B+ REF 2 (A) 38
TP3 J15
39
J9 J11 J15
B+ REF (B) 12 3 B+ REF 1 (B) 40
J9 R15 R16 R17 C13 R18 C14 J11
13 82.5K 8250 3320 0.0022 3320 0.0022 4 B+ REF 2 (B)
J7 J8
19 22 SERIAL TO PM BLOCKS
J10 J7 J7 J8
# PDM LATCH A + 11 6 # PDM LATCH A + 21 23
J11 J7 J7 J8
# PDM LATCH B + 11 7 # PDM LATCH B + 20 24
J7 J8
22 25
J7 J10 KEY CW KEY CW
# SHUTBACK A - 1 16 # INHIBIT PDM (A) -
E9 2 2 E8
CR22 DGPS BEACON
J13 J7 1 1 1 1 J10
3 CARRIER REF (A) 38 2 CARRIER REF (A)
2 3 3 2
CR2 E10:1 E10:2 E10:3 J7
37 KEY CW KEY CW
J7 J11 J13
# SHUTBACK B - 2 16 # INHIBIT PDM (B) - 20
CR21 DGPS BEACON J13
J13 18
23
CR1 E11:1 E11:2 E11:3
KEY CW KEY CW
E3 2 2 E2
J10 J7 1 1 1 1 J11
1 # RESET PDM (A) - CARRIER REF (B) 40 2 CARRIER REF (B)
CR8 2 3 3 2
J7 J11 J7
# RESET PDM - 18 1 # RESET PDM (B) - 39 KEY CW KEY CW
J13
CR3 40
J1 J3 J7 J13 J13
29 14 13 35 38
J1 J3 J3 J7 J13
AC SIGNAL (A) 30 21 AC POWER 16 16 15
J13
J3 J7 J13 17
J2 J3 18 29 13
AC SIGNAL (B) 29 20
J3 J7 J13 J13
J2 22 31 33 19
30
J1 J3 J13 J13
31 24 11 37
J1 J3 J13 J13
32 26 31 39
J2 J3 J5
31 28 1
J3 J15
J2 30 J5 9 KEY CW
32 14 2 E1
J3 J15
S1950009 SHEET 2 OF 2 V3 32 J5 11 1 1 J13
15 16
J3 J15 3 2
33 13 #KEY CW -
J13 KEY CW J13
4 J15 36
J3 J6 15
34 1
J13 J15
24 J3 27 J9
36 J6 1
J7 14
3 J3 J15 J9
38 J6 28 2
15 J15
J3 29 J9 POWER BLOCK ADDRESS
40 J15 3
30
J8 J9
8 4
J4 J8
1 9
J4 J16
3 1
J4 J9 J16
7 8 3
J9 J16
9 7
Electrical Schematic – Exciter Interface PWB (NAPI76)

J11 J18
REFLD PWR SAMPLE 5 5 REFLD PWR SAMPLE
J11 R73 R74 C49 J18
6 6810 1820 0.001 6
J11 J18
RF CURRENT SAMPLE 17 7 RF CURRENT SAMPLE
J11 CR22 R19 R156 C56 R158 C57 J18
18 1000 10.0K 0.0047 10.0K 0.001 8
J18
3 FWD PWR SAMPLE
J17
1 FWD PWR SAMPLE
J11 J16
FWD PWR SAMPLE 1 1 FWD PWR SAMPLE
J11 R77 R78 C54 R48
2 6810 1820 0.001 0.0
6
7 1 T1 6
U1:B 21 (+)
5
C3
R55 R1 C1 10 2 7
8250 5620 0.0022 35V 22 SHIELD AUDIO
MONITOR
3 8
+15V 23 (-)
C2
0.0047
R32
22.1K
J17
PRESS-TO-TALK 12 3 # PTT (A) -
CR10 C23 R114
R38 0.1 CR9
A B 22.1K 10.0K J16
E4:1 E4:3 3 # PTT (B) -
GND 13
E4:2
J17
9 # MISC (A) -
J17
SHIELD 15 2
C17 R18 TP1 TP4 TP9 TP12 J16
U3:B 2
1.0 68.1K 10 7 4 14 U9:G 7
+15V V+ AD620R V- -15V +5V VCC GND J18
+15V 8 SN74AHCT14D 4
R17 U1:C C20 TRIM TRIM REF C16 C66
R27 10.0K 0.1 1 8 5 0.1 0.1
475 11 9 GND GND GND GND
9
CR11
R96 J17
(+) 14 1000 4 VOICE INPUT (A)
AUDIO R26 C21 R31 C22
R29 10.0K 10 150pF CR12 J17
INPUT 301 475K 5
35V
-15V
J16
4 VOICE INPUT (B)
+15V
TP2
3 J16
R28 5
301 CR3 6
U3:A
(-) 16 R34
R23 C13 C15 2 475 U21:B J18
R22 CR2 31 # MOD PROT/
10.0K 10 475K 150pF 2 15
35V AUDIO LIMIT -
J18
32
-15V
11 +15V
R87 +15V R98
C65 C73 9 1.82M J13
390pF 390pF 4750 32
17 6 8 13 10
U8:C R99
+5V 7 R93 R92 14
R84 R83 U8:B C71 R94 U8:D 1000 U10:D
U9:A 10 7 13
150K 150K R85 C64 R86 R89 R88 C72 0.047 1820 10.0K 10.0K
C69 J13
36
CW
5 6810 0.01 150K 150K 100K 12 1 11

1 2 R37 100pF 0.1 U10:B
R90 5000 R101 R100
4750 U9:B U9:C AUDIO C59 C58 C61 R82 1000 1.00M 6 +15V
J18 R81 3300pF 3300pF 3300pF
# OPERATING B - 10 3 4 5 6 LEVEL 681K
100K
C75 R9 C78 R97
0.1 68.1K 0.0022 R103 9
562K
1.00M 14
U10:C
C6 C122
3 1000pF 8 10
1 12 R102 35V
U1:A 1000
R4 C4 R5 R6 C7 14 R91
2
U1:D
15.0K 1000pF 3920 3920 1000pF Q7 1.82M
13 2N5116
R30
S1950123 SHEET 1 OF 3 V2 R13 1.82M
R14
10.0K 10.0K
Electrical Schematic - Remote Interface PWB (NAPI78A)

+5V
E5:3 J18
+15V-B E13:3 39 # STANDBY CODE 1 -
+24V-B R144
L11 C101 4750 NDB
C96 C97 R118 J18
1.0 0.1 0.01 R129 30 # EXT PDM INHIBIT -
J17 12 XO 35V 22.1 E13:1
RF MONITOR (A) 21 L 1000 (+) 9 E13:2
J17 E11:3 E5:1 E5:2 R51 1 8 NORM
22 Q12 4750 C34 R50 U6:A
BYPASS PDM INHIBIT / 0.1 10.0K CR15 MOCD223-M
X 14 E11:1 2N4403
STANDBY CODE 1
Q9 2 7
R80 (-) 10
NORMAL E11:2 332K
R115 2N4401
33.2K R119
J16 13 X1 8 E6:3 J18
RF MONITOR (B) 21 H +5V VPOS 1000 E14:3 19 # STANDBY CODE 2 -
16 C93 +24V-B
J16 U16 VCC +5V C110 E10:3 R128 MMBT4401LT1 0.1 R111 NDB
22 C105 C103 0.1 33.2K J18
MC74HC4053AD U20 BYPASS Q14 10 15 # EXT RF OFF -
0.01 0.1 Q13 (+) 7 E14:2 E14:1
E10:2
12 AD603AR R54 3 6 NORM
J8 RF MONITOR E6:1 E6:2
2 Y0 3 R122 R113 C40 R53 U6:B
L U22:D 14
VINP AGC C104
0.1
R125
Q15 1000
R120 R112 C90
0.1 22.1 RF OFF / 4750
0.1 10.0K CR16 MOCD223-M
Y 15 E10:1 33.2K 1000 10 STANDBY CODE 2
13 R126 4 5
3320 Q10 (-) 8
1 Y1 7 7 2N4403
H VEE -5V VOUT
R124
C100 R121 J18
200 332 E7:3 E15:3 20 # RF ON +/OFF -
CW
0.1 6
-5V VNEG 5 MONITOR +24V-B
5 ZO Z 4 C111 FDBK
C99
NDB J18
L
0.1 LEVEL 16 # EXT RF ON -
0.1 (+) 5 E15:2 E15:1
C114 9 E7:1 E7:2 R71 1 8 NORM
3 Z1 0.1 8 1 RF ON / 4750 C44 R70 U7:A
+5V H U22:C GPOS 0.1 10.0K CR17 MOCD223-M
R148 C48 RF ON/OFF 2 7
R151 C117 10 10.0K 0.47 (-) 6
R161 475K 0.1
10.0K 2
J18 11 A GNEG
RF MONITOR SELECT 12 ENABLE
6 NORM
4 J18 E17:2
10 B 8 COMM # REMOTE COMMON - 9
GND E17:1
9 C NDB
E8:3 E17:3
+24V-B
J18 J18
MONITOR AMPLIFIER GAIN 11 17 # CHARGER ALARM -
(+) 3
R146 R76 3 6 J18
475K E8:1 E8:2 18
4750 C50 R75 U7:B
J12 J18 CHARGER ALARM 0.1 10.0K CR18 MOCD223-M
BATTERY CURRENT 22 25 BATTERY CURRENT
SAMPLE J12 R63 C42 J18 4 5
23 1000 0.47 26 (-) 4
24 GND
J12 J18
BATTERY VOLTAGE 24 27 BATTERY VOLTAGE
SAMPLE J12 R72 C47 J18
25 1000 0.47 28 19 +24V-B
R162
EXT INTLK 3920
J12 J18 U21:C J18
# DC INSTALLED - 7 40 # DC INSTALLED - 20 29 # EXT INTLK OPEN +
3 14
R15 C10 R16
3320 0.1 CR1
10.0K
J13
6
J12 J18 J13
# POLARITY ERROR - 8 23 # POLARITY ERROR - 34
J12
9
J12 J18
CHARGER CURRENT 10 33 CHARGER CURRENT
SAMPLE R12 C9
J12 1000 0.1 J18 J17
11 34 EXT RF IN / 24 MSK (A)
J6
MSK (A) J17
25
J12
1 +24V_BATTERY J16
J12 TO SHEET 3 MSK (B) 24 MSK (B)
+24V (BATTERY) 2 J7
J16
J12 J13 25
3 21 +24V (BATTERY)
J13
J12 22
4 J13
J13 RF OSC SAMPLE 3
J12 23
5 J13
J13 4
J12 24
6
J13
25
J11 J17
J13 RF VOLTS MONITOR 9 16 RF VOLTS MONITOR (A)
+5V 17 +5V J13
L2 26 J11 J16
C29 C30 C31 10 16 RF VOLTS MONITOR (B)
J13 10 0.1 0.01 J13
9 27
16V
J13 J13 J11 J17
11 28 RF CURRENT MONITOR 13 18 RF CURR MONITOR (A)
J13 J11 J16
29 14 18 RF CURR MONITOR (B)
J13 J13
8 30
J13 J17
+24V 10 +24V-A 17
L3 C36 C35 C39 J17
J13 J12 19
31 10 0.1 0.01 +15V 12 +15V
35V +24V-B J16
J13 L1 C26 J12 17
33 13
0.1 J16
19
J12
+24V-A 19
J13
+15V 12 +15V J12
L6 C52 14 +24V
J13 C55 C51
14 10 0.1 0.01 J12
35V 15
J13
13
J13 +15V-B
15
-15V
J13
-15V 16 -5V
L4 C46 C45 C41 C80 R152 C118 C119 C120
10 0.1 0.01 0.1 1000 10 0.1 0.01
35V 16V
R153
1000 CR21
1SMB5918B
S1950123 SHEET 2 OF 3 V2 5.1V
Electrical Schematic - Remote Interface PWB (NAPI78A)

EXTERNAL SERIAL INTERFACE 14
VCC
U15:G
GND
7
C98 SN74AHCT14D
+5V
3
DE VCC
8
+5V R139 R159 INTERNAL SERIAL INTERFACE 0.1
3 5 9 11 13
1
R138 C112 C113 121K 121K 1
2
10.0K RE 0.01 0.1 1
U19 R145 R160 4
+5V A2
DS36C278TM 121K 121K 1 C88 8
0.1 1 U13 VCC
6 J4 A1
1 DO/RI 1 TX HCPL-0731 R134
TP10 RO 2
7 J4 K1 1000
DO/RI 2 TX 6 4
J18 4 TP5 7
VO1 VO2 DI 8 J3
EXT TXD (TTL) 37 DI 5 VCC 1 +5V (ISOL)
GND 1 3 5 C108 C107
J18 8 RO K2 GND
38 J4 +5V VCC 0.1 10
5 R106 1 U17
C81 C82 R137
TP11 0.1 0.01 2210 DS36C278TM 121K 1 1
U11
EXT SERIAL BUS 6 J3
J18 1 8 DS36C278TM 8 1 DO/RI 3 INT BUS (+)
EXT RXD (TTL) 35 RO VCC +5V RS-422 +5V VCC A1
J18 C109 C106 J13 6 C89 4 7 J3
U18 U14 A2
36 0.01 0.1 INT BUS (+) 37 DO/RI 0.1 R109 R110 DO/RI 4 INT BUS (-) INT SERIAL BUS
DS36C278TM TP7 HCPL-0731 2 1
J13 7 1000 1000 K1 RO R136 J3 RS-485
INT BUS (-) 38 DO/RI 5 121K 2 GND (ISOL)
6 J4 4 7 R135 GND
4 DO/RI 7 RX DI VO1 2210 2 J3
DI RE
1 1 6 GND (ISOL)
R143 R142 J13 TP6 3 3
3 221 221 39 K2 DE J3
DE 7 J4 5 25 GND (ISOL)
DO/RI 8 RX J13 GND 3 U9:F 6 R133
2 40 DE VO2 2210 1
RE 5 12 13
GND 2 5
RE GND U15:A J3
2 1
5 DE/RE
C102 R33 R132
0.1 10.0K 1000
1
14 J5 1
12 T1OUT 3 TXD
R1OUT R130 J17
100 J5 6 (+)
11 5 GND
T1IN 16 J17
VCC +5V 7 (-) INT BUS (A)
2 C95 C94 J17
V+ 0.1 1.0 8
U12 C83 35V
ADM3202ARN 1.0
35V
13 J5 4 U1:E 11 3 U10:E 12 J16
10 R1IN 2 RXD +15V VCC VEE -15V +15V VCC GND 6 (+)
T2IN R131 C8 MC33074AD C12 C74 MC3302D
R123 6 100 0.1 0.1 0.1 J16
V- EXT SERIAL BUS 2 4 5 7 (-) INT BUS (B)
100 C79 RS-232
15 1 J16
GND C1+ 1.0 8
C84 35V
1.0 J5
8 35V 4 DTR
R2IN 3
C1-
R105 J5 4 U8:E 11 9 U21:H 8
100 4 6 DSR +15V VCC VEE -15V COM GND J10
C2+ MC33074AD CR20 MC1413BD 17 INT BUS (+)
9 C85 C60 C70
R2OUT 0.1 0.1 1SMB5939B
1.0 3 1 2 39V 1 4 5 6 7 J10
35V J5 18 INT BUS (-)
7 5 7 RTS
T2OUT C2- J10
J5 19
8 CTS
J10
20
J17 J16 4 U22:E 11
KEY MONITOR (A) 14 15 KEY MONITOR (A) +5V VCC VEE
C116 MC33074AD
J16 J17 0.1 J10
KEY MONITOR (B) 14 15 KEY MONITOR (B) 3 5 1 2 6 7 +5V 1 +5V
C77 L9
J17 J18 C76 J10
# KEYING/MISC ALM (A) - 10 21 #MISC A FAIL - 10 0.01 2
16V
J16 J18 TO
# KEYING/MISC ALM (B) - 10 22 #MISC B FAIL - DAUGHTER
J10
+15V 3 +15V BOARD
J17 J18 C68 L8
# MSK ALARM (A) - 11 13 # MSK ALARM (A) ? C67 J10
10 0.01 4
J16 J18 16V
# MSK ALARM (B) - 11 14 # MSK ALARM (B) ? NORM
E18:1 E18:2 J10
J17 J13 +24V-A 7
KEYED TONE/AUDIO (A) 12 1 KEYED TONE/AUDIO (A) C63 L7 +24V
+24V_BATTERY E18:3
BATTERY 10
C62 J10
8
J17 J13 0.01
13 2 FROM SHEET 2 16V J10
9
J16 J13 J10
KEYED TONE/AUDIO (B) 12 19 KEYED TONE/AUDIO (B) 10
J16 J13 J10
13 20 11
J10
12
J18 J12
# AC INHIBIT - 1 20 # AC ENABLE -
J18 J12
# DC INHIBIT - 2 21 # DC INHIBIT -
S1950123 SHEET 3 OF 3 V2
Electrical Schematic – Remote Interface PWB (NAPI78A)

SERIAL_IN
FROM SHEET 2
+5V +5V
J2
1 MISO
R32 R7
4750 4750
11 11 +5V
+12V-A A 10 TP6 +12V-A A 10
R26 1 8 SA R1 1 8 SA
3920 C12 R27 U5:A 9 3920 C1 R2 U1:A
0.1 CR9 QH 0.1 CR1 R127
10.0K MOCD223-M 10.0K MOCD223-M 10.0K
2 7 7 2 7 7 3 U29 2 J2
MONITOR POINT 9 10 QH MONITOR POINT 1 1 QH +5V VCC ADM803MAKS RESET 5 RESET
C62 GND
+5V +5V 0.1
1 J2
+5V 2 VCC
L4 C66
R33 R8
4750 4750 0.1
12 12
+12V-A B +12V-A B J2
R30 3 6 R5 3 6 6 GND
3920 C14 R31 U5:B 3920 C3 R6 U1:B
0.1 CR11 0.1 CR3
10.0K MOCD223-M 10.0K MOCD223-M
4 5 4 5
MONITOR POINT 10 11 MONITOR POINT 2 2
+5V +5V
TP11 29
RESET 1
R36 R11 U27:C PD.3
9 16 12
4750 4750 QH
9 8
MISO PB.0
13 13
+12V-A C +12V-A C
10
R28 1 8 R3 1 8 25
PC.2
3920 C13 R29 U6:A 3920 C2 R4 U2:A 26
0.1 CR10 0.1 CR2 PC.3
10.0K MOCD223-M 10.0K MOCD223-M 14
+5V SS 27
2 7 2 7 PC.4
MONITOR POINT 11 13 MONITOR POINT 3 3 R123 28
10.0K PC.5
+5V U13 +5V U10 13
MC74HC165AD MC74HC165AD OC1A
R37 R12 INTERNAL

U28
4750
14
4750
14 ATmega8-16AI SERIAL INTERFACE
+12V-A D +12V-A D
R34 3 6 R9 3 6 31 4
3920 C15 3920 C4 4 TXD DI
R35 CR12 U6:B R10 CR4 U2:B +5V VCC
0.1 10.0K MOCD223-M 0.1 10.0K MOCD223-M L3 C51 C52 C55 6 30 1
0.1 0.01 0.001 VCC RXD RO
4 5 4 5
18 6 J1
MONITOR POINT 12 14 MONITOR POINT 4 4 AVCC DO/RI 17 INT BUS (+)
TP10 2 U7
+5V +5V 20 RE
AREF DS36C278TM
16 16 32 3
VCC +5V VCC +5V PD.2 DE
C29 C24 7 J1
R44 R19 DO/RI 18 INT BUS (-)
0.1 0.1 8
4750 4750 +5V VCC
3 3 L2 C16 C17 J1
+12V-A E +12V-A E 19
R38 1 8 R13 1 8 0.1 0.01
C18 C5 7 J1
3920 R39 CR13 U8:A 8 3920 R14 CR5 U3:A 8 XTAL1 20
0.1 10.0K MOCD223-M GND 0.1 10.0K MOCD223-M GND 2
C53 Y1 PD.4 5
15 15 18pF GND
2 7 CLK_INH 2 7 CLK_INH 3.6864MHz
MONITOR POINT 13 15 MONITOR POINT 5 5 9
8 PD.5
XTAL2
+5V +5V C54
18pF
R45 R20 15 J2
4750 4750 MOSI 4 MOSI
4 4 19
+12V-A F +12V-A F ADC6
R42 3 6 R17 3 6 17 J2
22 SCK 3 SCK
3920 C20 R43 U8:B 3920 C9 R18 U3:B ADC7
0.1 CR15 0.1 CR7
10.0K MOCD223-M 10.0K MOCD223-M 23
PC.0 SCK
4 5 4 5 24
MONITOR POINT 14 16 MONITOR POINT 6 7 PC.1
TO SHEET 2
10 SHIFT/LOAD
+5V +5V PD.6
3
GND SCK
R48 R23 5
4750 4750 GND
5 5 21 MOSI
+12V-A G +12V-A G GND A TO SHEET 3
R40 1 8 R15 1 8
3920 C19 R41 U9:A 3920 C6 R16 U4:A 11 LATCH_CLK
0.1 CR14 0.1 CR6 PD.7
10.0K MOCD223-M 10.0K MOCD223-M
2 7 2 7
+5V +5V
1 1
SHIFT/LOAD SHIFT/LOAD
R49 R24
4750 2 4750 2
6 CLK 6 CLK TP2 TP12 TP5
+12V-A H +12V-A H
R46 3 6 R21 3 6
3920 C21 R47 U9:B 3920 C10 R22 U4:B
0.1 CR16 0.1 CR8
10.0K MOCD223-M 10.0K MOCD223-M
4 5 4 5 GND GND GND
S1950062 SHEET 1 OF 3 VA
DENOTES TB1
DENOTES TB2
14 7
+5V VCC GND
DENOTES TB3 C57 C56 4 5
0.1 0.01 U27:E
10 MC74HC125AD 9
DENOTES TB4 13 12
Electrical Schematic – DGPS Site Interface PWB (NAPI79), Optional

+5V +5V +5V
R104 R80 R56

4750 4750 4750
11 11 11
+12V-A A TP9 +12V-A A 10 TP8 +12V-A A 10 TP7
R98 1 8 R74 1 8 SA R50 1 8 SA
3920 C42 R99 U22:A 9 3920 C32 R75 U17:A 9 3920 C22 R51 U11:A 9 SERIAL_IN
0.1 CR33 QH 0.1 CR25 QH 0.1 CR17 QH TO SHEET 1
10.0K MOCD223-M 10.0K MOCD223-M 10.0K MOCD223-M
2 7 7 2 7 7 2 7 7
MONITOR POINT 33 15 QH MONITOR POINT 25 5 QH MONITOR POINT 17 20 QH
+5V 10 +5V +5V

SA
R105 R81 R57

4750 4750 4750
12 12 12
+12V-A B +12V-A B +12V-A B
R102 3 6 R78 3 6 R54 3 6
3920 C44 R103 U22:B 3920 C35 R79 U17:B 3920 C25 R55 U11:B
0.1 CR35 0.1 CR27 0.1 CR19
4 5 4 5 4 5
MONITOR POINT 34 16 MONITOR POINT 26 7 MONITOR POINT 18 21
+5V +5V +5V
R108 R84 R60

4750 4750 4750
13 13 13
+12V-A C +12V-A C +12V-A C
R100 1 8 R76 1 8 R52 1 8
3920 C43 R101 U23:A 3920 C33 R77 U18:A 3920 C23 R53 U12:A
0.1 CR34 0.1 CR26 0.1 CR18
2 7 2 7 2 7
+5V U24 +5V U21 +5V U16
MC74HC165AD MC74HC165AD MC74HC165AD
R109 R85 R61
4750 4750 4750
14 14 14
+12V-A D +12V-A D +12V-A D
R106 3 6 R82 3 6 R58 3 6
3920 C45 R107 U23:B 3920 C36 R83 U18:B 3920 C26 R59 U12:B
0.1 CR36 0.1 CR28 0.1 CR20
4 5 4 5 4 5
+5V +5V +5V
16 16 16
VCC +5V VCC +5V VCC +5V
R116 C48 R92 C39 R68 C34
4750 0.1 4750 0.1 4750 0.1
3 3 3
+12V-A E +12V-A E +12V-A E
R110 1 8 R86 1 8 R62 1 8
3920 C46 R111 U25:A 8 3920 C37 R87 U19:A 8 3920 C27 R63 U14:A 8
0.1 CR37 GND 0.1 CR29 GND 0.1 CR21 GND
2 7 15 2 7 15 2 7 15
MONITOR POINT 37 20 CLK_INH MONITOR POINT 29 10 CLK_INH MONITOR POINT 21 1 CLK_INH
+5V +5V +5V
R117 R93 R69

4750 4750 4750
4 4 4
+12V-A F +12V-A F +12V-A F
R114 3 6 R90 3 6 R66 3 6
3920 C49 R115 U25:B 3920 C40 R91 U19:B 3920 C30 R67 U14:B
0.1 CR39 0.1 CR31 0.1 CR23
4 5 4 5 4 5
+5V +5V +5V
R120 R96 R72

4750 4750 4750
5 5 5
+12V-A G +12V-A G +12V-A G
R112 1 8 R88 1 8 R64 1 8
3920 C47 R113 U26:A 3920 C38 R89 U20:A 3920 C28 R65 U15:A
0.1 CR38 0.1 CR30 0.1 CR22
2 7 2 7 2 7
+5V +5V +5V
1 1 1
SHIFT/LOAD SHIFT/LOAD SHIFT/LOAD
R121 R97 R73
4750 2 4750 2 4750 2
6 CLK 6 CLK 6 CLK
+12V-A H +12V-A H +12V-A H
R118 3 6 R94 3 6 R70 3 6
3920 C50 R119 U26:B 3920 C41 R95 U20:B 3920 C31 R71 U15:B
0.1 CR40 0.1 CR32 0.1 CR24
4 5 4 5 4 5
SCK
FROM SHEET 1 SHIFT/LOAD

TP1
R151
TP4 10K
1 +12V
C91
R25 1.0 2
10.0K
J1 7
+5V 1 +5V 3
L1 C8 C7 C11 9 U36:H 8
COM GND
J1 10 0.1 0.01 MC1413BD
2
35V
7
9 U32:H 8
COM GND
MC1413BD
J1
+15V 3
7
J1 9 U34:H 8
4 COM GND
MC1413BD
7
9 U30:H 8
COM GND
2 CR42 MC1413BD
6 TP3
OUTPUT MBR1645
J1 3 U39 2 4 U38 1 6 COMMON
+24V (BATTERY) 7 V_IN LM350T V_OUT Vin MC33167T FDBK
J1 ADJ R155 C93 C95 GND C R149
8 1 1000 0.47 10K 12
1 2.5W 50V 3 5 1
J1 14
9 1 +V +12V-A 18
VIN
J1 R150 10
10 C94 R154 R152 C92 C90 C89 C88 CR41 OV
0.022 15K R153 5620 1000 0.47 0.01 0.47 1N4744A 150 24
J1 3920 50V 15V 2W U37 11 C87 R148
11 +V
NDY1212 100 150
13 2W 6
J1 GND 25V
12 12
GND 24 12
VIN
15
OV 18
24
TP13 TP15 TP14

MOSI 14 9 14 9 14 9
FROM SHEET 1 A SQH A SQH A SQH
7 U34:E 7 U32:C 7 U30:A

QH
5 12
17 CONTROL POINT 17 QH
3 14
9 CONTROL POINT 9 QH
1 16
1 CONTROL POINT 1
C77 R140 C68 R132 C58 R122
10 0.1 12.1 10 0.1 12.1 10 0.1 12.1
+5V RESET +5V RESET +5V RESET
C85 16 U34:F C79 16 U32:D C73 16 U30:B
0.1 VCC 6 0.1 VCC 6 0.1 VCC 6
QG
6 11
18 CONTROL POINT 18 QG
4 13
10 CONTROL POINT 10 QG
2 15
2 CONTROL POINT 2
8 C78 R141 8 C69 R133 8 C59 R124
GND GND GND
13 0.1 12.1 13 0.1 12.1 13 0.1 12.1
OE OE OE
5 U36:A 5 U32:E 5 U30:C
QF
1 16
19 CONTROL POINT 19 QF
5 12
11 CONTROL POINT 11 QF
3 14
3 CONTROL POINT 3
U35 C80 R142 U33 C70 R134 U31 C60 R125
0.1 12.1 0.1 12.1 0.1 12.1
MC74HC595AD MC74HC595AD MC74HC595AD
4 U36:B 4 U32:F 4 U30:D
QE
2 15
20 CONTROL POINT 20 QE
6 11
12 CONTROL POINT 12 QE
4 13
4 CONTROL POINT 4
C81 R143 C71 R135 C61 R126
0.1 12.1 0.1 12.1 0.1 12.1
3 U36:C 3 U34:A 3 U30:E

QD
3 14
21 CONTROL POINT 21 QD
1 16
13 CONTROL POINT 13 QD
5 12
5 CONTROL POINT 5
C82 R144 C72 R136 C63 R128
0.1 12.1 0.1 12.1 0.1 12.1
2 U36:D 2 U34:B 2 U30:F

QC
4 13
22 CONTROL POINT 22 QC
2 15
14 CONTROL POINT 14 QC
6 11
6 CONTROL POINT 6
C83 R145 C74 R137 C64 R129
0.1 12.1 0.1 12.1 0.1 12.1
1 U36:E 1 U34:C 1 U32:A

QB
5 12
23 CONTROL POINT 23 QB
3 14
15 CONTROL POINT 15 QB
1 16
7 CONTROL POINT 7
11 C84 R146 11 C75 R138 11 C65 R130
SHIFT_CLK 0.1 12.1 SHIFT_CLK 0.1 12.1 SHIFT_CLK 0.1 12.1
12 U36:F 12 U34:D 12 U32:B
LATCH_CLK 15 LATCH_CLK 15 LATCH_CLK 15
QA
6 11
24 CONTROL POINT 24 QA
4 13
16 CONTROL POINT 16 QA
2 15
8 CONTROL POINT 8
C86 R147 C76 R139 C67 R131
0.1 12.1 0.1 12.1 0.1 12.1
SCK
FROM SHEET 1 LATCH_CLK

R57
10K
R11
+5V 2.21M
TP2 +15V-B
L8
1 C27 TP7 INTEGRATOR +15V-B C64
10
C65
0.1
330pF TP19
2
D R Q
5 6 PEAK DETECTOR TP15 TP16 8 35V R73
C25 7 3320
U1:A C26 R10 U2:B R9 14 P1
R8 100pF 0.047 10K 15K U12:C 10 Fpdm
P1 3 6 1000 C33 R22
2Fpdm 7 CLK Q 5
0.1 +15V-A R76
S 1000 9 10 P1
R5 C14 R14 9
P1 562 100pF
4 R30 R35 GND GND 4750
6 2.21M 10K
9
+5V LINEAR 4
R25 R26
1210 1000 8
U2:C TP10
INTEGRATOR U5:A
12
PDM DRIVER 10 2f PDM Exciter
5
CR2 R29 R34
2.21M 10K +15V-A 260 kHz, 5 V pulse train
TP19 – A6 – A
C41 R58 A10 – B
0.22 15K
2 R64 6
TP3 33.2K
13 1 9 7 P1
U8:A U8:B 5 DUMP
14 R56 8
U2:D U8:C
CW
P1 3 1000 R59 5
UNBALANCED AUDIO 15 12 1000 10
C19 R16
P1 R4 470pF 681K DUMP
14 681K 1.4 V dc 1 5
X1 -VS -15V-A
U6 C37 C39 L6 +15V-B
2 0.1 10 +15V-B
X2 AD633AN
4
35V INTERPHASE PDM
Y2
6 8 GENERATOR (1) C56
10
C60
0.1
Z +VS +15V-A R60 R62 Q4 TP17
1 U4 3 C38 C20 L7 R52 9 35V
V_IN MC7805ACT V_OUT +5V 1210 1000 2N4401
0.1 10 7 3 2
C5 C7 GND C13 L3 C3 C11 35V 1000 U10:B K1:A
0.22 0.1 0.1 10 0.1 R74 4 P1
2 Q5 24 PDM 1
35V 3 7 R53 10 R65 10
Y1 W C48 C50 2N4403 56.2K
R12 C71 562 R77 P1
0.001 100pF +15V-B 1000 25
P1 10K 0.1
+15V 18 +15V-A CR3
L1 C1 C9 C15 R15
10 10 0.1
35V 35V
2740
Q2 +15V-B
R70
10K
PDM FAULT
5 TP12 R54 C52
2N4401 DETECTOR
-VS 5
+15V-B 1000 0.001 R67
L2 C2 C10 C16 U7 8 2
P1 +VS 1.0M U12:A
19 10 10 0.1 2 AD633AN
35V 35V
+
B Sample = B
+
÷ 54.9 4
X2
Y2 W
7 R44
10K C58
4
R13 TP9 0.01
P1 TP4 – A6 – A 6
Z 10K 2 2 0.1%
-15V 12 -15V-A CW GAIN
L4 C4 C12 C17 A10 – B Y1
3
U13:A R38 U3:A
1
10 10 0.1 1
R27 R31
TRIM 10K +15V-B 15V PDM modulated
P1 35V 35V 3 18.2K 5000 0.1% 3 TP13 +15V-B
+5V 17 TP8 INTERPHASE PDM square wave at approx.
6
7 GENERATOR (2) C57 C61 130 kHz
TP4 R2 U3:B R49 10 0.1
22.1K R61 R63 Q6 TP18
13 R39 R42 10K R50 9 35V
5 10K 1210 1000 2N4401
14 1 10K 9 0.1% 7 8 9
U3:D X1 0.1% 0.1% 562 U11:B K1:B
P1 8 7 P1
B+ SAMPLE 3 R46 U3:C R75 22 PDM 2
R1 C6 12
CARRIER 10K R51 10 Q7
2N4403
R66 10
100K 470pF C49 C51 56.2K
LEVEL 0.1% 10 1000 100pF 0.001
R78
1000
P1
23
0 to 6 Vdc depending on CONTROL R47
4990 CR4
TP5 power level
TP1 2 Q3 +15V-B
TP14 2N4401
1 TP5 – A6 – A R55 C53
U2:A
P1 1000 0.001 7
CARRIER REF 2 3 A10 – B R68
R3 C8 1
1.0M U12:B
P1 10K 0.47
13 6
CR1 Anode Low C59
0.01
Power Inhibited +5V E1:3
Q1
2N4401 E1:1 B
R48 C45
R7 10K 0.001 E1:2
100K
A
1
P1 12 R71 R72 +5V
# INHIBIT PDM - 16 11 10K 10K
CR1 R6 U9:D CR5 K1:C
1000 +5V 13
10
R36 P1
100K 11 # PDM
P1 1 LATCH +
# RESET PDM - 1 3 Q10
R33 U9:A 2N4401
1000 +5V 2 R69 C63
1000 0.001
R37 SHUTBACK
4
1000
U9:B
6 LATCH TP11
14 U1:C 7 4 U8:E 11 5
+5V VCC GND +15V-A VCC VEE -15V-A
C18 C21 MC74HC74 C34 MC34074 C42
10 0.1 0.1 0.1
35V 10 11 12 13 12 13 14
6 6 6
-V -15V-A -V -15V-A -V -15V-A
11 U5:C 3 C46 C47 11 U10:C 3 C55 11 U11:C 3 C66
13 14 +15V-A +V GND-A
0.1 10 +15V-B +V GND-A
0.1 +15V-B +V GND-A
0.1
C43 C44 LM319J 8 C54 LM319J 8 C62 LM319J 8
GND-B 35V GND-B GND-B
4 U13:E 11 4 U2:E 11 14 U9:E 7 10 0.1 0.1 0.1
+15V-A VCC VEE -15V-A +15V-A VCC VEE -15V-A +5V VCC GND 35V 7 9 10 4 5 12 4 5 12
C24 MC34074 C30 C22 MC34074 C28 C35 MC74HC00
0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
5 10 12 6 7 8 9 9 10
4 U3:E 11 3 U12:E 12
+15V-A VCC VEE -15V-A +15V-B VCC GND
C23 MC34074 C29 C36 MC3302
S1970043 SHEET 1 OF 1 V3
0.1 0.1 0.1
10 11 13
Electrical Schematic – Interphase PDM Driver PWB (NAPM11)

J1
33
J1
34
J1
35
J1 J2
ALTERNATE +24V 36 33 +24V
J1 J2
37 34
J1 J2
38 35
J1 J2
39 36
J1
40
J1 J2
17 37 +24V RETURN
J1 J2
18 38
J1 J2
19 39
J1 J2
ALTERNATE +15V 20 40
J1
13
J1 -15.8V
14 L1
6 7 J2
J1 12 -15V
15
CR7 CR6 C2 C10 C11 R21 J2
J1 2 MBR1645 MUR120 1000 0.47 0.01 1000 11
16
OUTPUT 50V 0.5W
4 Q1 1 1 13
J1 Vin MC33167TV FDBK
ALTERNATE -15V 12 C24 J2
GND C 17
J1 0.47
11 3 5 J2
+15.8V 18
J2
19 +15V
C4 R4 R2 R1 C3 C12 C13 C14 C20 CR17 R27 R30 R31 J2
0.1 68.1K 1000 6810 1000 1000 0.47 0.01 0.47 RT3 1N4746A 150 150 150 20
CR1 50V 50V 18V
MUR1520 RXE250 2W 2W 2W J2
R3 13
+24.8V 2210 J2
J3 14
+24.8V 1
C1 J2
J3 15
2 RT1 1000
50V J2
RXE250 16
J3
3
J3 -5.8V
4 6 L2 7 J2
2 -5V
CR11 CR10 C7 C15 C16 R28 J2
MBR1645 1000 0.47 0.01 1
J1 2 MUR120 1000
+24.8V RETURN 3 OUTPUT 50V 0.5W
4 Q2 1 1 13
J1 Vin MC33167TV FDBK
4 J2
C8 GND C 7
J1
5 0.47 3 5 J2
+5.8V 8
J1
6 J2
9 +5V
C6 R8 R10 R7 C9 C17 C18 C19 C21 C22 C23 CR12 R29 J2
J1 68.1K
7 0.1 27.4K 6810 1000 1000 0.47 0.01 0.47 0.47 0.47 RT4 1N5920C 1000 10
50V 50V RXE110 6.2V 0.5W J2
J1 R9 3
8
18.2K J2
J1 4
9
J1 J2
ALTERNATE +5V 10 5
J1 J2
ALTERNATE -5V 2 6
J1
1
J1 J2
# LVPS FAIL (B) - 25 21 # LVPS FAIL (B) -
J1 J2
26 22
J1
27
J1
28
J2
23
J2
J1 24
ALTERNATE AC SIGNAL 29
J1 4 T1 5
30 J2
29 AC SIGNAL
J1 CR8 C5 R5 R6 R11 CR18 C26 J2
31 100 22.1K 10 30
2210 15K
J1 25V 35V J2
32 +9.4V 31
3 6
2 7 J2
E1 +9.4V 32
2 R23
4750
170-270VAC R25 R22 1 J2
R18 U1:A 25 # LVPS FAIL (A) -
E2 5600 CR15 12.1K 1 5
1N5992D 2210 CR13 J2
1 8 0.5W 3
U2 26
4.7V +9.4V MOC8104 8 U1:C 4 J2
CR16 +9.4V VCC GND 27
2 4
C25 LM393N
1N5992D J2
4.7V 5 R24 0.1 28
4750
7
U1:B
+24.8V 6
CR14
R12 R17 R19
39.2K CR9
10K 3320
+5.8V
R13 R20
12.1K 332
+15.8V
R14
39.2K
-5.8V
R15
18.2K
-15.8V
S1950050 SHEET 1 OF 1 VB R16
39.2K
Electrical Schematic – LVPS Buck Converter PWB (NAPS32/01)

8
XTAL2
+5V
E3:3
R67
A B
E1:1 E1:2 A J1
U13 10.0K 14 KEYING MONITOR OUTPUT
3 2
+5V VCC ADM803MAKSRESET RESET CR4 E3:1 E3:2
C53 GND BAT54HT1
B
0.01 MOSI E1:3
1 2
+5V VCC 7 +5V
SCK RESET KEYING_GATE_CTRL
C9
0.01 CR6
J2 17 U2 3 BAT54HT1 R50
GND
SCK 3 SCK ADM705AR 10.0K U15:A
23 6 4 6 J1
PC.0 WDI PFI QG 10 KEYING/# MISC ALARM +
J2 15 1 2
MOSI 4 MOSI CR5
R13 5 U16 BAT54HT1
PFO 9 U15:B
J2 29 475 SQH MC74HC595AD 5 J4
RESET 5 RESET 1 8 QF
3 4
5 # CHANGEOVER -
MR WDO 10 R51
J2 16 G DS1 RESET RESET 10.0K
MISO 1 MISO U15:C
KEYER OK 14 4 J4
MOSI A QE 6 # SHUTDOWN -
J2 R52 5 6
VCC 2 +5V 11
SCK SHIFT_CLK 10.0K
J2 4 U7 6 20 U15:D RF_OFF
GND 6 +5V VIN LT1790BIS6-4.096 VOUT AREF 14 12 7
SS/PB.2 LATCH_CLK QH
C26 GND1 GND2 C25 C24 9 8
0.1 1.0 0.1 2 MOD_SELECT
1 2 35V QC TO SHEET 2
15 #KEYED_CW+
QA
16
+5V VCC
U11 C65
0.01
INTERNAL TP2 TP3 ATmega168-20AI
3 MOD ENABLE 10 B
QD
SERIAL INTERFACE 8
GND VCC
16
+5V
1 PTT 11 A C17 C16
R27 R28 13 QB
OE 0.01 0.1
8 10.0K 10.0K
+5V VCC 1 30
C38 C43 RO RXD
U12
0.1 0.01 4 31
DS36C278TM DI TXD 9 9 C 7
PD.5 VEE -5V
2 26 C1
RE PC.3
TX/RX 6
J1 6
DO/RI 3 TONE GENERATOR 0.1
DE 6
J1 7 MOSI SDATA 1
TX/RX 7 DO/RI 5 COMP +5V
GND 7 6
J1 SCK SCLK C5 ENABLE
8 0.01 8
25 8 GND
PC.2 FSYNC 3
CAP/2.5V TP4
2 C13
+5V VDD
C7 C6 U5 0.1
10 0.1 AD9833BRM 5 ZO TP1
16V 9 R16 L
4 AGND
+5V VCC 4 33.2K Z 4
+5V +5V +5V C51 C50 6 R25 DGND 10 9
VCC VOUT
0.01 0.01 1.00M 3 Z1
U4:E 5 C4 R2 U8:C H
R66 R43 R58 MCLK 10 10.0K 8
10.0K 10.0K 10.0K 11 10 10
J1 11 R64 R15
# PTT + 3 PD.7 2210 22.1K
R46
J4 100 1 C46 C57
# KEYED CW + 16 INT1
18pF Y1 18pF +5V
R65 3.6864MHz 10
100 +5V VLOGIC
J1 2 C35 C34 15
# MISC A - 9 PD.4 SHDN W1 3 12 XO R48
R42 0.1 0.01 L
100
100 7 1 B1 CW A1 2 R19
J1 32 XTAL1 X 14
KEYING MONITOR I/P 15 INT0 100K
R57 C40 C52 C37 C42 20K C76
W3 6 13 X1 10
100 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 H R29 TP5
4 B3 CW A3 5 R44 12 68.1K
100K 14 J1
18 R47 20K U8:D 12 KEYED TONE/AUDIO (A)
+5V AVCC 5620 W2 22
2 Y0 Y 15 C18
C28 C27 24 B2 CW A2 23 R56 L 13
1.0 R17 J1
0.01 0.01 27.4K 13
100K 35V
20K R37
10 13 9 R49
PD.6 CS/AD0 U10 DIS 1 Y1 18.2K 56.2K
H
AD5263BRU20 GND 8
14
C47 13 RESET RES/AD1
0.1 14 24 11 U1
U9:D PC.1 MOSI SDI/SDA 7 MC74HC4053AD
J1 3 VDD +5V
FORWARD POWER 1 R54 GND 12 C33
R26 R62 C48 12 100
5
SCK CLK/SCL 0.1
J1 475K 475K 0.1 GND
2
21 19 W4
GND +5V
21 B4 CW A4 20 MSK_REF
TO SHEET 2
20K
16
SDO/O1
C30 2 18
17 VSS -5V
0.1 1 19 NC/O2 C41
RF_MONITOR U9:A ADC6
0.1
FROM SHEET 2 R45 R22
3 100
R30 R31 C31 3.32M
182K 182K 0.1 6
27 R86
PC.4
7
U8:B
C82 C80 CR11 562K
R84 5 J3
0.1 0.47 100K BAT54HT1 1
9 J3
8 22 4
U9:C ADC7 R23
R55 C84 R41 J3
10
CR7 C49 R60 3.32M U17:A 7
BAT54HT1 10 332K 0.0 10 100 2
1 2
28 R87
PC.5 U8:A
C83 C81 1 562K U17:B J3
R85 CR12 3 2 2Fpdm
0.1 0.47 100K BAT54HT1 3 4
DGPS_CARRIER_FAULT 12 U4:A U17:C J3
FROM SHEET 2 ICP/PB.0 13 3
OC1A
1 2 5 6
J1
VOICE I/P 4
J1 R76 C85 R81
5 22.1K 10 22.1K
S1950129 SHEET 1 OF 2 V2
Electrical Schematic – Exciter Monitor/Generator PWB (NAPE76A/02)

U14
MC74HC4053AD
9 C
* DENOTES SEE CHART FOR COMPONENT VALUE +5V

KEYING_GATE_CTRL 11 A 16
VCC +5V
C69 C70
FROM SHEET 1 0.01 0.1 * R63 R70
MOD_SELECT 10 B C77 R61
NAPE76A/01 1500 1500 0.47 6
15.0K RF_MONITOR
7 7
VEE -5V NAPE76A/02 2740 2740 U9:B TO SHEET 1
C45 5
0.1 C29 R80 CR9 R79 C71
0.47 825 BAT54HT1 47.5K 0.001
J1 2 Y0
RF CURRENT MONITOR 18 L
R63 R59
4 U3:E 11 J1 *
+5V VDD GND 19 681
C12 TLV2374ID Y 15 J1
21 RF MONITOR
0.1
J1
22
J1 1 Y1
RF VOLTS MONITOR 16 H
R70 ENABLE
6 KEY SHAPING FILTER
4 U9:E 11 J1 R69
+5V VDD GND 17 * 681 8
TLV2374ID GND C2 2
C32
0.1 C20 13 0.1 1 J4
0.1 U3:A 20 CARRIER REF
12 XO C36 9 14
L 0.1 U3:D (FILTERED)
8 R3 R4 C3 3 J4
U3:C 19
X 14
R39 R38 C21 12 18.2K 18.2K 0.047
J4 13 X1 R40 R24 C22 10 18.2K 18.2K 0.1 +5V
CARRIER REF 18 H 18.2K 18.2K 0.1
+5V
J4 R34
17 10.0K
R33 KEYED CW
5 ZO Z 4 11 10.0K
L U15:E E2:1 E2:2
13 J4
U6:D 7 # INHIBIT Fc -
4 U8:E 11 11 10
+15V VCC VEE -15V NORMAL J4
C19 MC33074AD C44 3 Z1
10 8
H R35
0.1 0.1
E2:3
J4
681 4
14 U15:G 7
+5V VCC GND #KEYED_CW+
C39 MM74AHCU04M
0.1 CR8
RF_OFF BAT54HT1
FROM SHEET 1
CR13
14 U4:G 7 MSK_REF BAT54HT1
+5V VCC GND +5V
C23 MM74AHCU04M R5
R7 R6
0.1 1000 1000 12.1K
5 R18
1000 U15:F
2 J1
U6:A 11 # MSK ALARM -
R53 13 12
CR3
4 10.0K
C55 R68 CR2 R20 C10 BAT54HT1
3 U6:E 12 J4 0.001 10.0K BAT54HT1 10.0K 0.001
+5V VCC GND # SYNTH INSTALLED - 1
C8 MC3302D
0.1
5 V RF drive
+5V
square wave U20:B
14 U18:G 7 +5V 3 4
+5V VCC GND R8
C74 SN74AHCT14D
825 U18:A U18:B U20:D U20:A
0.1 R9 J3
1 2 3 4 9 8 1 2
5 RF DRIVE OUTPUT
3920 C78 C60 R72
J1 Q1 R71 J3
EXT Fc 24 MMBT4401LT1 0.001 0.01 0.0 U20:C 6
10.0K +5V
C15 R14 R73
J1 R11 R12 0.01 5 6
25 100 100 1000 R1 10.0K
56.2 R10
14 U20:G 7 TP6 C61 R74 8250
+5V VCC GND 100K 7
C72 CD74ACT04M 0.01 2
J4 C11 1
0.1 +5V 10 +5V 1 U6:B
L1 U19:A R75 C54 0.01
J4
C64
10
C58
0.01
MSK 50/50 100K 10
R21
1000 6
11
16V GENERATOR 3
TP9 9 CR1
14 U17:G 7 +5V
+5V VCC GND R82 C75 C79 R32 C14 14 BAT54HT1
CD74ACT04M U6:C
C63 J4 1.00M R83 0.1 10 100K 0.1 DGPS_CARRIER_FAULT
0.1 +15V 12 +15V 1.00M 8 TO SHEET 1
L2 C56 C59 R36
J4 10 0.01
GND 8250
13
35V
4 U19:E 11 TP8
+5V VDD GND -15V
C62 TLV2374ID
0.1 J4
-15V 14 -5V
L3 C67 C66 R78 CR10 C73 C68
J4 10 0.01 1000 1SMB5918B 10 0.1
15
35V 5.1V 35V
R77
S1950129 SHEET 2 OF 2 V2 1000
Electrical Schematic – Exciter Monitor/Generator PWB (NAPE76A/02)

XA1P1
P7
1
AC VOLTS (A) 3
2
P1
A5
BATTERY A (+) 5 RF
FILTER
E11
E10
E13
E12
6
E9
E8
E7
E6
E5
E4
E3
E2
E1
PWB
XA1A1P1 E20
Fc (A) 1 J1 W2P2 W2P1 RF OUT
E19 C4 C8 C14 C13 C11 C9 C12 C10 C16 C15
SHIELD 2 0.0036 0.0036 0.0036 0.0036 0.0036 0.0036 0.0036 0.0036 0.0036 0.0036
N/C 3 E18
E31 E34
GND 4 C3 C7
0.0036 0.0036
PA VOLTS SAMPLE (A) 5
SHIELD 6 E33 E36
E17
B+ SAMPLE (A) 7
E16 C2 C6
SHIELD 8 0.0036 0.0036
SHIELD 9
A1
E30
RF
N/C 10 POWER E32 E35 E29
PDM (A) 11 MODULE E15 E28
GND 12 A E14 C1 C5 E27
# PM INSTALLED (A) - 13 0.0036 0.0036 E21 E26
# RELAY CONTROL B - 1 INT BUS (+) 14 E25
GND 2 INT BUS (-) 15 E24
# INHIBIT PDM (A) - 3 A1P1
INT BUS (GND) 16 E23
# INHIBIT PDM (B) - 4 N/C 17 E22
+24V (A) 6 BLOCK ADDRESS 0 18
+24V (A) 7 BLOCK ADDRESS 1 19
GND 8 N/C 20
GND 9 BLOCK ADDRESS 2 21
Fc (A) 10 MODULE ADDRESS 0 22 1 # RELAY CONTROL B -
J4
SHIELD 11 N/C 23 2 GND
DUMP (A) 14 MODULE ADDRESS 1 24 Frequency E20 E21 E33 E36 E15 E17 3 # INHIBIT PDM (A) -
SHIELD 15 GND 25 4 # INHIBIT PDM (B) -
(kHz) to to to to to to
PDM (A) 20 DUMP (A) 26 6 +24V (A)
XA1P1
SHIELD 21 SHIELD 27 12 190.0 -209.0 E1 E22 E31 E34 E16 E18 7 +24V (A)
INT BUS (+) 22 GND 28 P1 8 GND
209.1 - 229.9 E2 E23 E31 E34 E16 E18
INT BUS (-) 23 +24V (A) 29 11 9 GND
GND 24 230.0 - 252.9 E4 E25 E31 E34 E16 E18
# INHIBIT PDM (A) - 30 10 Fc (A)
GND 25 253.0 - 278.2 E3 E24 E31 E35 E14 E18 J6
11 SHIELD
(PART OF) B
E3 # RELAY CONTROL B - 278.3 - 306.0 E5 E26 E31 E35 E14 E18 14 DUMP (A)
BLOCK ADDRESS 0 1
A4 K1 306.1 - 336.6 E6 E27 E31 E35 E14 E18 15 SHIELD
BLOCK ADDRESS 1 2 POWER BLOCK E2 +24V (PART OF) 20 PDM (A)
BLOCK ADDRESS 2 3 DISTRIBUTION A 336.7 -370.3 E7 E28 E31 E35 E14 E18
+24V (B) 6 PWB XA2A1P1
A6 21 SHIELD
Fc (B) 1 XA2P1 RF TRANSFORMER 370.4 - 407.3 E6 E27 E32 E35 E14 E16 22 INT BUS (+)
+24V (B) 7 PWB
SHIELD 2 12 4 407.4 -447.9 E7 E28 E32 E35 E14 E16 23 INT BUS (-)
GND 8 E1 20 T1 11 E5 (PART OF)
N/C 3 P1 1 7 24 GND
GND 9 448.0 - 492.9 E8 E29 E32 E35 E14 E16
GND 4
A4 25 GND
Fc (B) 10 11 6 E2 E6 493.0 - 535.0 E9 E30 E32 E35 E14 E16 POWER BLOCK
SHIELD 11 J5 PA VOLTS SAMPLE (B) 5 9 DISTRIBUTION
3 1 10 1 BLOCK ADDRESS 1
DUMP (B) 14 SHIELD 6 With 1 RF power block installed, connect E12 to E11 PWB
2 BLOCK ADDRESS 2
SHIELD 15 B+ SAMPLE (B) 7 With 2 or more RF power blocks installed, connect E12 to E10
3 GND
PDM (B) 20 SHIELD 8
6 +24V (B)
SHIELD 21 SHIELD 9
7 +24V (B)
+24V (BAT) 22 N/C 10
8 GND
+24V (BAT) 23 PDM (B) 11
9 GND
GND 24 GND 12
10 Fc (B)
GND 25 # PM INSTALLED (B) - 13
J7 11 SHIELD
INT BUS (+) 14
14 DUMP (B)
B+ SAMPLE (A) 12 INT BUS (-) 15
A1P1 15 SHIELD
SHIELD 13 INT BUS (GND) 16
J6 20 PDM (B)
PA VOLTS SAMPLE (A) 16 N/C 17
SHIELD 17 BLOCK ADDRESS 0 18
A2 21 SHIELD
RF 22 +24V (BAT)
BLOCK ADDRESS 1 19 POWER
B+ SAMPLE (B) 12 23 +24V (BAT)
N/C 20 MODULE
SHIELD 13 * DENOTES INSTALLED IN DUAL XMTR 24 GND
J7 BLOCK ADDRESS 2 21 B
PA VOLTS SAMPLE (B) 16 25 GND
MODULE ADDRESS 0 22 *
SHIELD 17 N/C 23 12 B+ SAMPLE (A)
MODULE ADDRESS 1 24 13 SHIELD
GND 25 J4
16 PA VOLTS SAMPLE (A)
DUMP (B) 26 17 SHIELD
SHIELD 27
GND 28 12 B+ SAMPLE (B)
+24V (B) 29 13 SHIELD
J5
# INHIBIT PDM (B) - 30 16 PA VOLTS SAMPLE (B)
17 SHIELD
XA2P1 BATTERY A (+)
P8
1
AC VOLTS (B) 3
2
P1
BATTERY B (+) 5 BATTERY B (+)

6
P1
BATTERY BOOST VOLTS (+) 1 S1950127 V3
350 V dc (when battery relay is closed)

Electrical Schematic – RF Power Block (NAX234A)

P1 P2
LINE 1 1 W3P2 W3P1
AC VOLTS LINE 2 2 J3 12 TEMPERATURE 12
GND 3 3 13 # OVER VOLTAGE - 13

J1 19 CURRENT SIGNAL 19 J6
W3P2
170 – 270 Vac 1 20 # HIGH TEMP + 20
BATTERY (+) 5 2 17 GND 17
BOOST
A2
(-) 6 10 SWITCH MODE P5
POWER SUPPLY FAN 1 TACH 1
14 PWB
E1 FAN (+)
J1
3 B1 B2 FAN 2 TACH 3 J3
4 E2 FAN (-) 2
7 4
P3
9 1
J2
11 3 A5
B ÷ 5.4
+
MODULATOR
P4 J1 5 PA VOLTS SAMPLE
1 6 SHIELD
B+ R2 R3 C4 C5 C6 C8 R9
3 68K 68K 470 470 470 0.12 33K P1 7 B+ SAMPLE
2W 2W 450V 450V 450V TP1 2W J2 W1P2 W1P1 8 SHIELD
2 B+ SAMPLE 2
A DS1 J2 13 # PM INSTALLED -
OUTPUT ADJUST 2 R10 R11
B+ ON 15K 15K 6 6
GND
OUTPUT ADJUST 1
# INHIBIT +
T1 CR1 R4 PART OF
+24V 2 3 10
C1 CR3
C7 CR5 C9 A1
+24V 6.8 1N4743A R5
0.1 1 4 35V 13V
0.1 1820 POWER
MODULE
W3P1 CR2 PA VOLTS INTERFACE
3 E2 CLAMP A PWB
4 CR4 CR1
MUR8100E A4
7
Q1 MODULATOR
9 STW14NM50 FILTER
PWB
J6 11 2f PDM LO
1
L1
1 Power Module 5 E1 PDM (B+) B C PA VOLTS E1
VS
2 R7 L1 C3 L2 C1
PART OF U1 4 CR6 CR8 250μH C2 R5
IR2110 N/C MUR460 2.21 HFA08TB60 0.27 250μH 0.27 0.056 33K PA VOLT
10 W1P2 J2
A1 1
3
VCC N/C
8 0.5W 2W J1 W2P2 SAMPLE W2P1
POWER 14 14 7 7
CR13 R1 C2 9 N/C
VDD
MODULE P6KE20CA 33.2 6.8
2 R6 R7 8 8
CONTROL/ 20V 35V C3 COM 1000 1000
INTERFACE W1P1 0.1
13
VSS
PWB 1 +15V
J4
12
5 FPDM 5 LIN 6
CR10 VB
Fc 1 4 4 P6KE20CA #RF ALARM+
SHIELD 2 20V 7 5 5
HO A3 Q5 6 6
GND 4 3 # PDM INHIBIT + 3
11
SD
POWER 2N4401
AMPLIFIER CR5 C7 R3 C4
10 0.1 15K R4 0.01
PDM 11 7 PDM 7 HIN 8250
J2
SHIELD 9 8 8 CR12
GND 12 CR9
PDM Modulator
P6KE20CA PDM @ 150, 250,
INT BUS (+) 14 20V Q1
or 350 Vdc T1
STW14NM50 CR1
INT BUS (-) 15 MUR460
BROWN
GND 16 9 3T P1
E2
10 12 RF (1)
BLOCK ADDRESS 0 18 C5
P1
BLOCK ADDRESS 1 19 5 V RF drive 1.0
BLOCK ADDRESS 2 21 Q2
square wave STW14NM50 CR2
C6
MUR460
MODULE ADDRESS 0 22 ORANGE RED 1.0
2T 3T
MODULE ADDRESS 1 24
GND 25
W2P1 W2P2 J1 U1:A
DUMP 26 3 Fc 3 1 5
R1 C3 R2 YELLOW
SHIELD 27 2 2 2.5
47.5 0.47 2T Q3
15W STW14NM50 CR3
GND 28 MUR460
GREEN
+24V 29 1 1 3T
J4
# INHIBIT PDM - 30 4 4 E3
11 RF (2)
2 Q4
3 U1:B GND
9 +15V 9 Vs 4 STW14NM50 CR4
C1 MIC4452CT GND MUR460
F1 BLUE
10 10 1A 1.0 3T
SLOW
S1950011 VG
Electrical Schematic – RF Power Module (NAP33A)

+5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +5V +15V
U8
R30 R31 R32 R33 R34 R35 R36 R37 MC74HC165AD R7
10.0K 10.0K 10.0K 10.0K 10.0K 10.0K 10.0K 10.0K 4 U3 6 20
P1 3 16 +15V VIN LT1790BIS6-4.096 VOUT AREF 10.0K
BLOCK ADDRESS 0 18 E VCC +5V C15 C16 C12 J2
GND1 GND2 3 # INHIBIT PDM +
P1 4 C28 0.1 1.0 0.1 U2 TP2
BLOCK ADDRESS 1 19 F 0.01 1 2
QH
7 35V ATmega8-16AI Q2
P1 5 2N7002LT1
BLOCK ADDRESS 2 21 G
1 24 J2
P1 6 SHIFT/LOAD PC.1
GND R10 +15V 1 +15V
MODULE ADDRESS 0 22 H
100K C1
P1 14 GND
8 +5V 0.1
MODULE ADDRESS 1 24 D
10
P1 13 SA
# INHIBIT PDM - 30 C 15 R11
CLK_INH
U1 10.0K
J4 12 TP3 3 2 29 12
# RF ALARM + 5 B +5V +5V VCC ADM803MAKSRESET RESET PB.0 J6
U6:A C5 R1 +24V 3
J6 11 9 GND A
# HIGH TEMP + 20 A QH
2 3
0.01 475 DS1 J6
1 4
J3 C23 C24 C25 C26 C30 C31 C32 C33 +5V +5V R29
2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 CLK
2 1 10.0K MODULE INSTALLED
J3 14 J6
PB2 (SS)
4 R40 R41 1
10.0K 10.0K 25 J6
J3 32 PC.2 2
FAN 1 TACH 1 PD2 (INT0)
R2
CR5 475 G
BAT54HT1 DS2
J3 J4
FAN 2 TACH 3
1
PD3 (INT1) MODULE ON +15V 9 +15V
CR6 J4
BAT54HT1 10
J1 26
PC.3
# RESET - 5
R3
475 R
J1 16 DS3 CR4
MISO 1 MISO
MODULE FAULT 1N5819
J1 17
SCK 3 SCK
U9
3 2
V_IN LM350T V_OUT +5V
J1 15 C29 C35 C34
MOSI 4 MOSI ADJ
0.1 1.0 0.1
J1 1
35V
VCC 2 +5V 7
XTAL1
J1 INTERNAL C4
GND 6 Y1 R38 R39
SERIAL INTERFACE 18pF 3.6864MHz 1000 332
J4 8
1 XTAL2
J4 8 C8
4 +5V +5V VCC 18pF
C19 C18 U5 CR3
J4 1N5819
6 0.1 0.01 DS36C278TM DI 4 31
R25 TXD
681 3 U7 2
P1 6 +24V V_IN LM350T V_OUT +15V
(+) 14 DO/RI
RO
1 30
RXD
C27 ADJ C20 C21
INT BUS RT1 0.1 1
1.0 0.1
2 23 35V
RE PC.0 RXE135
P1 7 3 18
(-) 15 DO/RI DE +5V AVCC P1
P1 R24 5 C14 C13 R28 R27 R26 13 # MODULE INSTALLED -
16 681
GND
0.01 0.01 2210 100 100
P1
12 4
+5V VCC
C7 C6 6
0.01 0.01 VCC
2 U4:A J6
J6 22 PD4
1 16
9 OUTPUT ADJUST 1
TEMPERATURE 12 ADC7
R18 C11 R20
1000 0.1 100 9 U4:B J6
PD5
2 15
11 OUTPUT ADJUST 2
J6 19
DC CURRENT 19 ADC6 U4:C
R23 C17 R21 10 J6
J6 PD6
3 14
7 # INHIBIT +
17 1000 0.1 100
J6
10
J2 28 3 J6
B+ SAMPLE 2 PC5 GND
+15V 14
J2 R12 R13 C9 R14 C37 5 R8 C3
6 121K 0.1 475K 0.1 GND C2 R5 TP1
6810 22.1 10 0.1
21 35V 1500
GND J2
J4 27 5 Fpdm
PA VOLT SAMPLE 7 PC4 R4
R15 C10 R17 C38 Q1 J2
J4 R16 13 2N7002LT1 10.0 4
8 2210 10.0K 0.1 475K 0.1 PB1 (OC1A)
TP4 14 U10:G 7 11
PD7 R6
+5V VCC GND
10.0K
U10:A C36 MC74AC04N
P1
+24V 29 +24V 1 2 0.1
P1 U10:B
28 P1
9 U4:H 8 5 PA VOLT SAMPLE
P1 3 4 COM GND
25 MC1413BD CR2 P1
6
U10:C
5 6
P1
U10:D 14 U6:E 7 7 B+ SAMPLE
P1 +5V VCC GND
Fc 1 MC74HC125AD CR1 P1
9 8 C22 8
P1 0.1
2
J4
3 Fc - TO PA
P1 J4
4 2
TP5
P1 J2
26 9
DUMP DUMP
P1 J2
27 10
TP6
P1 J2
11 7
PDM PDM
P1 J2
9 8
S1950018 SHEET 1 OF 1 VC
Electrical Schematic – Power Module Control/Interface (NAPC148)

+18V +18V
R4 R33
10K 10K
J1
OUTPUT ADJUST 2 11
1 5
+18V +18V U4
MOC8104
2 4
R56 R40
10K 10K
J1 R32
OUTPUT ADJUST 1 9 CR3
1 5 10K
U6
MOC8104
2 4
CR5 R37
10K
4 U5:E 11
+18V VCC
MC34074
VEE S F J2
C14 C16 1 DC OUTPUT
L6
0.01 0.001 R13 R16 R19 300μH C27 R43
390 390 390 5 33K
2W 2W 2W C45 600V 5W
12 J2
3.3 3
C11 CR13 C20
0.01 v 21T CR9
HFA08TB120 HFA08TB120 220pF
1 R9
J3 RV1 CR7 5 1.0M
1 U2 0.5W
SIOV-S14K300 DSP25-16A HFA08TB120
2 3 2
C4 v T1 S F R29 R5
AC INPUT 0.015 L3 R10 R24 R26 681 3.32M
L5
580uH R14 R17 R20 300μH 22.1K 22.1K 15K
RV2 1 R7 R1 C12 C13 C15 390 390 390
1 4 C17 1 R25 R27
SIOV-S14K300 3 100K 100K 470 470 470 5 2W 2W 2W C44 C35 C31
J3 450V 450V 450V 14 Q4 4750 1820 100pF
2 2W 2W 600V 3.3 MPF960 2700pF
v 2 U1 5T CR10 CR14 C21 C5
A B DSP25-16A 21T HFA08TB120 220pF 2
J3 A DS1 HFA08TB120 0.1 VFB 1
3 C9 AC COMP
RV3 20 C28
0.01 SIOV-S14K300 IND 7
3 19 Q5 0.01
MPF960
6T S F C6 U8
J1 L4 0.1 7
14 R15 R18 R21 +18V VCC UC1844AJ
+18V 300μH
2 390 390 390 C29 C30
T2 Q1 2W 2W 2W C43 1.0 0.01
4 3 16
CR1 IXFK44N60 3.3
1N5819 CR11 CR15 C23
4 3 6T 21T 3
+18V VCC OUT 10 HFA08TB120 HFA08TB120 220pF CUR_SEN
C2 5 C10 R57 CR20 CR4 C19 8
1.0 V_IN U3 3.3 HFA08TB120 P6KE20CA 3 18 9 R50 470pF VREF
CR2 1.0 Q2
J1 6 UC3710 1N5819 0.5W 20V 7 0.2 C32 R30
10 N/C IXFK44N60 3W 0.47 6810
R58 1 5
15 GND
8 1 3 T3 1 R35
N_INV INV 0.5W
332
2 8 CR6 CR12 R12 C37 R22 R23 R63 R64 4
P_GND HFA08TB120 1T 200T 0.001 68.1 392
7 1N5819 332 39.2 681 RT/CT
OUTPUT
6
L_GND C26
+18V +18V 4 2 1000pF
R61
5620
J1
# INHIBIT + 7
1 5 Q8
U7 2N7000
MOC8104 CR19 C36
CR18 R69
2 4 1N5819 1N5930C 0.01 1000
R52 C41 R28 16V
39.2 0.47 2210
+18V
R62
10K Q7
IRF520 C8
2.2
1 5 C18
U9 1.0 R41 R47
MOC8104 35V 10K 825
13
2 4
E2 R46 C24 14 J1
U5:D 19 DC CURRENT SIGNAL
182 0.01 C22 R51
E2 R3 R49 12 J1
FAN - OUTPUT OUTPUT 1000 1000 0.001 10 17
C7 10
0.1 ADJUST 1 ADJUST 2 5
E1 7 8
FAN + CR16 150V 0 0 U5:B U5:C
E1 1N5819 250V 1 0 9
6 +18V
R44 R65 CR17
350V 1 1 R39 1000 C33 1
J1 3 U10 2 1000 1000 1N4733A 0.1
21-24V INPUT 3 V_IN LM350T V_OUT +18V INVALID 0 1 5.1V 2 3
L1 C1 C25 J1
J1 ADJ
t° U11 C38 U5:A 12 TEMPERATURE
4 0.001 RT1 0.1 0.001 1
1
3 TMP36G C34 R68
J1 RXE050 2 0.001 10
1
J1 R55 R2 R67
2 R53 121
10K R66 10K
1500 10K
R54 G DS2
100 +18V
* E3 NOT INSTALLED ON NAPS31A/01 VERSION.
E3 J1
FAN FAIL 20 FAN FAIL
CR21
1N5819 S1970074 SHEET 1 OF 1 V3
Electrical Schematic – Switch Mode Power Supply PWB (NAPS31A/01)

E2
+24V
CR2
1N4004 E1
CR1
1N4004
J4 J6 J5 J7
+24V (A) 6 6 +24V (A) +24V (B) 6 6 +24V (B) J5 J7
+24V (BAT) 22 22 +24V (BAT)
J4 J6 J5 J7 J5 J7
7 7 7 7 23 23
J4 XA1A1P1 J5 XA2A1P1 J5
8 29 8 29 24
J4 J6 J5 J7 J5
9 8 9 8 25
J6 J7
9 9
XA1A1P1 XA2A1P1 J7
28 28 24
J7
25
J4 J6 J4 J6
# INHIBIT PDM (A) - 3 3 # INHIBIT PDM (A) - # INHIBIT PDM (B) - 4 4 # INHIBIT PDM (B) -
R3 XA1A1P1 R1 XA2A1P1 XA2A1P1
10K Q2 30 # INHIBIT PDM (A) - 10K Q1 30 # INHIBIT PDM (B) - 25
XA1A1P1 2N7000 XA2A1P1 2N7000 XA1A1P1
# PM INSTALLED (A) - 13 # PM INSTALLED (B) - 13 25
R4 C2 R2 C1
4750 0.001 4750 0.001
J4 XA1A1P1
INT BUS (+) 22 14 INT BUS (+)
J5 J7 J4 XA1A1P1
Fc (B) 10 10 Fc (B) INT BUS (-) 23 15 INT BUS (-) MODULE A
XA2A1P1 XA1A1P1
1 INT BUS (GND) 24 J4 16 INT BUS (GND)
J4 J6 J5 J7
Fc (A) 10 10 Fc (A) 11 11 J4
25
XA1A1P1 XA2A1P1 XA2A1P1
1 2 14 INT BUS (+)
J4 J6 XA2A1P1
11 11 15 INT BUS (-) MODULE B
XA1A1P1 J7 J5 XA2A1P1
2 B+ SAMPLE (B) 12 12 B+ SAMPLE (B) 16 INT BUS (GND)
XA2A1P1
7
J6 J4 J7 J5 J6
B+ SAMPLE (A) 12 12 B+ SAMPLE (A) 13 13 22 INT BUS (+)
XA1A1P1 XA2A1P1 J6
7 8 23 INT BUS (-)
J6 J4 J6
13 13 24 INT BUS (GND)
XA1A1P1 J5 J7 J6
8 DUMP (B) 14 14 DUMP (B) 25
XA2A1P1
26
J4 J6 J5 J7
DUMP (A) 14 14 DUMP (A) 15 15
XA1A1P1 XA2A1P1 J5 XA1A1P1
26 27 BLOCK ADDRESS 0 1 18 BLOCK ADDRESS 0
J4 J6 J5 XA1A1P1
15 15 BLOCK ADDRESS 1 2 19 BLOCK ADDRESS 1
XA1A1P1 J7 J5 J5 XA1A1P1
27 PA VOLTS SAMPLE (B) 16 16 PA VOLTS SAMPLE (B) BLOCK ADDRESS 2 3 21 BLOCK ADDRESS 2 MODULE A
XA2A1P1
5 XA1A1P1
22 MODULE ADDRESS 0
J6 J4 J7 J5
PA VOLTS SAMPLE (A) 16 16 PA VOLTS SAMPLE (A) 17 17 XA1A1P1
24 MODULE ADDRESS 1
XA1A1P1 XA2A1P1
5 6
J6 J4 XA2A1P1
17 17 18 BLOCK ADDRESS 0
XA1A1P1 J5 J7 XA2A1P1
6 PDM (B) 20 20 PDM (B) 19 BLOCK ADDRESS 1
XA2A1P1 XA2A1P1
11 21 BLOCK ADDRESS 2 MODULE B
J4 J6 J5 J7
PDM (A) 20 20 PDM (A) 21 21 XA2A1P1
22 MODULE ADDRESS 0
XA1A1P1 XA2A1P1
11 9 XA2A1P1
24 MODULE ADDRESS 1
J4 J6
21 21 XA2A1P1
4
XA1A1P1 J7
9 XA2A1P1 1 BLOCK ADDRESS 1
12
J7
XA1A1P1 2 BLOCK ADDRESS 2
4 J7
3
XA1A1P1 J4 E3 J7
12 # RELAY CONTROL B- 1 # RELAY CONTROL B- 4
J4 J6
2 1
J6
S1950027 SHEET 1 OF 1 VD 2
Electrical Schematic – Power Block Distribution PWB (NAPI81)

A1
DC CONTROL MONITOR PWB ASSY
E3 E4
3 U1 1 J1
+ LA 55-P M 10
- CR3 CR4
1N4004 1N4004 R2
2 100
J1 J1
12 11
L1 C2 C1
10 0.1
J1 35V J1 J1
13 7 1 (+)
F1 BATTERY VOLTS
12A RT1 4 (-) (EXCITER)
1 3 E1 E5 K1:A
BATTERY + 1 U1 P1 P2
F4 U2 1 2
3 1 J1 1 2 1 3
20A + LA 55-P M 22
LINE LOAD CR1 CR2
- R1 2
2 1N4004 1N4004
100 J3 J2
J1
U2 23
20VP6 J2
J1 3 1 1 (+)
24 BATTERY BOOST VOLTS
R4 CR5 7 F2
68K 1N4745A R3 A2 12A RT2 4 (-) (POWER MODULE)
2W 16V 1820 BATTERY BOOST
2 4 E2 J1 K1:B
BATTERY - 2 25 PWB ASSY
8
J1 E14
14 3
5 +
CR7
R6 1N4004 B1 E1
6 10K E15 -
4
Q2
J1 IRF530N
21
R5
10K ITEMS IN THIS AREA ARE INSTALLED FOR
J1
15 VR1000/VRD1500 ONLY
P3 P4
1 3
J2 J3
2 J3 1 1 (+)
F3 BATTERY BOOST VOLTS
3 12A RT3 4 (-) (POWER MODULE)
A3
+ BATTERY BOOST
PWB ASSY
B2 E1
S1950116 VD -
Electrical Schematic – Dc Power Distribution Assembly (NAX235/01 and /02)

CR16
1N5819
J3 3 U10 2
21-24V INPUT 3 V_IN LM350T V_OUT +18V 13
L1 C1 C25 ADJ J2
0.001 RT1 0.1 T4 21T 1 DC OUTPUT
1 L2
RXE050 R13 R16 R19 R43
1mH C27
8 390 390 390 5 33K
R55 R2 2W 2W 2W 5W
R53 121 12 600V
10K J2
1500 3
T1 CR9 CR13 C20 C
G DS2 21T ISL9R8120P2 220pF
R54 ISL9R8120P2
100
+18V 24 5 D
CR7 R9
15 1.0M C35
ISL9R8120P2 17T
J3 0.5W 100pF
1
1 21T
R1 R14 R17 R20 R29 R5
100K C17 R26
5 390 390 390 6810 681 3.32M
2W 1 10
DC INPUT 600V 2W 2W 2W C31
14 R27 2700pF
A DS1 392
DC 5T CR10 CR14 C21
21T ISL9R8120P2 220pF 2
J3 ISL9R8120P2 VFB 1
2 20 COMP
7 C28
19 0.01
17
6T U8
21T 7
R15 R18 R21 +18V VCC UC1844AJ
+18V 2 390 390 390 C29 C30
12
T2 Q1 2W 2W 2W 2.2 0.01
4 3 16
CR1 IXFK44N60
1N5819 CR11 CR15 C23
4 3 6T 21T 3
+18V VCC OUT 10 ISL9R8120P2 ISL9R8120P2 220pF CUR_SEN
C2 C3 5 C10 R57 CR4 C19 8

V_IN 3 18 9 VREF
1.0 * U3 CR2 1.0 6.81 P6KE20CA 470pF
0.5W 20V 7 Q2 C32
6 UC3710 1N5819 IXFK44N60 R30
N/C 0.47 6810
R58 1 5
6.81 GND
8 1 3 T3 1 R35
N_INV INV 0.5W
1500
2 8 CR6 C40 CR8 CR12 C37 R22 R23 R63 R64 4
P_GND ISL9R8120P2 1T 200T ** R12 0.001 68.1 392
7 ** 1N5819
332 39.2 681 RT/CT
OUTPUT
6
L_GND C26
4 2 R8 1000pF
**
Q8
MPF960
CR19 CR18 C36 R69
1N5819 1N4746A 0.01 10K
18V
S1950109 VA
Electrical Schematic – Battery Boost PWB (NAPS34)

BLK T1 RED
1 J1
F1 AC VOLTS
10A
3 4 EXCITER A
WHT BLU
BRN GRY F2
10A
J2
ORN YEL F3 AC VOLTS
10A
EXCITER B
1
F4
U1 10A
AC LINE
FILTER 1 4
LINE 1 1 L L 1
3 *
3
L1 J3
LOAD F5 2.5mH
10A AC VOLTS
AC POWER 10A
LINE 8 5 POWER BLOCK 1
(170-270VAC) LINE 2 2 N N 2 t°
6
3
F6
4 10A RT1
GND G
**
FROM STATION 4
L3 J5
REFERENCE GROUND F9 2.5mH
10A AC VOLTS
10A
POWER BLOCK 2
t°
4
F10
10A RT3
J11 SIDE A
2
+24V 2 ***
CR1 5
1N4004 K1 L5 J7
F13 2.5mH
# AC ENABLE - 3 10A AC VOLTS
7 10A
POWER BLOCK 3
t°
5
F14
10A RT5
****
6
L7 J9
F17 2.5mH
10A AC VOLTS
DENOTES TB1 10A
POWER BLOCK 4
t°
DENOTES TB2 6
F18
10A RT7
DENOTES TB3
DENOTES TB4
*
L2 J4
F7 2.5mH
10A AC VOLTS
10A
POWER BLOCK 1
X = INSTALLED t°
F8
* ** *** **** 10A RT2
VR500/VRD750 X
**
VR1000/VRD1500 X X L4 J6
F11 2.5mH
10A AC VOLTS
VRD2250 X X X 10A
POWER BLOCK 2
VR2000/VRD3000 X X X X t°
F12
10A RT4
SIDE B
***
L6 J8
F15 2.5mH
10A AC VOLTS
10A
POWER BLOCK 3
t°
F16
10A RT6
****
L8 J10
F19 2.5mH
10A AC VOLTS
10A
POWER BLOCK 4
t°
S1950053 VF F20
10A RT8
Electrical Schematic – Ac Power Distribution Assembly (NAX233/01 to /04)

Section 10 MECHANICAL DRAWINGS

10.1 INTRODUCTION 10.3 CONTENT OF MECHANICAL
This section contains mechanical drawings DRAWINGS
for assemblies of the subject equipment. Mechanical drawings are illustrations that
Dimensional drawings may be included. depict the location of electrical components
Refer to Table 10-1 for an itemized list. and show assembly outline detail.
Assembly detail drawings for assemblies/ Dimensional information is included, where
modules that have separate maintenance appropriate.
manuals are not included. Refer to the
appropriate maintenance manual for the When a module/assembly is the subject of its
assembly detail of these assemblies. own assembly detail drawing and it is also
shown in a higher level assembly, the detail
10.2 LOCATING ASSEMBLY DETAIL depicted in the higher level assembly may
DRAWINGS have minor differences from the module/
Each illustration in this section is identified assembly actually installed. In this case,
by a number that is both the figure number always refer to the assembly detail drawing of
and the page number. The numbers are the module/assembly for detailed information.
assigned sequentially and are prefixed by
the letters 'MD-'. Drawings in this section are
listed in Table 10-1.

Section 10 Mechanical Drawings Issue 0.1
Table 10-1: Mechanical Drawings
Figure # Description
MD-1 Assembly Detail – Vector DGPS Transmitter
MD-2 Assembly Detail – NAH54A and /01 through /03 RF Combiner/Probe
MD-3 Assembly Detail – NAE89 Exciter Control Assembly (Front, Inside Front and
Top Views)
MD-4 Assembly Detail – NAE89 Exciter Control Assembly (Bottom, Rear and Inside
Rear Views)
MD-5 Assembly Detail – NAPC147B Control/Display PWB
MD-6 Assembly Detail – NAPI76 Exciter Interface PWB
MD-7 Assembly Detail – NAPI78A Remote Interface PWB
MD-8 Assembly Detail – NAPI79 DGPS Site Interface PWB, Optional
MD-9 Assembly Detail – NAPM11 Interphase PDM Driver PWB
MD-10 Assembly Detail – NAPS32/01 LVPS Buck Converter PWB
MD-11 Assembly Detail – NAPE76A/01 & /02 Exciter Monitor/Generator PWB
MD-12 Assembly Detail – NAPS33 Dc-Dc Power Supply PWB
MD-13 Assembly Detail – NAX234A RF Power Block
MD-14 Assembly Detail – NAP33A RF Power Module
MD-15 Assembly Detail – NAPC148 Power Module Control/Interface PWB
MD-16 Assembly Detail – NAPS31A/01 Switch Mode Power Supply PWB
MD-17 Assembly Detail – NAAA06 Power Amplifier
MD-18 Assembly Detail – NAPF06A Modulator Filter PWB
MD-19 Assembly Detail – NASM11A/01 Modulator Assembly
MD-20 Assembly Detail – NAPI81 Power Block Distribution PWB
MD-21 Assembly Detail – NAPF05 RF Filter PWB
MD-22 Assembly Detail – NAPX32/01 RF Transformer PWB
MD-23 Assembly Detail – NAX235 Dc Power Distribution Assembly
MD-24 Assembly Detail – NAPC149B Dc Control/Monitor PWB
MD-25 Assembly Detail – NAPS34 Battery Boost PWB
MD-26 Assembly Detail – NAX233/01 through /04 Ac Power Distribution Assembly

Issue 0.1 Section 10 Mechanical Drawings
Assembly Detail and Dimensional Information– Vector DGPS Transmitter

Issue 0.1 Not to Scale Figure MD-1 Sheet 1 of 1
Assembly Detail – NAH54A and /01 through /03 RF Combiner/Probe

Assembly Detail – NAE89 Exciter Control Assembly (Front, Inside Front and
Top Views)
Assembly Detail – NAE89 Exciter Control Assembly (Bottom, Rear and Inside
Rear Views)
5 NAUTEL ASSY 195-2050 +5V +15V +24V -15V C50 1
TP9 TP12 TP18 TP20
CONTROL/DISPLAY J3 C81 C111 C129 C134
C139
U5 J8 J10 BT1
C82
GRID1 J6
NAPC C64 C112
C120
1 1
5 TP24 R122 1
SER. C57
4 R102 R117 R123 U20 C115 C121 U23 R243
3 R103 R118 U12 R144 R151 R155 R162 R169 C102
TP30 E3 R250
C47 R145 R152 R156 R163 R170 R246
U21
2 C55 C65 R132 1
R146 R153 R157 R164 R171 C150 C160 C162
U8
R1 R23 1 R220 A B C154 C161 C163
C48 R104 C66 R133 CR1 R154 TP37 C133
R2 R24 A B C D E F G H I J
4 TP3 TP33 L6 R179 L12
J1
C1 C13 L1 R95 R119

R134
CR2 R160 R221 L13
C25 R120 C83 R180 CR3
C2 C14 R109 R161 C99 L10 C143
C127
CR4
U24
R37 R59 R110 C72 C98 R181 C116 U29 U33 U36
R3 R25 TP14 CR5 U19 C144
R38 R60 R71 R111 R121 R182 R200 C117 (U/S)
U13
R4 R26
U2
C73 CR6 C128
C31 C36 L7 R201
1
R5 R27 C19 R77 C58 C63 CR7 C137 C138
R6 R28 C32 U10 C103 CR14
C20 C41 TP25 R106 CR8
C3 C15 R49 R61 TP10 C84 CR15 TP47
R39 R107 C74 C104 CR9 R238
Y2
R7 C33 TP15 L4 R202
U25
R40 U9 R135 TP32 CR10
U30
U34
U37
R8 C16 R51 R62 C37 TP21 R96 GND TP45 U22 J9
TP16 C90 C105 CR11
U14
R9 R29 C21 R63 R97 R136 U18 (U/S)
R137 CR12
3 R10 R30
TP4
R52 R64
R78
R79
R88
C45
C51 C75
C78
C91
R148
C106
L8
CR13
R219
U4
C4 R31 R53 R65 R108 C85 A L15
R80 R98 R124 R189 TP40 R247
C5 TP5 R89 R112 C125 R222 C153
C17 C26 C34 R81 C56 C156 R248
GND C52 R190
R11 C8 C68 TP34 TP41 C118
U11
U35
C22 R54 R82 TP22 C59 Y1 K C146
R191
U15
R12 C38 R99 R223
TP42
R17 TP19 R113 C69 R149
U31
R13 R41 C27 R83 R192 L11 C119 C126 U26
U1
U3
U7
C9 R72 C53 R114 R125 R150 TP48
U38
R14 R42 C28 C42 R90 TP35 R193 TP43 TP46 R224
C39 R126 C79 C92 C94 TP52 C147 CR16
C6 C10 C23 C60 R194 TP44 GND R225
GND
TP31
R55 C43 R127 R138 TP51 C155 C159
C7 R18 R32 R66 R73 R105 L5 L14
R43 C29 C70 C86 C89 C96 C100 R183 R195 C109 C113 C123 C130 C135 TP49 R226
R15 R67 TP13 R84 C80 R229 C148
C11 Q3
2 R16 R44 R56 R68 R74 R85 R254
R128
R139
R165 R172 TP38 TP39 R196 R203 R207 R211 R215 R227 R230
U32
R129 R166 R173 R197 R204 R208 R212 R216 TP50 R239
U16
U17
TP1 TP2 TP6 TP7 TP8 TP11 TP17 TP23 C164 C141
C165
U27
C61 C71 C93 C97 C101 C110 C114 C124 C131 C136 R240
Q1 Q2 R231 +
R253 R115 R130 R255 R158 R167 R174 R198 R205 R209 R213 R217 R228 R241
1
C12 C18 C24 C30 C35 C40 C44 C46 R116 R131 R159 R168 R175 C107 C108 R199 R206 R210 R214 R218 R232 C149 R242 LS1
C166
R19 R33 R45 R252 C140 C158
R57 R69 R75 R86 R93 Q5 R184 J7 R233 C145
R20 R34 R46 J4
R58 R70 R76 R87 R94 R185
R251 R234 C151 C157
C49
U28
R21 R35 R47 TP28 R235 R244 R245
TP27 C54
R22 R36 R48 R236 C152
R186
TP26 R187 1
1 1
U6
E1 TP29 1 1 C142 R249

R140 R142 J5 R188
1 C62 C76 R237 J11
Q4
A B R91 R100 L2 L3 1 R176
R141 R143 TP53
1 R177
J2 R92 R101 C67 C77 L9 C122 C132
C87 C88 C95 R178
E2
M1950078 VA
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O
Assembly Detail – NAPC147B Control/Display PWB

F
A
E
B
C
D
G
17
J9 J8
1 1
M1950010 V3
EXCITER INTERFACE
16
NAPI
R1
SER.
C1 C2 C3
GRID1
6
5 U1 U2 U3
4
3
15
2
1
A B C D E F TP1 TP2 R2
E1
C4
R3
2
14
Q1 C5
R4 R5
1
Q2 C6
R6
R7
U4 C7
Q3
R8
R9
C8
13
Q4 R10
R11 C9
Q5 C10 R12
+ C11
CR23 C12
R14
R13
R35 CR1
12
R36 1 E11
CR24 DGPS BEACON
CR2
E2 1 2
1 E10
DGPS BEACON
E3 1 2
CR3
R15
1
R31 CR25 R16
11
R32 CR26 R17
+ C13
C27
R18
TP3
J11
R37 CR27 C14

J6
R38 CR28 R40

+ C21
C28
10 E4
1
DGPS BEACON
9
J4
R19
R20
R21
1
1 E5
A K DGPS BEACON
+
CR4 R22
8
C16
J16
R23
L2 1 E6
DGPS BEACON
R24
L3
R25
1
CR5 R26
Issue 0.1
C17
+
L4
7
R27
C18
CR6 R28
R29
A
C19
CR7
K
R30
TP4
C20
CR8
6
R39
1
C15
Q6 Q7
CR9 CR10
J5
K1 K2
5
1
CR11 CR12
A K A K
Not to Scale
CR13 CR14
J10
E7
1
4
DGPS BEACON
CR18
K A
+
Assembly Detail – NAPI76 Exciter Interface PWB
A K
CR15
C22
L6
Figure MD-6
1 2 E8
L7
3
1 2 E9
+
CR16
C23
GRID2
L8
+
6
5
C24
CR17
4
3
CR19 CR20 2
2
K A K A 1
A B C D E F
R33 R34
C25 C26
Sheet 1 of 1
CR21
Q8 CR22 Q9
1 1
1
J7 J3
EXT RF IN/
MSK (A) MSK (B)
J6 J7
MONITOR
RF FREQUENCY
J8 J9
REAR
PROBES POWER SUPPLY

INTERNAL RS-485
R37 AUDIO
LEVEL
J11 J12
J3 1 1
INTERLOCK
CHARGER
MONITOR
RF OFF
INHIBIT
ALARM
AUDIO
AUDIO
RF ON
INPUT
TO-TALK
PDM
PRESS-
GND
GND
GND
GND
+ - + - + - + - + SHLD - + SHLD -
RS-422 RS-232 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
TB1
J4 J5 J21 1
1 1

REMOTE INTERFACE
NAPI SER.
R152
R153
CR21
C118
TP8
C119
C120
TP9
GND L11 C116
R118
C96
Q12 C101
U22
Q9 C97 C99 AGC BYPASS C117
R119 R115
1 E10 R80 R151
R111 R148
Q13 MONITOR NORM BYPASS C114
R112 LEVEL C103 C104
R120 R124 E11
R146
C90 1
R121 R128 C105 C110 C48
R125 R129
R113 R122 Q14
Q15
U20
4 J13 C93
U16
1
Q10 FRONT
C100 R161
R126 C111
C4
R96
R13 C45
R4 L2
J18
R14 L4 L6
R5 C6 C36 L3
R6 C29
C7 R27 C46 C52
C30 R81 J16 J17
U1
C1 C12 C39 C41
R8 C42 C47 C55 C58
R1 R17 C31 C35 C51 1 1
3
CR20
C2 C8 R63 R72 C59 R87 C80
C60 R92
R44 Q7
U21
C20 C69 C81
R82 C82
R9
U8
C70
TP2
R30
C61
C78 R91
U11
TP3 R83 C71
U3
R12 R34 R93 + C122
R77 R19 R84 R85 C72 R94
C9 CR2 C15 C16 C22 THRESHOLD R78 R98 TP5
CR11 CR22 C64 R88 R106 C98 R33 R132 R136
C3 R97 R99 C107
CR3 R22 CR12 R73 C54 C56 R86 C73 C88
U13
R100 C102 R137
R31 R74 R48 R156 C65 R89 TP6 C108 NORM NDB
1 R101 C89 R144 1 E13
C13 C21 C49 R79 C57
U10
U15
R133
2 C74 R102
U14
R158 R109
U17
R55 NORM NDB
T1 C66 TP7 R134
R23 R26 CR9 R90 TP12 1 E14
TP4 R103 R110
R28 C23 R139 R159 R135 GND
NORM NDB
A B E17 GND
C106
U9
R114 C75 R145 R160 C109 1 E15
TP1 R29 E4 NORM NDB
R32 R142
U18
GND R18 1 1
U6
U7
C17 CR10 R143
R38
TP10
1
C34 C40 C44
C50
E5
E6
E7
E8
1 R15
C10
L1
SINGLE
CR15 CR16 CR17
CR18 L7 L8 L9 C83 C94
TP11
C112
U19
C26 C79
U12
R16
R162 E18
R50 R53 R70 R75 C67 C76 C84 C95 R130 R138 C113
1 DIFF R76 C63 C68 C77 R131
CR1 R51 R54 R71 R105 C85
NORM BATTERY C62 R123
1
M1950124 V1
A B C D E F G H I J K L
Assembly Detail – NAPI78A Remote Interface PWB

Assembly Detail – NAPI79 DGPS Site Interface PWB, Optional

+
C1 C15
R6 R16
R7
CR1 C35
R33 C19
C7 R36
TP11
C11 TP3
C5 R37 R4
C13
3 2 1
+
+ +
U4
C9
TP1
C3 C18 R3
L3
L1 C6 C22
U9
TP14
TP5
C8 R48
C21
R1
C27
C45
C14 DUMP Q1
R59
U2
R25
R5
U1 C41 R58
1
CR2
R57
R11
R29 R56
L8 R26
TP2
R8
R34 R64
C28
+
+
R73 C25 C34
C64
C36 C43 R35
C65
U6
R30
P1
C26
R9
R14 R10 +
U8
TP19
U12 U5 C20 C38
R76 E1 C44 C23
C46
R72 B
A L7
R71
C42
1
R70 R68 + C33
C47 TP12 U3 L6
TP7
C59 R67 R22 R44
C58 R60 TP10 R38 +
C39 C37
CR3 R62 C54
R42
C29
TP9 TP8
R65 + R52
L4
Q2 C10 U10 R39
U7
C48
R27
+
Q4 C52 TP4
C56
C60
C50
R54 R31
TP15 Q5 R2 R12
GND CR5 C55 R53
GAIN C71 R13
TP17
R74 R69 +
C4 R47 R15
Q10 C63
R46
R77 K1 C17
TP13
+ R49
L2
R78 C12 TP16 U13
C24
C30
CR4 GND
C62
TP18 R55
+ U11
R50
C2 R75 C53
R51
R66 Q3
C16
C51
+
Q6
C57
C61
R61 C66 NAUTEL ASSY 197-3040
C49
Q7 INTERPHASE PDM DRIVER
R63
NAPM
SER.
M1970044 V2
Assembly Detail – NAPM11 Interphase PDM Driver PWB

4 1
CR1
CR15
CR18
+
CR16
K A
R11
C26
R5
R6
E1
E2
R25
1
RT1
J3
4 +
J2
R12
NAUTEL ASSY 195-7025 C5
C1
CR13
CR14
LVPS BUCK CONVERTER
R18
R22
R23
R24
+
T1
NAPS SER.
CR8
C8 C24
C6 C4
C25
Q1
U1
U2
M3 PAN HEAD SCREW R8 R4 8 5
3
Q2
R10 R2 R13
A
6 1
CR7
SEMICONDUCTOR R9 R3 CR9 R17
K
HEATSINK CR11 R19 R20
K A R1
R7 + R14
M3 WASHER 6 1 + C23
R16
#4 BELLEVILLE WASHER C21 C3
C17 L1
M3 HEX NUT C22
2 C18 R27
C19 +
Q1 & Q2 MOUNTING DETAIL +
L2
CR17
TORQUE ATTACHING HARDWARE TO
C12
C14
CR12
C9 13 1
RT4
4.0 INCH POUNDS (0.45 NEWTON METRES)
RT3
7
R29
CR6
C13
C2 C20
R15
C10
C11
J1
1
C15
C16
7 13
C7 +
CR10 R28
+ R21
M1950051 VA
A B C D E F G
Assembly Detail – NAPS32/01 LVPS Buck Converter PWB

7
J1
R49 R63 R70 1

R17 R48 R37
R81
TP5
C76 R29 CR3 R59 R69 R76 C85
C18
C44
C69
CR12 C45
R85 C70
U8
U14
6 R23 R16
R87
C81 C29
R11 R2
C80 CR11 R80 C77
C19 R15
R84 R22 C71 R61
R1 R12
R14
R79 CR9
C15
TP4
R86
R8
R9
R30 C4
J3
R45 R54 C47
C30 1
Q1 R62
R18 R31 C63 C72
C48
C16
C31
U9
C49
5
U17
U20
C1
U1
C17 CR7
C32 C84
R19
R60
C55 R71
1 E3 R55 C74
R41
TP1
R72 C60
A B R44 R56
R68
C14
U18
C5
R47
C78 R32
C34 C33
C6 U5
U10
R73
C61
C13 R82
C7
C41 R74
U19
C75
R75
C35 C54
4 C8
CR1
R33
TP9
GND
R83
J4 C79
C39 C62 NORMALCR13
R5
U6
R34 R50
U15
R6 R35 R51
1 E2
KEYED
R7 R20 R36 R52
CW
C10
R53
CR8
C11 CR2 1 E1
R10 R21 A B
C65
U16
C12 C20
1
R3 R38
CR4
TP6
3 R39 CR6
C21
C2 C58
CR5
C64
R24
U3
R4
C36
R40 C59 L1
C3 C22 L2
C23 C56
C46
R25 L3
C24 Y1 C66
U4
C25 R46
C67
2 KEYER OK DS1 U7
C40 C57
C9 R13
C26 R64
C27 C50 R77
U2
CR10
U11
C28 C51 R78
R26 R65
TP8
R42 R57 R66 C73
C68
R43 R58 C52
1
C82 C37 C53 NAPE76
C42
1
J2
C83 C38 U13 SER.
C43
TP2
R27 R67
U12
R28 EXCITER MONITOR/
TP3
GENERATOR
M1950130 V1
A B C
Assembly Detail – NAPE76A/02 Exciter Monitor/Generator PWB

3
J1
1
NAUTEL ASSY 195-7030 1 L1
DC-DC POWER SUPPLY 2
2
C3
CR3
C1 + C2 C4 C5
A K
R2 CR1
1 2 3
3 2 1
CR4
U1
U2
R3
A K
R1 CR2 R4
NAPS SER.
M1950076 VA
A B C
Assembly Detail – NAPS33 Dc-Dc Power Supply PWB

A2 A1
A4
A1 A4
A2
A4 A4
A6
A5
Assembly Detail – NAX234A RF Power Block

A1
A4
A5
A3
A2
Assembly Detail – NAP33A RF Power Module

CR1 R15 CR2
R12 R13 R16 R18 R29 C22 R30 C28 R34
3 C23 C30
U4
C5 C9 C10 R19
C38 R31 R35
C37 C11
U6
U8
J1
U1 C15 C24 C31 J6

R14 R17 R20 C18 (U/SIDE)
R11 R32 R36
U3 C19
C12 C25 C32 TP5
U5
C6
1
J3
C16 R24 R33 TP3 R37
C7
U2
C13 C26 C33
R25
C14
INSTALL
1
R1 R4 R5 C2 Y1 TP2
+
DS1
R21 C17
2 GND
P1
Q1 C3 C4 C8 R22 R23
MODULE
TP1 R6 R8 TP6
R2 POWER MODULE CONTROL/INTERFACE
+
DS2
ON
NAPI
SER. R26
FAULT
R3 RT1 C36
+
DS3
R27
C27 CR4 C34 TP4
R28
J2 U7 U9 C35
C1 J4
1 R7 C20 (U/SIDE)
R38 U10
C21 CR3 C29
1
Q2 R39
1 R10
1
1
J6
REAR
J5
U9 3 2 1
1 2 3 U7
M1950019 VA
Assembly Detail – NAPC148 Power Module Control/Interface PWB

8 1
CR7
J3
FORWARD CONVERTER 1
T1
20
1
L3
NAPS
K
SER.
C4
7 R15 R18 R21
M3 PAN HEAD SCREW
C17
RV1
C23
#4 BELLEVILLE WASHER
R50
C11
C9
G
G
M3 WASHER RV2
Q2
Q1
D
D
SEMICONDUCTOR
D
A K RV3
D
S
S
CR11
HAT46 6 B A
HEATSINK
10 11
CR6
Q1 & Q2 MOUNTING DETAIL
CR15
TORQUE ATTACHING HARDWARE TO K A
K
R14 R17 R20 3
5 2 2
A
F 1 3 1 3
C21
U2 U1
2 T3 1
DS1
C43
C13
L4 AC IND
A K 4
CR10 7 4 + R7
S
+
8 3
4 T2 CR12 R22
R1
R12 R23
M3 HEX NUT
CR14 CR18 CR19 R63
K A
10 1
C36 C37
J1
R19 R16 R13 F R69
A K
M3 WASHER CR20 C26
Q8 R30
C20
C15 C12
R57 U3 R35
C44
1
C27
HEATSINK C29
3
CR4
L5
R58 C30 U8 C19
HAT46 + +
C10 C2 C32
A K
C28
SEMICONDUCTOR S CR2 C38
CR9 C31 R29
R43
CR1 C35 R64 C41 U11
M3 PAN HEAD SCREW
R5 R28 R52
C5 L1 C33
U9 U7
CR17
CR6, CR7, U1, U2 & U10 MOUNTING DETAIL 2 CR13
Q4 C1
R65
TORQUE ATTACHING HARDWARE TO K A R62 R37
J2
F RT1
4.0 INCH POUNDS (0.45 NEWTON METRES) C6 R49 R39 U6
R55
C25
+ + R10 R44 R3 R61
R41 Q5 R53
E1 E1 U5
C45
CR5
C7
C18 L6 R54 R32

- - U4
R9 R26 R27 C8 C22 R56
E2 E2 Q7 U10 R2
1 2 3
ALM G D S R24 R25 R47 R51 R40
DS2
CR16
1 S C24 C16 R66 R68 +18V CR3
1
R46 C14 R67 C34 R4
CR21
R33
M1970079 V2
Assembly Detail – NAPS31A/01 Switch Mode Power Supply PWB

J1
U1
12345
6
U1
1
R6
C1
R4 R7
R1
C3
C7
R2
Q5
R3
R2
CR5 C4
F1
M3 HEX NUT
E1 R5
M3 WASHER
Q1 S G Q3
SEMICONDUCTOR
G
S
D
Q1
Q3
INSULATOR
D
G S
S
CHASSIS
CR1 CR3
M3 PAN HEAD SCREW
SER.
POWER AMPLIFIER
T1
TORQUE ATTACHING HARDWARE TO
C2
NAAA
CR2
Q4
S G
G
S
D
Q2
Q4
D
D
G
S
G S
Q2
CR4
C5
E2
E3
C6
M1970016 V1
Assembly Detail – NAAA06 Power Amplifier

Assembly Detail – NAPF06A Modulator Filter PWB

MODULATOR
NASM SER.
CAUTION
HIGH VOLTAGE PRESENT
WHEN LAMP IS ON
6 J2
DS1
B+
ON
1
CR10
CR13
R9
R10
R11
R1
CR9
CR12
J1
4 RED
3
RED
5 CR3 T1
CR4
CR1 1
WHT
R2
R3
CR2 2
1
WHT
C1
C3
C2
CR5
C9
R5
R4
4
C7
U1
TP1
GND
+
CR6
R7
3 C4
C8
E1
+
+
2
E2
C5 C6
M1950121 V1
A B C D
Assembly Detail – NASM11A/01 Modulator Assembly

XA3A1P1 XA2A1P1 XA1A1P1
J1 J2 J3
1 1 1
C1
C2
Q1
Q2
R2
R4
R1
R3

POWER BLOCK INTERFACE
NAPI
SER.
1 1 CR1 1 1
E1
E2
E3
CR2
J4 J5 J6 J7
M1950028 VA
Assembly Detail – NAPI81 Power Block Distribution PWB

1 1
7 E1 E22
2 L1 2 L2
E2 E23
3 3
E3 E24
JUMPER SETTINGS
6 4 4
Frequency E20 E21 E33 E36 E15 E17 E4 E25
(kHz) to to to to to to 5 5
190.0 -209.0 E1 E22 E31 E34 E16 E18 E5 E26
209.1 - 229.9 E2 E23 E31 E34 E16 E18 6 6

230.0 - 252.9 E4 E25 E31 E34 E16 E18 5 E6 E27
253.0 - 278.2 E3 E24 E31 E35 E14 E18 7 7

278.3 - 306.0 E5 E26 E31 E35 E14 E18 E7 E28
306.1 - 336.6 E6 E27 E31 E35 E14 E18 8 8

336.7 -370.3 E7 E28 E31 E35 E14 E18 E8 E29
370.4 - 407.3 E6 E27 E32 E35 E14 E16 4 9 9
407.4 -447.9 E7 E28 E32 E35 E14 E16 E9 E21 E30
448.0 - 492.9 E8 E29 E32 E35 E14 E16 E10 10 10

E14
493.0 - 535.0 E9 E30 E32 E35 E14 E16
E31 E34
With 1 RF power block installed, connect E12 to E11
With 2 or more RF power blocks installed, connect E12 to E10 3 E11 E15 C1 C5
11
E32 E35
C10
C12
C15
C16
E12 E16
C2 C6
E13 E33 E36

E17
2
E18 C3 C7
NAUTEL ASSY 195-6050 J1

E19 RF OUT
RF FILTER
C11
C13
C14
C9
NAPF C4 C8
SER.
1 E20
M1950024 V2
A B C D E F G H I J K L
Assembly Detail – NAPF05 RF Filter PWB

Assembly Detail – NAPX32/01 RF Transformer PWB

Assembly Detail – NAX235/01 & /02 Dc Power Distribution Assembly, Optional

Assembly Detail – NAPC149B Dc Control/Monitor PWB, Optional

8
SMPS, BATTERY BOOST
1
NAPS
24
SER.
K
CR7
A
1
20
7
C17
G
G
T4
Q2
Q1
D
D
D
D
T1
S
R18
6 R21 R15
12
A K
CR11
10
13
11
K
CR6
3
CR15
5
J3
A
K A
C23
T3
2 1
1
R17 4 7 4
R1
8 3
R20 R14
4 C40 T2 CR8 CR12 R22
A K R8 R12 R23
CR10 CR18 CR19 R63
10 1
DS1
C36 C37
CR14
K A R69 DS1
1 CR4 C26 AC IND
Q8 R30
C21
24 R57 U3 R35
C27
C29
3
R58 C30 U8 C19
C
R16 C10 C2 C32
C28
D CR2 C3
C31 R29
R43
R19 R13
CR1 C35 R64
A K R5
CR9 R9 R26
L2
2 R27 L1
CR13
J2
K A
C1
C20 RT1
R55
C25
R53
R54
12 U10 R2
1 1 2 3
1
13 DS2
CR16
+18V
M1950110 VA
A B C D E F G H I J K L M
Assembly Detail – NAPS34 Battery Boost PWB

Assembly Detail – NAX233/01 through /04 Ac Power Distribution Assembly

Appendix A
RSIM Messages
26 and 27
Issue 0.1 ............................ 10 May 2007
Nautel Limited
10089 Peggy's Cove Road,
Hackett's Cove, NS, Canada B3Z 3J4
T.877 6 nautel (628835) or +1.902.823.2233
U.S. customers please contact:
Nautel Inc.
201 Target Industrial Circle, Bangor ME 04401
T.877 6 nautel (628835) or +1.207.947.8200
e-mail: support@nautel.com
www.nautel.com
© Copyright 2007 NAUTEL. All rights reserved.

Vector DGPS RSIM Messages
The following information applies to RSIM messages #26 and #27. It is additional to that
provided in the RTCM Standard 10401.2 for Differential Navstar GPS Reference Stations
and Integrity Monitors (RSIM) document.
RSIM #26: GENERAL TEXT MESSAGE (ADDITIONAL CONTROL AND STATUS)
Usage:
• The RSIM26 is used by the CS to send controls to the TR. These controls are:
1) Set System Time
2) Enable/Disable time stamping
3) Enable/Disable the Automatic Reset feature
4) Specify the Automatic Reset Interval
5) Enable/Disable the AC and DC Supply Sources
6) Execute Tests of the Standby TR Equipment
7) Configure the Inductive/Resistive Tuning of the TR’s ATU
8) Enable/Disable TR-ATU Constant Antenna Current power control
• The TR also sends RSIM26 whenever there is a request from the CS or at a specified
query interval.
Field # 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
$PRCM,26,hhmmss.s,a,a,hhmm,a,x,x,x,x,xx,aa,xx,xx,aa,aa,xx*hh<CR><LF>
Field 1: UTC Time. The data type for this field is fixed/variable length time (000000.0 –
235959.9). The CS uses this field to set the TR’s clock. If time stamping is enabled, the
TR responds in this field with its clock’s current time. Otherwise, the TR is expected to
leave this field NULL.
Field 2: Time Stamp Enable. The CS can use this field to enable and disable the time
stamping of messages. The TR responds in this field to report whether time stamping is
currently enabled or disabled.
0 = Not enabled
1 = Enabled
The data type for this field is fixed alpha (0, 1).
Field 3: Automatic Reset Enable. The CS uses this field to specify whether the
Automatic Reset is enabled or not. The TR responds in this field with its current setting.
0 = Not Enabled
1 = Enabled
The data type for this field is fixed alpha (0,1).
Field 4: Automatic Reset Interval. The CS uses this field to specify the number of hours
and minutes that the TR waits after a failure before it attempts a reset. The TR responds
in this field with its current setting. The data type for this field is fixed/variable length
time (0001 – 2400).
Field 5: Supply Source Control. The CS uses this field to specify the supply sources that
currently should be selected. The TR responds in this field with its current setting. The
data type of this field is variable length alpha (NONE, AC, DC, BOTH).
Field 6: DC Auto-Disconnect – Disconnect Voltage Level. The CS can use this field to
specify the voltage level where the TR should automatically disconnect from the DC
supply. The TR responds in this field with its current setting. The data type of this field
is variable length integer (0 – 255).
Field 7: DC Auto-Disconnect – Reset Voltage Level. The CS uses this field to specify
the voltage level where the DC supply is reconnected after there has been an auto-
disconnect from the batteries. The data type for this field is variable length integer (0 –
255).
Field 8: Test Standby Side. The CS uses this field to execute a test of the standby TR
equipment. The TR responds in this field with a text message giving the state of the
standby test.
For CS to TR communication, the data type for this field is fixed alpha (0,1).
0: No change in Standby Equipment state
1: Execute Test of Standby Equipment
For TR to CS communication, the data type for this field is variable length alpha (NO
TEST, STANDBY PENDING, STANDBY FAILED, STANDBY OK).
NO TEST: The standby equipment is not currently under test,
and the final result from the most recent set of tests
(if any) has previously been returned.
STANDBY PENDING: The standby equipment test is underway but no

final results are available yet.
STANDBY FAILED: The standby equipment test is finished, and a fault

was detected. (This result will only be returned
once for each test that is requested. Subsequent
responses will be “NO TEST”.)
STANDBY OK: The standby equipment test is finished, and no

faults were detected. (This result will only be
returned once for each test that is requested.
Subsequent responses will be “NO TEST”.)
Field 9: ATU Inductive Coil Condition. The CS uses this field to slew the inductive coil
servo higher or lower, or set the servo stationary. The TR responds in this field with the
inductive servo coil’s current state.
For CS to TR communication, the data type of this field is variable length alpha (STOP,
INCREASE, DECREASE).
STOP: Stop the servo.
INCREASE: Begin slewing the servo higher.
DECREASE: Begin slewing the servo lower.
For TR to CS communication, the data type of this field is variable length alpha (LOW
END STOP, DECREASING, STATIONARY, INCREASING, HIGH END STOP).
LOW END STOP: The servo cannot slew any lower.
DECREASING: The servo is slewing lower.
STATIONARY: The servo is stationary.
INCREASING: The servo is slewing higher.
HIGH END STOP: The servo cannot slew any higher.
Field 10: ATU Inductive Coil Tuning. The CS must leave this field NULL. The TR
responds in this field with the current tuning state of the inductive coil. The data type of
this field is variable length alpha (NORMAL, HIGH, LOW).
NORMAL: The inductive coil is optimally tuned.
HIGH: The inductive coil has been slewed too high.
LOW: The inductive coil has been slewed too low.
Field 11: ATU Inductive Coil Automation. The CS uses this field to enable/disable the
ATU automatic tuning feature for the inductive coil. The TR responds in this field with
the current state of this setting. The data type of this field is fixed alpha.
0: Not enabled
1: Enabled
Field 12: ATU Resistive Coil Condition. The CS uses this field to slew the resistive coil
servo higher or lower, or set the servo stationary. The TR responds in this field with the
resistive servo coil’s current state.
For CS to TR communication, the data type of this field is variable length alpha (STOP,
INCREASE, DECREASE).
STOP: Stop the servo.
INCREASE: Begin slewing the servo higher.
DECREASE: Begin slewing the servo lower.
For TR to CS communication, the data type of this field is variable length alpha (LOW
END STOP, DECREASING, STATIONARY, INCREASING, HIGH END STOP).
LOW END STOP: The servo cannot slew any lower.
DECREASING: The servo is slewing lower.
STATIONARY: The servo is stationary.
INCREASING: The servo is slewing higher.
HIGH END STOP: The servo cannot slew any higher.
Field 13: ATU Resistive Coil Match. The CS must leave this field NULL. The TR
responds in this field with the current matching state of the resistive coil. The data type
of this field is variable length alpha (NORMAL, HIGH, LOW).
NORMAL: The resistive coil is optimally matched.
HIGH: The resistive coil has been slewed too high.
LOW: The resistive coil has been slewed too low.
Field 14: ATU Resistive Coil Automation. The CS uses this field to enable/disable the
ATU automatic matching feature for the resistive coil. The TR responds in this field with
the current state of this setting. The data type of this field is fixed alpha.
0: Not enabled
1: Enabled
Field 15: Antenna Current. The CS must leave this field NULL. The TR responds in
this field with the antenna current, in Amps, currently being reported by the ATU. The
data type of this field is a variable-length number (0.0 – 30.0).
Field 16: Constant Antenna Current power control. The CS uses this field to
enable/disable automatic power control to maintain a fixed antenna current. The TR
responds in this field with the current setting. When Constant Antenna Current power
control is enabled, the present Antenna Current sample is taken as a reference point;
subsequently, the TR will automatically adjust Fwd Pwr in order to maintain the Antenna
Current at that fixed level. The data type of this field is a fixed alpha.
0: Not enabled
1. Enabled
NOTES:
To set the system time, Field #1 is sent by the CS with the desired time.
Otherwise, Field #1 is left null.
When sent from the CS to the TR, any field(s) may be left null, resulting in no
change to the current setting at the TR.
RSIM #27: EQUIPMENT LOGISTICAL PARAMETERS
Usage:
• The TR sends RSIM27 for the purpose of conveying the TR’s firmware version.
Field # 1 2 3
$PRCM,27,c---c,c---c,c---c*hh<CR><LF>
Field 1: Firmware Title. This field conveys the firmware title as a variable-length alpha.
(eg. Vector Transmitter DGPS)
Field 2: Firmware Version. This is a fixed-length alpha. It is formatted as follows:

XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX, where XXX is a 3-digit, right-justified integer. (“<SP><SP>0”
up to “255”)
(eg. “ 1. 0. 23. 17”)
Field 3: Build Date. This is a variable-length alpha.

(eg. “Sep 17 2006”)

Vector HP DGPS Man PDF

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Vector HP DGPS Man PDF

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Vector D

Technical Instruction Manual

Issue 0.1 ............................01 April 2007

U.S. customers please contact:

© Copyright 2007 NAUTEL. All rights reserved.

Nautel Limited Nautel Inc.

Customer Service Notice

Vector DGPS Transmitter Technical Instruction Manual Apr.01.07

MODULE EXCHANGE SERVICE

EQUIPMENT BEING RETURNED TO NAUTEL

The following information should accompany each request:

* Denotes minimum information required to order spare/replacement parts

Vector DGPS Transmitter Technical Instruction Manual Apr.01.07

DANGER – HIGH VOLTAGE

Indicates dangerous voltages (in excess of 72 V), capable of causing a fatal

Used with wiring terminals to indicate the terminal must be connected to

GROUND (PROTECTIVE or SAFETY)

Used with protective (safety) conductor terminals to indicate the terminal

Indicates a part or assembly is or contains devices that are electrostatic

WARNING A WARNING denotes a hazard. It identifies an operating procedure,

CAUTION A CAUTION denotes a hazard. It identifies an operating procedure,

NOTE A NOTE denotes important information pertaining to an operating

Vector DGPS Transmitter Technical Instruction Manual Apr.01.07

Vector DGPS Transmitter Technical Instruction Manual Apr.01.07

1.1 INTRODUCTION 1-1

2 PREPARATION FOR USE AND INSTALLATION

2.1 INTRODUCTION 2-1

Vector DGPS Transmitter Technical Instruction Manual Apr.01.07

3.1 INTRODUCTION 3-1

Vector DGPS Transmitter Technical Instruction Manual Apr.01.07

Vector DGPS Transmitter Technical Instruction Manual Apr.01.07

4.1 INTRODUCTION 4-1

Vector DGPS Transmitter Technical Instruction Manual Apr.01.07

5.1 GENERAL 5-1

Vector DGPS Transmitter Technical Instruction Manual Apr.01.07

6.1 INTRODUCTION 6-1

Vector DGPS Transmitter Technical Instruction Manual Apr.01.07

6.5.7 Front Panel Metering 6-15

Vector DGPS Transmitter Technical Instruction Manual Apr.01.07

7.1 INTRODUCTION 7-1

8.1 INTRODUCTION 8-1

9.1 INTRODUCTION 9-1

Vector DGPS Transmitter Technical Instruction Manual Apr.01.07

10.1 INTRODUCTION 10-1

Appendix A: Addendum to RTCM Standard (Messages 26 and 27)

Vector DGPS Transmitter Technical Instruction Manual Apr.01.07

Vector DGPS Transmitter Technical Instruction Manual Apr.01.07

Vector DGPS Transmitter Technical Instruction Manual Apr.01.07

Issue Date Reason

0.1 01 April 2007 Draft release for initial review

Vector DGPS Transmitter Technical Instruction Manual Apr.01.07

Section 1 GENERAL INFORMATION

• Can be serially connected to Nautel’s

Vector DGPS Transmitter Technical Instruction Manual Page 1-1

Height Width Depth 1.7 GLOSSARY OF TERMS

The RF output coaxial cable connects to an

Page 1-2 Vector DGPS Transmitter Technical Instruction Manual

Digital multimeter 3-1/2 digit, ac and dc volts Testing and maintenance

Ac Voltmeter HP400E Precise measurement of RF

Frequency counter 5 ppm up to 10 MHz Measure carrier frequency

Oscilloscope Tektronix model T922 Testing and maintenance

RF Signal Generator Capable of operating in Simulate external RF drive

Dc power supply (variable) 0 – 50 V, 1A Testing and maintenance